society.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES
PSO 1 Explore technical comprehension and professional development in varied areas of Computer Applications and experience a conducive environment in cultivating skills for thriving career and higher studies.
PSO 2 Comprehend, explore and build up computer programs in the allied areas like Algorithms, System Software, Multimedia, Web Design, Mobile application development and software testing for efficient design of computer-based systems of varying complexity.
PSO 3 Possess leadership and managerial skills with best professional ethical practices and social concern and ability to communicate technical information effectively, both orally and in writing.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX: (MAPPING OF COS WITH POS)
COURSE COS PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CBCA 101 CO1. X
CO2. X
X
CO3. X
CO4. X
X X
CO5. X X
X X
CBCA 102 CO6. X
CO7. X
CO8. X
CO9. X
CO10. X
X X
X
CBCA 103 CO11. X
CO12. X
X
CO13. X X
X
CO14. X X
X
CBCA 104 CO15. X
X
CO16.
CO17. X X
CO18. X
X
GBCA 101 CO19. X
CO20. X X
CO21. X X
X
CO22. X X
X
CO23. X X
X
CO24. X X X
GBCA 103 CO25. X
CO26. X
CO27. X
CO28. X
X
CO29. X
X
GBBA 103 CO30. X
X
CO31. X
CO32. X
X
CO33. X
X X
CO34. X
CO35. X
X X
AENV 100 CO36. X
X
CO37. X
X
CO38. X
X
CO39. X
X
ALAD 100 CO40. X
CO41. X
CO42. X
CO43. X
CO44. X
CBCA 201 CO45. X
CO46. X X
CO47. X X
CO48. X X
CO49. X X
CBCA 202 CO50. X X
CO51. X
CO52. X
CO53. X
CBCA 203 CO54. X X
CO55. X
X
CO56. X X
X
CO57. X
X
CBCA 204 CO58. X
X
CO59. X
X
CO60. X
X
CO61. X X
GBCA 201A CO62. X
X
X
CO63. X
X
X
CO64. X
X
CO65. X
CO66. X X X
GBCA 201B CO67. X
CO68. X
X X
CO69. X
CO70. X X X
X
CO71. X X
X
CO72. X X
X
GBCA 202A CO73. X
X X
CO74. X X
CO75. X X X
CO76. X X X
CO77. X X X X
CO78. X X X
GBCA 202B CO79. X X X X
CO80. X X X
CO81. X X X
CO82. X X X
CO83. X X
AENG 200A CO84. X
X
CO85. X
X
ALAD 200 CO86. X
CO87. X
CO88. X
CO89. X X
CO90. X X
CBCA 301 CO91. X
CO92. X X
X
CO93. X X
X
CO94. X
X
CO95. X X
X
CBCA 302 CO96. X
X
CO97. X
X
CO98. X
X
CO99. X
X
CO100. X
CBCA 303 CO101. X
CO102. X
X
CO103. X
X
CO104. X
X
CBCA 304 CO105. X X X
CO106. X
X
CO107. X X
X
CO108. X
X
CO109. X
CBCA 305 CO110. X X
CO111. X X
CO112. X X X
CO113. X X X
CO114. X X
CBCA 306 CO115. X X X X
CO116. X X X
GBCA 301 CO117. X
CO118. X X
CO119. X X
CO120. X X
CO121. X X
GBBA 302A CO122. X
X
CO123. X
X
X
CO124. X
X
CO125. X
X
CO126. X
X
GBBA 302B CO127. X
X
CO128. X
X
CO129. X
X
X
SBCA 301 CO130. X
X
CO131. X
X
CO132. X
X
CO133. X
X
CO134. X
X
SBCA 302 CO135. X
CO136. X
X
CO137. X
X
CO138. X
X
CO139. X X X
CBCA 401 CO140. X X
CO141. X
CO142. X
CO143. X X
CBCA 402 CO144. X X
CO145. X X
CO146. X X
CO147. X
CBCA 403 CO148. X
CO149. X X
CO150. X X
CO151. X
X
CO152. X
X
CBCA 404 CO153. X X
X
CO154. X X
X
CO155. X X
X
CO156. X X
X
CBCA 405 CO157. X X
CO158. X X
CO159. X X
CO160. X X
X
CO161. X X
X
CBCA 406 CO162. X
CO163. X
CO164. X X
X
CO165. X X X
CO166. X X X
GBCA 401 CO167. X X
CO168. X
CO169. X X
CO170. X X
CO171. X X
CO172. X X
GBCA 402 CO173. X
CO174. X
CO175. X
CO176. X X
CO177. X
CO178. X
X
SBCA 401 CO179. X
CO180. X X
CO181. X X
CO182. X X
CO183. X
CBCA 501 CO184. X
CO185. X
CO186. X
CO187. X X
CO188. X X X
X
CBCA 502 CO189. X X
CO190. X
X
CO191. X X
X
CO192. X X
X
CBCA 503 CO193. X
CO194. X
CO195. X X
CO196. X X
CO197. X
CBCA 504 CO198. X X
CO199. X
CO200. X X
X
CO201. X X
DBCA 501A CO202. X
CO203. X X
CO204. X X
CO205. X X
DBCA 502A CO206. X
CO207. X X
CO208. X
CO209. X
CO210. X X
DBCA 503A CO211. X
CO212. X X X
CO213. X X X X
CO214. X X X X X
DBCA 501 B CO215. X
CO216. X X
CO217. X X X X
CO218. X X X
DBCA 502B CO219. X
CO220. X X
CO221. X X
CO222. X X X
CO223. X X
DBCA 503B CO224. X
CO225. X X X X
CO226. X X X X
CO227. X X X X
ALAD 500 CO228. X X
CO229. X X
CO230. X X
CO231. X X X X
CBCA 601 CO232. X
CO233. X
CO234. X X
CO235. X
CO236. X X X X
CO237. X X X X
CBCA 602 CO238. X
CO239. X X
CO240. X X
CO241. X
CO242. X
CO243. X
X
CBCA 603 CO244. X
CO245. X X X X
CO246. X X X X
CO247. X X X X
X
CBCA 604 CO248. X X X X
CO249. X X X
CO250. X X X X
CO251. X X X X
DBCA 601A CO252. X
CO253. X
CO254. X
CO255. X X
DBCA 602A CO256. X
CO257. X X
X
CO258. X X
X
CO259. X X
X
CO260. X X
X
DBCA 601 B CO261. X
X
CO262. X X
X
CO263. X X
CO264. X X
X
CO265. X X
X
DBCA 602 B CO266. X X
CO267. X X X
X
CO268. X X
X
CO269. X X X X
DBCA 603 CO270. X X
CO271. X X
X X
CO272. X X
X
CO273. X X X
X
ALAD 600 CO274. X
X
CO275. X
CO276. X
CO277. X
CO278. X
X
X X
B.C.A Computer Science & IT (2020-2021)
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester I
PAPER CODE- CBCA 101 INTRODUCTION TO ICT
(Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to - 1. To acquaint the students with the basic concepts of Information and Communication
Technology.
2. To possess technological literacy
3. To learn the concepts related to IPR.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
CBCA
101
INTRODUC
TION TO
ICT
(Theory)
CO1. Explain the fundamentals of
computer system
CO2. Learn Number System and
Data Representation
CO3. Characterize concepts related
to Data Communication and Internet
C04. Comprehend the basics of E-
Commerce and Cloud Computing
CO5. Identify and summarize the
concept of Computer Security, Cyber
Laws, Creative Commons License and
IPR related to IT
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments,
Demonstration, Team
teaching
Learning activities
for the students: Self
learning assignments,
Effective questions,
Simulation, Seminar
Class test,
Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in
tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation.
presentation, Giving
tasks.
CONTENTS
UnitI: Information & Software: 9 Hrs.
Data and Information, Type of Data, Information System, Computer Based Information System.
History and Generations of Computer, Type of Computers, Block Diagram of a Computer,
Description of Different Parts of a Computer System.
Data Representation: Number Systems (Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal), Computer
Arithmetic, ‘+’, ‘–’, ‘*’, ‘/’.
Signed and Unsigned Number Representation in Binary Form, Code: BCD, ASCII, Extended
Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code, Excess-3, Gray Code.
Types of Software: System Software, Application Software, Proprietary Software, Freeware
Software, Public Domain Software, Open Source Software, Simulation Software, and Mobile
Applications.
Introduction to Text Editors, Word Processors, Spreadsheets, Presentation and Database
Software.
Unit II: Introduction to Data Communication and Internet: 9 Hrs.
Definition of Computer Network, Type of Networks: Local Area Networks (LAN), Metropolitan
Area Networks (MAN), Wide Area Networks (WAN). Network Topologies: Bus, Tree, Star, Mesh, Hybrid. Ethernet, Bluetooth, Mobile Networking. Difference between Intranet and Internet.
Types of transmission media. Introduction to WWW, HTML, Web Page and its elements,
hyperlinks, Web Applications, Web Browsers, Web Browser Helper Applications, Web Servers. Internet Services: Web Site, Web Portals, Blogs, Search Engines, Newsgroup, Email. Social
Media Websites: Pros and Cons.
Content Management System: need and its types.
Data Warehouse: introduction and its significance.
Unit III: Introduction to E-Commerce and Cloud Computing: 9. Hrs.
Introduction to E-Commerce Models and M-Commerce, E-Learning, E-Governance, E-Banking
and M-Banking.
E-Business Model – E-Marketing, E-Locker, Digital Signature, Modes of Online Payment and
Security Options. .
Introduction to Cloud Computing: - Concept, Cloud Types-IAAS, SAAS, PAAS, Services and
Applications, Introduction to Cloud Services like Google Drive.
Unit IV: Computer Security, Cyber Laws and Creative Commons License: 9. Hrs.
Computer Security: Introduction to Computer Viruses, Malicious Software, Antivirus, Anti-
Spyware Software, Firewall, Browser Hijack, Hacking.
Introduction to Creative Commons License and its types.
Cyber Laws: Introduction to Cyber Laws, Cyber Crime, Cyber Contract, Cyber Privacy,
Introduction to IT Act Clause 66.
Introduction and History of Intellectual Property Right (IPR):
Concept and Kinds. Economic Importance. IPR in India and World: TRIPS, WIPO.
Unit V: Introduction to IT related IPR: 9. Hrs.
Copyrights: Introduction, Works protected under copyright law, Rights, Transfer of Copyright,
Infringement and Remedies.
Patents: Objectives, Rights, Patent Act 1970 and its Amendments. Patentability, Non Patentable
Subjects, Procedure of Obtaining Patents, Working of Patents. Infringement and Remedies.
Computer Software and Intellectual Property, Database and Data Protection, Protection of
Semi-Conductor Chips, Domain Name Protection.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Norton Peter, “Introduction to Computers”, 6th Edition. TMH, 2006.
P. K. Sinha & Priti Sinha, “Computer Fundamentals”, BPB Publications, 1992.
M.L.Young, “Internet Complete Reference”, 2nd Edition, TMH Publishing Co. Ltd, 2002.
Jiawei Han & Micheline Kamber, “Data Mining – Concepts & Techniques”, Morgan Kaufmann,
2006.
Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communication and Networking”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2006.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 102
ICT Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 06
Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to - 1. Familiar with MS-DOS: basic external and internal commands.
2. Use productivity software like Word, Excel, Power Point and Access.
3. Use of Google Drive to save, store, share and access files and folders from anywhere.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CBCA
102 ICT LAB
CO4. Learn the fundamental of word
processors tool and will able to create
well formatted documents.
CO5. Design spreadsheets and
employ basic functions, create charts,
perform statistical analysis.
CO6. Design an effective
presentation.
CO7. Comprehend the fundamental
of database management software’s
and develop an ability to manage data.
CO8. Develop an ability to work on
google drive and apply the concepts of
saving storing, sharing and accessing
files and folders on the cloud.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments,
Demonstration, Team
teaching
Learning activities
for the students:
Self-learning
assignments, Effective
questions, Simulation,
Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks.
Class test,
Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in
tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation,
Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
MS-DOS: Overview, Internal Commands (DIR, CD, MD, RD, COPY, COPY CON, DEL, REN, DATE,
TIME, VER, CLS, TYPE, PROMPT, PATH) and External Commands (TREE, DELTREE, EDIT).
Introduction to types of Internet Connections (Dial Up, DSL, Broadband, VSAT, WiFi, 3G, 4G)
Introduction to various types of Protocols (SMTP, POP, Telnet, FTP, HTTP, HTTPS)
Word Processor: Features of Word processors, Shortcut keys, formatting documents: Selecting text, Copying & moving data, formatting characters, changing cases, Paragraph formatting,
Indents, Drop Caps, Using format painter, Page formatting, Header & footer, Bullets & numbering,
Tabs, Creating tables, styles and templates. Finding & replacing text, GoTo (F5) command, Text Proofing features, Macros, Inserting pictures, Hyperlinks, Mail merge, Printing.
Spreadsheet Software: workbooks and worksheets, working with single and multiple workbook
cell entries (numbers, labels, and formulas), Filling series fill with drag, data sort, formatting worksheet, cell referencing (Relative, Absolute, Mixed).
Some useful Functions in excel: If Function, Date & Time: DATE, DAY, MINUTE, HOUR, NOW,
SECOND. Statistical: AVERAGE, COUNT, MAX, MIN. Text: CHAR, CONCATENATE, EXACT, LEFT, LEN, LOWER, MID, REPLACE, RIGHT, SEARCH, TEXT, TRIM, UPPER. Math & Trig: CEILING,
FACT, FLOOR, INT, ROUND, SQRT, SUM.
Introduction to charts: types of charts, creation of chart from adjacent data/ nonadjacent data,
formatting charts. Printing worksheets, OLE (importing & exporting data), Hyper linking, data sort and filters, Macros.
Introduction to Presentation Software: Presentation tips, components of slide, slide templates,
master slide, header and footer, images and auto shapes, presentation views, transition and animations, inserting audio, video, action buttons and hyperlinks, rehearse timings, printing
slides.
Use of Google Drive to save, store, share and access files and folders from anywhere.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 103
Programming Concepts in C (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week:03 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to
1. Incorporate strong foundation of logic building & concept of programming in a student
2. Develop programming skills in C
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
CBCA 103
PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS IN C
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO9. Build a foundation for
exposure to Computer
programming in C
CO10. Design, implement, test,
debug, and document programs in C
CO11. Develop logic building &
programming skills.
CO12. Design and Develop basic
programs in C using branching and
looping.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstration, Team
teaching Learning activities for
the students:
Self-learning assignments, Effective
questions, Simulation, Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks
Class test, Semester end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems in tutorials, Assignments, Presentation.
CONTENTS
Unit I: Computer languages 9. Hrs.
Computer languages: Analogy with Natural Languages, Machine Language, Assembly
Language, Assembler, High-Level Language, Compiler, Interpreter, Object-Oriented Programming Languages, Fundamental Concepts of OOP,
Procedure-oriented versus Object-oriented Programming, Advantages of OOP, Evolution of
OOP Languages, Characteristics of a Good Programming Language, selecting a Language for
Coding an Application, Subprogram, Preprocessor, Scripting Languages, Fourth-Generation Languages(4GLs), 5 GLs.
Planning the computer program: Purpose of Program Planning; Algorithms, Quality of
Algorithms, Representation of Algorithms.
Unit II: Flowcharts 9. Hrs.
Flowcharts, Symbols, Flowcharting Rules, Advantages and Limitations of Flowcharts, Flowchart
based on simple computations, iterations, series problems. Execution Trace.Pseudo code,
Pseudo code for Basic Logic (Control) Structures, Advantage and Limitations of Pseudo code.
System implementation and operation: Testing and Debugging, Definition of Testing and
Debugging, Types of Program Errors, testing a Program, debugginga Program for Syntax
Errors, debugging a Program for Logic Errors, Difference between Testing and Debugging,
Documentation, Need for Documentation, Forms of Documentation.
Unit III: C Programming Language 9. Hrs.
C Programming Language, History of C, The C standard library.
C program Development Environment: Character set, C Tokens, Keywords, Identifiers,
Variables, Constant, Comments, Structure of Simple C program. Data
Types, Operators & Expressions: Types of operators, Precedence and Associatively, Expression,
Statement and types of statements.
Unit IV: C Formatted Input/Output 9. Hrs.
C Formatted Input/Output: Streams, formatting output with printf, Printing: Integers, Floating
point numbers, Strings, Characters.
Field Widths and Precisions, Flags in print format control string, Escape sequences, formatted
input with scanf. Built-in I/O functions: getch( ), getchar( ), putchar( ).
Introductory Concept of header files, Preprocessor directives: #include, #define.
Control structures: if selection structure, if/else selection structure.
Unit V: Control Structures: 9. Hrs.
Control Structures: Switch-case, while repetition structure, Counter Controlled Repetition,
Sentinel Controlled Repetition, do/while repetition structure, for repetition structure, Nested
control structures. goto, break and continue statements.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
P.K. Sinha, Preeti Sinha, “Foundations of Computing”, BPB Publications, 2003.
Raj K. Jain, “Insight into Flowcharting”, S. Chand Publications, 2000.
E. Balagurusami, “Programming in ‘ANSI C’”, TMH Publications.
Yashwant Kanetkar, “Working with C”, BPB Publications.
H.M. Deitel & P.J. Deitel, “How to program in ‘C’”, 5rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2005. S.
Lipschutz, “C Programming”, Schaum’s outline series, Tata McGraw Hill Edition.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 104
Programming Concepts Lab (Practical)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Experiment various functionalities through C programming. 2. Identify solution of given problem.
3. Apply modular programming approach in designing solution
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
CBCA 104
PROGRAMM
ING CONCEPTS
LAB (Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO15. Develop logical understanding &
analytical skills.
CO16. Design and development of
programs with testing, debugging and
documenting programs.
CO17. Formulate problems &
implementation a programing language.
CO18. Build small applications using C
language.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstration, Team
teaching
Learning activities for
the students: Self-learning,
assignments, Effective
questions, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group Activity.
CONTENTS
This paper will be based on theory paper CBCA103. Exercises given will be covering entire syllabi as
follows:
Simple C programs using variables, keywords and simple operations
Programs based on operators (arithmetic, relational, increment, decrement, conditional,
logical)
Branching statement programs using ‘C’
Exercises based on Looping (while, do while, for), nested loops based programs
PAPER CODE- GBCA 101
Foundations of Mathematics (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Make familiar with the basics of mathematics. 2. This module is introductory in nature and focuses on numerical aspects, keeping those students
in mind those did not have mathematics at 10+2 level.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
GBCA 101
FOUNDATIONS OF
MATHEMATICS
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO19. Build a foundation of basic
mathematical concepts needed for general computations.
CO20. Analyse, solve, and compute
real-world applications of mathematics. CO21. Solve applied problems using
matrices, differentiation and integration.
CO22. Demonstrate a working
knowledge of set notation and elementary set theory.
CO23. Compute limits, derivatives, and definite & indefinite integrals of
algebraic, logarithmic and exponential
functions. CO24. Solve discrete mathematics
problems that involve: computing permutations and combinations of a
set.
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstration.
Learning activities for the students: Self-
learning assignments, Effective
questions,Giving tasks.
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation.
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction to Matrix 9. Hrs.
Matrices, Types of Matrices, Operations of addition, Scalar Multiplication and Multiplication of
Matrices, Determinant of a Square Matrix, Minors and Cofactors.
Transpose, adjoint and inverse of a matrix. Solving system of linear equations in two or three
variables using inverse of a matrix.
Unit II: Sets, Relation & Functions 9. Hrs.
Sets, Relation & Functions: Definition of Set, Type of Sets, Operations on Sets, Venn diagram,
Cartesian Product, Relations, Functions, Types of function, Some elementary functions with
their graphs (Exponential, logarithmic, modulus). Limit & continuity of a function (Simple Problems).
Unit III: Differentiation: 9. Hrs.
Differentiation: Derivative and its meaning, Differentiation of algebraic, trigonometric,
exponential & logarithmic functions, Rules of Differentiation, Differentiation by substitution, Second order differentiation, Maxima and Minima of simple
functions.
Unit IV: Integration 9. Hrs.
Integration: - Indefinite Integrals, Rules of Integration, Integration by substitution, Integration
by Partial Fractions, Definite Integration, Properties of Definite Integral, finding areas of simple
closed curves.
Unit V: Permutation and Combination 9. Hrs.
Permutation and Combination: Fundamental Principles of Counting, Addition Principle,
Factorial, Permutations, Combinations.
Coordinate Geometry: - 2D Cartesian Co-ordinate system. Straight line (Equation & Slope of a
line). Circle: Equation of Circle, Equation to Tangent.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
G. C. Sharma & Madhu Jain, “Mathematics for BCA”, Oscar Publication.
R.D. Sharma, “Mathematics for class 12 part-1”, Dhanpat Rai and Co. New Delhi.
R.D. Sharma, “Mathematics for class 12 Part-2”, Dhanpat Rai and Co. New Delhi.
R.S.Agarwal, “Mathematics for class 12”, Bharati Bhavan, New Delhi.
R. D. Sharma, “Mathematics Vol-2”, Dhalpat Raj & Sons. (For Unit-I)
S. L. Loney, “The Elements of Co-ordinate Geometry Part-I”, Book Palace, New Delhi.
Tom M. Apostol, “Calculus Volume II”, Second edition, John-Wiley & Sons, 2002.
S. Balachandra Rao, C.K. Shantha, “Differential Calculus”,New Age International(P) Ltd.
Frank Ayres Jr., Elliot Mendelson, “Calculus”, fourth edition, Mc-Graw Hill International
Edition.
PAPER CODE- GBCA 103
Principles of Accounting (Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Develop a conceptual understanding of financial accounting system.
2. Familiarizewith role of accounting software and its application in business organization.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
GBCA
103
Principles of
Accounting
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO25. Understand the Basic
Terminology of Book Keeping &
Accountancy. CO26. Develop skills of Preparing the
Trading, Profit & Loss A/c & Balance Sheet of the Organization.
CO27. Develop the skills of
Preparation of Accounts from Incomplete Records and its uses.
CO28. Understand the different type of Accounting Software.
CO29. Identify the use of Accounting Software Tally
Approach in
teaching: Explanations,
Discussion, Solving Questions, Project work
Learning activities for the students: Case
studies, Presentation, Giving tasks
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and
group projects.
CONTENTS
Unit I: Basics of Bookkeeping and Accountancy 11. Hrs.
Basics of Bookkeeping and Accountancy- Definition and its Usefulness, Financial
Accounting Principles, Concepts and Convention.
System of Bookkeeping – Double Entry System, Books of Prime Entry, Subsidiary books,
Recording of Cash and Bank Transaction, Preparation of Ledger accounts, Preparation of Trial
balance
Unit II: Final Accounts 10.Hrs.
Final Accounts: Concept of Capital, Revenue and Deferred Revenue Expenditure, Opening
Entries, Closing Entries, Adjustment Entries, Manufacturing, Trading and Profit and Loss
Account (Without Adjustment) and Balance Sheet.
Adjustment of final accounts: Trading account, profit and loss account and balance sheet
Unit III: Preparation of Accounts from Incomplete Records (Single Entry System) 10. Hrs.
Preparation of Accounts from Incomplete Records (Single Entry System): Nature of
Incomplete Records, Limitations of the Single Entry System, Ascertainment of Profit or Loss,
Difference between Double Entry System and Single Entry System
Sectional and Self Balancing System: The Nature of Ledgers, Sectional Balancing System,
Self-Balancing System
Unit IV: Computer accounting 7. Hrs.
Computer accounting: Introduction to Accounting Software, use of accounting software,
types of accounting software’s, accounting software: Tally: creation of company; creation of ledger account; voucher entry.
Unit V: Use of Accounting Software Tally 7. Hrs.
Use of Accounting Software Tally; Maintenance of Inventory Record; Analysis of Trial Balance & Final Accounts, result analysis of computer accounting.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Financial Accounting-R.L. Gupta, V.K Gupta (Sultan Chand& Sons)
Modern Accountancy-AMukharjee, MHanif. (Tata Mc- Graw-Hill)
Fundamentals of Financial Accounting- Dr Ashok Sehgal, Dr Deepak Sehgal (TaxMann’s)
Financial Accounting- Jain, Khandelwal Pareek( Ajmera Book Company)
Accountancy- PC Tulsian (Tata Mc- Graw-Hill)
Accountancy-DK Goel, Rajesh Goel(Arya Publications)
An Introduction to Accountancy- S.N Maheshwari(Vikash Publishers)
Fundamental of Accounting-Dr T P Ghosh, (Sultan Chand & Sons)
Note- The candidate shall be permitted to use battery operated calculator that should not have more
than 12 digits, 6 functions and 2 memories and should be noiseless and cordless.
PAPER CODE- GBBA 103
Principles of Management (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Make familiar with basic principles of management.
2. Understand the functions of management and the roles of managers.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code Paper Title
GBBA 103
Principles
of Manageme
nt (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO30. Explain primary functions of
management and the roles of managers.
CO31. Understand major
contributors to the field of management.
CO32. Analyse the importance of planning and why organization
need to plan and control. CO33. Learn the process and
techniques of individual and group
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstration, Team
teaching.
Learning activities for the students: Self-
learning assignments, Effective questions,
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
decision making.
CO34. Evaluate different organizational structures.
CO35. Students will recognize the
importance of employee motivation and how to promote it.
Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks,
CONTENTS
UNIT I: Management 9. Hrs.
Management- Concepts, Functions, Significance of management, Management and administration, Levels of management. Principles of management- Henry Fayol and F.W Taylor.
UNIT II: Planning 9. Hrs.
Planning- Concept, Nature, Processes, Types, Significance of planning, Planning process, Management by Objectives.
UNIT III: Organization 9. Hrs.
Organization- Concept, Importance, Process of organizing, Principles of Organization, Types- Formal and Informal. Organization Structure-Types of Organization Structure-line, line and staff, functional,
project, matrix and committee.
UNIT IV: Motivation 9.Hrs.
Motivation- Meaning, Types of motivation, Importance, Theories of motivation-Maslow’s need-hierarchy
theory, McGregor’s theory X and theory Y, Herzberg motivation-hygiene model, Victor-vroom
expectancy model.
UNIT V: Leadership 9. Hrs.
Leadership- Definition, Importance, Difference between leadership and management, Functions of a
leader, Styles of Leadership-autocratic, participative and free-rein, Theories of leadership-trait theory, behavioural theory-Likert’s system of management, Blake and Mouton’s Managerial Grid and Fiedler’s
Contingency Model.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Chhabra T.N “Principles and Practice of Management” Dhanpat Rai & Co. Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.
Nolakha, R.L “Principles of Management” .RBD Publishers, Jaipur.2007
Sudha G S., “Management”, RBSA Publishers, Jaipur.2007
Koontz, Herold and Weihrich, Heinz. “Management”, McGraw Hill, New York, 5th edition.
Stoner, James A.F. and Freeman, R.Edward, “Management”., New Delhi. 6th edition
Mathew, M.J “Business Management” Sheel Sons Publishers, Jaipur. 1st edition
Gilbert: Principles of Management, McGraw Hill.
PAPER CODE- AENV 100
Environmental Science (Theory)
Credits: 02 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to -
1. Provide students a clear understanding of environmental concerns and to follow sustainable
development practices 2. Analyze concepts and methods from ecological and physical sciences and their application
in environmental problem solving
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
AENV 100
Environment
al Sciences (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO36: Develop a comprehensive
understanding of various ecological processes and environmental issues
CO37: Develop critical thinking for shaping strategies for environmental
protection and conservation of
biodiversity, social equity and sustainable development
CO38: Appreciate the various ecological linkages within the web of life
CO39: Recognize the consequences of
human actions on the environment and ways to prevent deterioration of
environment
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Power Point Presentations,
Informative videos
Learning activities for
the students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, presentations,
Field trips
Quiz, Poster Presentations,
Power Point
Presentations, Individual and
group projects, Open Book
Test, Semester
End Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction to Environment and Ecosystem 6 Hrs.
• Scope of Environmental Studies and its applications
• Relationship of Environmental Studies with other subjects (Multidisciplinary nature of
Environment)
• Concept of sustainability and sustainable development.
• Environmentally important dates and abbreviations
• Structure and function of an ecosystem
• Types of Ecosystems and their general characteristics
• Producers, consumers and decomposers
• Energy flow in the ecosystem
• Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids
• Ecological Succession
Unit II: Natural Resources: Renewable and Non-renewable Resources 5 Hrs.
• Land resources and landuse change; Land degradation, soil erosion and desertification.
• Deforestation: Causes and impacts due to mining, dam building on environment,
forests, biodiversity and tribal populations.
• Water : Use and over-exploitation of surface and ground water, floods, droughts
• Energy resources: Renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate
energy sources, growing energy needs, case studies.
Unit III: Biodiversity and Conservation 6 Hrs.
2. Levels of biological diversity: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity
3. India as a mega-biodiversity nation; Biogeographic zones of India
4. Biodiversity patterns and global biodiversity hot spots
5. Endangered and endemic species of India
6. Threats to biodiversity: Habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts,
biological invasions
7. Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity
8. Ecosystem and biodiversity services: Ecological, economic, social, ethical, aesthetic and
Informational value
UnitIV: Environmental Pollution 8 Hrs.
• Types, Causes, effects and control measures of : Air pollution; Water pollution; Soil
pollution; Noise pollution
• Pollution case studies
• Solid waste management: Control measures of urban and industrial waste.
• Nuclear hazards and human health risks
• Global environmental issues: Climate change, global warming, ozone layer depletion,
acid rain and impacts on human commUnities and agriculture
• Environment Laws: Environment Protection Act,1986; Air (Prevention & Control of
Pollution) Act, 1981; Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act, 1974; Wildlife
Protection Act, 1972; Forest Conservation Act, 1980
• International agreements: Montreal protocol, Kyoto protocol and Convention on
Biological Diversity (CBD)
Unit V: Human Communities and the Environment 5 Hrs.
9. Human population growth: Impacts on environment, human health and welfare
10. Resettlement and rehabilitation of project affected persons; case studies
11. Disaster management : floods, earthquake, cyclones and landslides
12. Environmental movements : Chipko, Silent valley, Bishnois of Rajasthan
13. Environmental ethics: Role of Indian and other religions and cultures in environmental
conservation
14. Environmental communication and public awareness, case studies (e.g., CNG vehicles
in Delhi)
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
• Bharucha Erach, The Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad –380
013, India, Email:[email protected]
• Groom, Martha J., Gary K. Meffe, and Carl Ronald Carroll. Principles of Conservation Biology. Sunderland: Sinauer Associates, 2006.
• Grumbine, R. Edward, and Pandit, M.K. 2013. Threats from India’s Himalaya dams. Science,
339: 36-37. • McCully, P. 1996. Rivers no more: the environmental effects of dams (pp. 29-64). Zed
Books. • McNeill, John R. 2000. Something New Under the Sun: An Environmental History of the
Twentieth Century.
• Odum, E.P., Odum, H.T. & Andrews, J. 1971. Fundamentals of Ecology. Philadelphia: Saunders.
• Pepper, I.L., Gerba, C.P. &Brusseau, M.L. 2011. Environmental and Pollution Science. Academic Press.
• Rao, M.N. &Datta, A.K. 1987. Waste Water Treatment. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.
• Raven, P.H., Hassenzahl, D.M. & Berg, L.R. 2012. Environment. 8th edition. John Wiley &
Sons. • Rosencranz, A., Divan, S., & Noble, M. L. 2001. Environmental law and policy in India.
Tripathi 1992. • Sengupta, R. 2003. Ecology and economics: An approach to sustainable development. OUP.
• Singh, J.S., Singh, S.P. and Gupta, S.R. 2014. Ecology, Environmental Science and
Conservation. S. Chand Publishing, New Delhi. • Sodhi, N.S., Gibson, L. & Raven, P.H. (eds). 2013. Conservation Biology: Voices from the
Tropics. John Wiley & Sons. • Thapar, V. 1998. Land of the Tiger: A Natural History of the Indian Subcontinent.
• Warren, C. E. 1971. Biology and Water Pollution Control. WB Saunders. • Wilson, E. O. 2006. The Creation: An appeal to save life on earth. New York: Norton.
• Agarwal, K.C. Environmental Biology, Nidi Publ. Ltd. Bikaner.
• Singh, R.B., Thakur, D.K. and Chauhan, J.P.S., RBD publications, Jaipur • Townsend C., Harper J, and Michael Begon, Essentials of Ecology, Blackwell Science
• Odum, E.P. Fundamentals of Ecology. W.B. Saunders Co. USA. • Santra S.C., Environmental Science, New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd.
• Singh Savindra, Environmental Geography, PrayagPustakBhawan
• Belsare D.K., Introduction to Biodiversity, APH Publishing Corporation • Prabu P.C., Ecology and environmental Science, Avinash Paperbacks
• Bhatia A.L., Kohli K.S, Ecology and Environmental Biology, RBD • Miller G.T., Environmental Science, Cengage Learning
• Srivastava K.P., An Introduction to Environmental Studies, Kalyani Publishers
• Sharma P.D., Ecology and Environment, Rastogi Publications • RajagopalanR.,Environmental Studies, Oxford Press
PAPER CODE- ALAD 100 Self-Analysis, Communication Skills and GD-PI
(Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs:30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Acquaints with the spoken, nonverbal and written communication skills,. 2. Personal grooming, visual and verbal. To develop professional writing skills online and offline,
3. Confidence building through Group Discussion and Personal Interview.
4. Promote professional grooming.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
ALAD
100
Self-Analysis,
Communication Skills
and GD-PI
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO40: Practice self-analysis and grooming.
CO41: Learn the basics of group discussion and master the same
through mock practice sessions.
CO42: Answer confidently in interviews.
CO43: Mock interviews which will help them in final interviews.
CO44: Build strong verbal and written
communication skills.
Approach in teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Power Point
Presentations, Informative videos.
Learning activities
for the students: Self learning assignments,
Public speaking, presentations.
Power Point Presentations,
Individual and group
discussions, Personal
Interview
Written assignments,
Semester End Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Self-Analysis and Personal Grooming 6 Hrs.
Self-Analysis and Personal Grooming
Internal external motivation, Visual image, Grooming, business formals, business casuals,
accessories, Indian women executives, Mental Models (Inversion, Entropy), SWOT Analysis and Johari Window.
Unit II: Listening, Verbal and Non-verbal communication skills, Public Speaking 6 Hrs.
Listening, Verbal and Non-verbal communication skills, Public Speaking: Asking the right
questions, Voice modulations, listening habits, Building reading habit (Fiction and Non-Fiction).
Extempore, Debate, JAM sessions.
Written communication, Assertiveness: Formal letter writing, e-mail writing, Netiquette, using
e-mail elements, How and when to say No.
Unit III: Group Discussion 6 Hrs.
Group Discussion
Body language, Skills required, Importance, Types, Process of GD, Evaluation Criteria, and
Preparing for GD, Do’s and Don’ts of GD, FAQs.
Mock GD
Unit IV: Personal Interview 6 Hrs.
Answering the most common Interview questions, Body Language, Document filing, Be the
autobiographer, Grooming, Mirroring, FAQs.
Mock PI
Unit-V: Seminar and Industry Expert session 6 Hrs.
Question answer and experience sharing session
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
David Riklan (2003), Self-Improvement the Top 101 Experts Who Help Us Improve Our Lives.
Bruce Patton, Douglas Stone, and Sheila Heen, Difficult Conversations
Dr. K. Alex (2009), Soft skills know yourself and know the world, Sultan Chand & Sons.
Kelly McGonigal (2011), The Willpower Instinct: How Self-Control Works, Why It Matters, and
What You Can Do to Get More of It.
Mahadevan Ramesh and Gopalaswamy Ramesh (2010), The ACE of Soft Skills: Attitude,
Communication and Etiquette for Success, Pearson publishers.
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester II
PAPER CODE- CBCA 201 Operating Systems
(Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs:45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. This module aims at making students learn about basic concepts of operating systems.
2. Describe & discuss various operating system workings like process management, memory
management, concepts of concurrency control and disk management.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA 201
OPERATIN
G SYSTEMS (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO45: Explain and discuss the basic concepts of Operating Systems and its
types. CO46: Analyze the structure of
Operating System, Process
Management, and CPU Scheduling Techniques.
CO47: Compare CPU Scheduling Algorithms, Process Synchronization
and Deadlocks
CO48: Compare Memory Management Techniques in Operating System.
CO49: Analyze Virtual Memory Technique, File Management &
Allocation Methods
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstration, Team teaching
Learning activities
for the students:M Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Simulation,
Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks.
Class test,
Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation
CONTENTS
Unit I: Operating System 9. Hrs.
What is an Operating System, Simple Batch Systems, Multi programmed Batched Systems,
Time-Sharing Systems, Personal-Computer Systems, Parallel Systems, Distributed Systems,
and Real-Time Systems.
Unit II: Operating system & Process Management 9. Hrs.
Operating-System Structures: System Components, Operating System Services, System Calls,
System Structure, Virtual Machines.
Process Management: Process Concept, Process Scheduling, Operation on Processes.
CPU Scheduling: Basic Concepts, Scheduling Criteria.
Unit III: CPU Scheduling 9. Hrs.
CPU Scheduling Algorithms (FCFS, SJF, Priority, Round-Robin, Multilevel Queue, Multilevel
Feedback Queue) Multiple-Processor Scheduling. Process Synchronization: Background, The
Critical-Section Problem, Introduction to Semaphores. Deadlocks: System Model, Deadlock
Characterization.
Unit IV: Deadlocks 9. Hrs.
Deadlocks: Methods for Handling Deadlocks, Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance,
Deadlock Detection, and Recovery from Deadlock. Memory Management: Background, Logical
versus Physical Address space, Swapping, Contiguous allocation (fragmentation), Paging,
Segmentation.
Unit V: Virtual Memory 9. Hrs.
Virtual Memory: Background, Demand Paging, Page Replacement, Page-replacement
Algorithms (FIFO, Optimal, LRU, Counting).
File Management: File Concepts (Operations & Attributes), Access Methods, Directory
Structure, File System Structure, Allocation Methods (Contiguous Allocation, Linked Allocation, Indexed Allocation).
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
A. Silbersachatz and P.Galvin, “Operating System Concepts”, Addison-Wesley, 5th Ed., 2001.
Tannenbaum, “Operating Systems”, PHI, 4th Edition, 2000.
Madnick E., Donovan J., “Operating Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.
Achyut S. Godbole, “Operating Systems”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited
2000.
Gary Nutt, “Operating System a Modern Perspective (Second Edition)”, Pearson Education
2000.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 202
Computer Organization and Architecture (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Learn the binary arithmetic and working of various digital circuits used in computer and basic structural design.
2. Register Transfer Language, Control Unit, CPU etc.
3. Learn how all-arithmetic operations are done at architecture level.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
CBCA
202
COMPUTE
R ORGANIZA
TION AND ARCHITEC
TURE
The students will be able to –
CO50: Explain the working of various
digital components and circuits CO51: compare register transfers and
micro operations used in computer architecture
C052: Describe the execution of a
program at the instruction level CO53: Explain the design of memory
hierarchy for a basic computer
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstration Learning activities
for the students:
Self-learning assignments, Effective
questions, Seminar presentation, Giving
tasks
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation
CONTENTS
Unit I: Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates 9. Hrs
Basic Gates, Basic laws of Boolean algebra, Simplification of Boolean algebra. Combinational
Logic Design: Standards representation for logical expression, Minimization of logical functions in terms of Maxterm and Minterm, Simplifications of Boolean equations using K-maps, don’t
care conditions.
Unit II: Arithmetic Circuits 9. Hrs.
Arithmetic Circuits: Half Adder, Full Adder, Half Subtractor, Full Subtractor, Parallel Binary Adder
(IC 7483), Parallel binary Subtractor, Parallel binary adder/Subtractor. Multiplexers
(74151/74150), De-Multiplexers (74154), decoders (74139/74154/7445), encoders (Octal to binary, decimal to BCD, priority), BCD to Seven segment decoder
Sequential Logic: Sequential circuits: Flip-flops, S-R, D, J-K, T, Clocked Flip-flop, Race around
condition, Master slave Flip-Flop (truth tables, working)
Unit III: Overview of Register Transfer and Micro operations 9. Hrs.
Register Transfer Language, Register transfer, Bus and Memory transfer, Arithmetic Micro-
operations, Logic Micro-operations, Shift Micro-operations, Arithmetic Logic Shift Unit.
Unit IV: Basic Computer Organization and Design 9. Hrs.
Instruction Codes, Computer Registers: Common bus system; Computer Instructions:
Instruction formats; Instruction Cycle: Fetch and Decode, Flowchart for Instruction cycle;
Register reference instructions. I/O & Interrupt, types of Interrupts, Interrupt cycle. Central Processing Unit: Introduction, General Register Organization, Stack Organization: Register
stack, Memory stack; Instruction Formats, Addressing Modes
Unit V: Memory Organization 9. Hrs.
Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary Memory, Associative Memory, Cache Memory,
Virtual Memory. Multiprocessors: Characteristics of multi-processors inter connection structure;
inter processor arbitration, inter-processor communication and synchronization.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Morris Mano, “Computer System Architecture”, 3rd Edition, Prentice-Hall of India Private
Limited, 1999.
R. P. Jain, “Modern Digital Electronics”, Mc Graw Hill Publising Company limited.
S. Salivahanan & S. Arivyhgan, “Digital circuits and design”, Vikas Publishing house Pvt.Ltd. V.K. Mehta, “Principles of Electronics”, Fifth Edition, S. Chand & Co.
William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India
Private Limited, 2001.
Malvino, Brown, “Digital Computer Electronics: An Introduction to Microcomputers”, 3rd edition,
McGraw Hill, 1993.
Moris Mano, “Digital Logic and Computer Design”, PHI Publications, 2002.
Malvino Leach, "Digital Principles and Application", Mc Graw Hill Publications.
Malvino, “Digital Computer Electronics”, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 203
Advanced Programming In C (Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Acquaint the students with the advanced concepts of C programming. 2. Provide the knowledge of linear data structures like array, structures and Union in C
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes Assessment
Paper
Code
Paper
Title
(at course level) Learning and
teaching strategies
Strategies
CBCA
203
ADVANCED PROGRAM
MING IN C
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO54: Implement arrays with their applications
CO55: Demonstrate functions and parameter passing options in c
CO56: Design programs using
Functions, Pointers, Structures and Unions in C language.
CO57: Design File handling programs and develop basic understanding about
File Handling.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstration, Team teaching.
Learning activities
for the students: Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions, Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation
CONTENTS
Unit I: Revision of C Basics. 9. Hrs.
Arrays: One dimensional arrays: array manipulation; searching, insertion, deletion of an
element from an array; finding the largest/smallest element in an array; two dimensional
arrays, addition/multiplication of two matrices, transpose of a square matrix; null terminated
strings as array of characters, Sorting arrays (Bubble Sort), Searching (Linear, Binary Search), Multiple-Subscripted Arrays.
Unit II: Functions, Storage Classes and Scoping 9. Hrs.
Functions: top-down approach of problem solving, modular programming and functions,
prototype of a function: parameter list, return type, function call, block structure, passing
arguments to a function: call by reference, call by value, arrays as function arguments.
Storage Classes and Scoping: Automatic, Register, External, Static, Scope of a Variable.
Unit III: Structures and Unions 9. Hrs.
Structures and unions: Structure variables, initialization, structure assignment, nested
structure, structures and functions, structures and arrays: arrays of structures, structures
containing arrays, unions. Bit Manipulations and Enumerations: Introduction, Bitwise operators,
Bit Fields, Enumerated Constants.
Unit IV: Pointers, C Characters & Strings 9. Hrs.
Pointers: address operators, pointer type declaration, pointer assignment, pointer initialization,
pointer arithmetic, functions and pointers, arrays and pointers.
C characters and Strings: Introduction, Fundamentals of Strings and characters, Character and
String Handling Library, String conversions and comparison functions.
Unit V: File Processing 9. Hrs.
File processing: Concept of files, Opening and closing a stream, open modes.Reading and
writing to/from a stream. Predefined streams: stdin, stdout. Stream manipulation: fgetc(), fputc(), fgets() and fputs () functions. Raw input/output: fread() and fwrite() functions.
Preprocessor Directives #include, #define, Macros.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Yashwant Kanetkar, “Working with C”, BPB Publications.
E.Balagurusami, “Programming in ‘ANSI C’”, TMH Publications.
H.M.Deitel & P.J.Deitel, “How to program in ‘C’”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2001.
B.Kernighan & D.Ritchie “C Programming Language”, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall, 1988.
S. Lipschutz, “C Programming”, Schaum’s outline series, Tata McGraw Hill Edition.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 204 ‘C’ Programming Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 06
Total Hrs:90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Make students familiar with the basics of ‘C’ programming language.
2. Evaluate & choose efficient solution for their logic.
3. Construct small application based on linear data structures
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
CBCA
204
‘C’ PROGRAM
MING LAB (Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO58: Development C programs with
arrays CO59: Implement user defined
functions and describe parameter passing process
CO60: Analyze and Demonstrate
problems based on Pointers, Structures and Unions using C language.
CO61: Build programs using File Handling operations in C.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstration, Team
teaching.
Learning activities for
the students: Self-
learning assignments, Effective questions,
Simulation, Seminar presentation, Giving
tasks.
Class test, Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation
CONTENTS
This paper will be based on theory paper CBCA203. Exercises given will be covering entire syllabi as
follows:
Exercises based on Looping (while, do while, for), nested loops based programs
Programs based on arrays (single, two dimensional) searching, sorting an array
String/Character based exercises manipulation on strings
Programs on user defined functions
Exercises based on pointers (arithmetic operation, arrays with pointers)
Programs on structure and union
Programs on File handling
PAPER CODE- GBCA 201A
Web Mining (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Acquaint students with the applications of web mining.
2. Elaborate with different types of web data and web mining methods.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
GBCA
201A
WEB
MINING (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO62: Explain basicconcepts of Web
mining. CO63: Compare types of web data and
web mining methods
CO64: Develop skills of using WEKA tool to perform preprocessing,
clustering, classification on web data. CO65: Explain structure of data on
web. CO66: Demonstrate various pattern
discovery and analysis techniques
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT
audio-video tools, G-suite. Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Simulation,
Seminar presentation
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
UNIT I: Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery 9. Hrs.
Data mining and knowledge discovery, The KDD process, Data preparation for knowledge discovery,
Introduction of various data mining techniques (Clustering, Classification, and Association rule mining),
Supervised, semi supervised and unsupervised learning,
UNIT II: Web Mining Process and Techniques 9. Hrs.
WWW, Web Mining, Web mining and Data mining, Types of web mining (Content, Usage and Structure),
Types of data: Structured and Unstructured Data, Sources of Data, Stages of web mining (Preprocessing, Pattern discovery and analysis), Privacy Tradeoff.
UNIT III: Web Structure Mining 9. Hrs.
Web Link Mining, Hyperlink based Ranking, Page Rank, Link-Based Similarity Search -Enhanced
Techniques for Page Ranking, Implementation Issues, Web Crawlers
UNIT IV: Web Usage Mining 9. Hrs.
Click stream Analysis, Web Server Log Files, Pattern discovery and pattern analysis techniques (Session
and Visitor Analysis, Cluster Analysis (K means clustering) and Visitor Segmentation, Association and Correlation Analysis, Analysis of Sequential Patterns, Classification and Prediction based on Web
(Decision tree))
UNIT V: Web Mining Applications 9. Hrs.
Personalized Customer Experience in B2C E-commerce, Web Search, Web wide user tracking, Auction Sites, Information Retrieval systems, Targeted marketing.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Bing Liu, “Web Data Mining Exploring Hyperlinks, Contents and Usage Data”, 2nd Edition,
Springer New York, 2011.
Zdravko Markov, Daniel T. Larose, “Data Mining the Web: Uncovering Patterns in Web Content,
Structure, and Usage”, Wiley & Sons, 2007
Jiawei Han,Michaline Kamber and Jian Pei, “Data mining concepts and techniques”, 3rd
Edition,Morgan Kaufmann,2012
https://www.academia.edu/32208992/Web_Mining_Accomplishments_and_Future_Directions
?auto=download
Soumen Chakrabarti, “ Mining the Web”, Morgan Kaufmann,2002
https://slideplayer.com/slide/8189973/
PAPER CODE- GBCA 201B Web Mining Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Acquaint students with web mining through WEKA tool.
2. Analyze data with different web mining methods.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
GBCA
201B
WEB MINING
LAB (Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO67: Describe the need for mining
web data through various scenarios CO68: Implement preprocessing on
data before applying mining
CO69: Installation of WEKA tool. CO70: Create and access datasets to
implement mining. CO71: Perform classification on
preprocessed data through WEKA and
analyze the results CO72: Perform clustering on
preprocessed data through WEKA and analyze the results
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT
audio-video tools, G-suite. Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Simulation,
Seminar presentation,
giving tasks, Performing practical
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
This paper will be based on theory paper. Exercises given will be covering entire syllabi as follows:
Data Warehouse: introduction and its significance.
Installation of WEKA tool
Preparation of training data
Data files supported by WEKA
Data types
Exercises related to Preprocessing
Exercises related to Classification
Exercises related to Clustering
PAPER CODE- GBCA 202A
Data Analysis (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. This paper is designed to understand the role of statistics in computers. 2. Familiar with applying various tests on datasets for data analysis.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
GBCA 202A
DATA
ANALYSIS
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO73: Organize, present and interpret
statistical data, both numerically and graphically,
CO74: Use various methods to compute the probabilities of events.
CO75: Perform a regression analysis, and compute and interpret the
coefficient of correlation.
CO76: Analyze and interpret statistical data using appropriate probability
distributions, e.g. binomial and normal. CO77: Construct and interpret
confidence intervals to estimate means,
standard deviations CO78: Perform parameter and non-
parameter testing techniques on different applications based problems.
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching. Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Seminar
presentation, giving tasks, Performing
practical
Class test, Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I 9. Hrs.
Frequency distributions, Graphical representation of data (Bar Chart, Histograms, Pie Chart,
Box-Plots). Measures of Central Tendency (mean, median, mode), Measures of Dispersion (Range, QD, MD, SD), five number summary.
Unit II 9. Hrs
Concept of bivariate and multivariate data. Correlation definition and assumptions. Properties
of correlation coefficient. Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation and Spearman Rank Correlation.
Linear Regression - Definition, Fitting of two lines of regression, Regression coefficients with
simple properties.
Unit III 9. Hrs.
Classical Theory of Probability, Law of total and compound probability, Conditional probability,
Baye’s theorem (simple question based on the theorem). Concept of random variable and types
of random variables. Probability distribution function and some important probability distributions (Binomial, Poisson
and Normal).
Unit IV 9. Hrs.
Basics of statistical inference, point estimation, interval estimation and hypothesis testing.
Concept of Sampling Distribution and Standard Error. Introduction to standard sampling distributions (chi-square, t and F). Large sample tests for variables.
Unit V 9. Hrs.
Applications of standard sampling distributions which includes application of t-test for testing
the significance of single mean & difference in two means (independent and paired-t), Chi-square test for testing normal population variance, test for goodness of fit, independence of
attributes using 2x2 and RXC contingency tables, application of F test for testing of equality of two variances.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
D. Ball and G. D. Buckwell, “Statistics A Level”, Second edition,Macmillan Press Ltd, 1991.
https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-319-46162-5
S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, “Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics”, Eleventh edition,
S. Chand & Company, 2002.
Ross Sheldon M., “Introduction to the Theory of Probability”, Elsevier Publication.
A.M.Goon, M.K.Gupta and B.Das Gupta, “Fundamental of Statistics” Vol I, Calcutta
University Press. B.L. Agarwal, “Basic Statistics”, New Age Publications.
S.P. Gupta, “Statistical Methods”, Sultan Chand Publishers
D. C. Sancheti, V. K. Kapoor, “Statistical Methods”, Sultan Chand and Sons.
D.N. Elhance & others “Fundamentals of Statistics”.
Glyn Davis and Branko Pecar, “Business Statistics using Excel”, Second Edition, Oxford
University Press, 2013.
PAPER CODE- GBCA 202B
Data Analysis Lab (Practical)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Understand the role of statistics in data analysis. 2. Apply statistical techniques to research data for analyzing and interpreting data carefully.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
GBCA
202B
DATA ANALYSIS
LAB
(Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO79: Use statistical tool for analyzing
and interpreting data. CO80: Effectively use statistical
software to perform statistical
computations and display numerical and graphical summaries of data sets.
CO81: Compute and interpret the coefficient of correlation and the "line of
best fit" for bivariate data.
CO82: Model and analyze measurement data using the
appropriate distribution, e.g. normal, binomial, chi-square.
CO83: Perform sensitivity analysis on data.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstration, Team
teaching
Learning activities for the students: Self-
learning assignments, Effective questions,
Simulation, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Note: Students should be given hands-on experiences to use appropriate software packages for selected statistical analysis.
The following test should be performed using appropriate software packages
Formation of frequency distribution table (inclusive and exclusive)
Graphical representation- histogram, frequency polygon, ogives
Measures of Central Tendency- Mean, Median and Mode
absolute and relative Measures of Dispersion- range, Quartile Deviation, Mean Deviation,
Standard Deviation
Coefficient of correlation- karl pearson and spearmens rank
Fitting of Regression lines and prediction.
Normal Distribution-area under the curve
Chi-square tests- Goodness of fit, Independence of Attributes 2x2 and RXC contingency tables,
testing of single variance
Application of Student’s t-test for small samples- test of significance of single mean, difference
in means, independent and paired T test.
F-test for two sample variances.
Analysis of Variance- one-way classification, two-way classification
PAPER CODE- AENG 200A
English Communication (Theory)
Credits: 02 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Learn the fine points of academic writing and practices of research. 2. Students will be able to use targeted grammatical structures meaningfully and appropriately in oral
and written production.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
AENG
200A
English Communic
ation
The students will be able to –
CO84: Learn the fine points of academic writing and practices of
research CO85: Students will be able to use
targeted grammatical structures meaningfully and appropriately in oral
and written production.
Approach in teaching:
Discussion,
Demonstration via Presentation.
Learning activities for
the students: Drafting
a Proposal, Presentation
Observation,
Presentation,
Report writing
CONTENTS
Unit I: Language of Communication - I 6. Hrs.
Meaning and Importance of Communication
The Communication Process
Barriers to Effective Communication
Unit II: Language of Communication – II 6. Hrs.
Verbal and Non- Verbal Communication
Effective Use of Body Language
Group Discussion
Unit III: Grammar and Usage 6. Hrs.
Sequence of Tenses
Direct and Indirect Narration
Unit IV: Reading and Comprehension 6. Hrs.
Comprehension of an Unseen Passage
Editing a Short Text (focusing on grammar, coherence and cohesion)
Unit V: Writing Skills 6. Hrs.
Letter-Writing: Formal
Report-Writing
Précis-Writing
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Gupta, H.C. and S.G. Telang. Business Communication. Delhi: Wisdom Publications, 2009. Print
Hooper, J.S. A Quick English Reference. Oxford UP, 1981. 232. Print.
Longman, 1973.Print.
Mathew, M.J. Business Communication. RBSA Publishers, 2002. Print.
Quirk, Randolph, and Sidney Greenbaum. A University Grammar of English. Harlow: Orient
Raman, Meenakshi. Business Communication. Delhi: OUP,2006. Print. Shrikhande, Rajan. Business Communication and Executive Effectiveness. Pune: Symbiosis
Centre for Distance Learning, 2004. Print.
Thomson A.J and A.V.Martinet. A Practical English Grammar. New Delhi : OUP, 1997. Print.
PAPER CODE- ALAD 200
Public Speaking, Team work and Communication Skills
(Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 02
Total Hrs:30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Work in team building, and Leadership qualities,
2. Helping students with leadership skills and working on their body language.
3. Give students in depth knowledge of the various aspects concerning Personal branding, creating online resume on various platforms, learning to work on writing online and offline content.
4. Emphasis is also given on public speaking, and working amongst different groups and with cultural diversity.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
ALAD 200
Public
Speaking, Team work
and Communic
ation Skills
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO86: Learn how to create industry
specific resume.
CO87: Learn aspects of personal branding, creating online resume at
various platforms, such as Naukri and LinkedIn
CO88: Overcome public speaking fear.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
Power Point
Presentations, Informative videos,
Group Discussions. Learning activities
for the students: Self
Personal
Interview-Extempore-1-
minute speech
game -Elevator Pitch -
Small Talk – 1 miswritten
assignment,
CO89: Overcome the fear of group
discussion through various public speaking activities, group discussions.
CO90: Understand the business
etiquette, how to behave in a social setting and learn aspects of team work.
learning assignments,
presentations, Public Speaking.
quiz, resume
building, semester end
examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Understanding Resume making 6. Hrs.
Resume Rubric, know your industry, some key notes about LinkedIn, Using LinkedIn and Naukri
and networking, preparing career statement. Resume writing Guidelines and formatting. Common Resume Mistakes, Cover letter- Key components and guidelines.
Unit II: Public speaking Sills 6. Hrs.
Case study in public speaking and personal branding, overcoming public speaking fear,
Extempore, Public Speaking, One-minute talk
Unit III: Etiquette 6. Hrs.
Business Etiquette: Grooming, Positive impression, Communication, Social Imaging. E-Mail
Etiquette: Professional Behaviour at work, Subject line, CC-BCC, professional e mail address and other basic do’s and don’ts.
Phone etiquette: Tone of voice, receiving and dialling, phone language, eliminating distraction,
basic etiquette and do’s and don’ts. Whatsapp/messaging etiquette, social etiquette, Business meeting etiquette, cubicle manners,
dining etiquette, social media etiquette.
Unit IV: Team Building 6. Hrs.
Activities, team building games, team processes. Laws of teamwork
Case study approach to team work, The law of the significance, the law of the big picture, the
law of the niche. Work ethics Work ethic. Relationship management, receiving and giving positive and negative
feedback, body language.
Unit V: Seminar and Industry Expert session 6. Hrs. Question answer and experience sharing session
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Dale Carnegie, the Leader in you.
2. John C. Maxwell (2001), The 17 Indisputable Laws of Teamwork: Embrace Them and Empower Your Team.
3. Paul Gustavson and Stewart Liff (2014), A Team of Leaders: Empowering Every Member to
Take Ownership, Demonstrate Initiative, and Deliver Results. 4. Shital Kakkar Mehra (2012), Business etiquette – A Guide for the Indian Professional, Harper
Collins Publishers.
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester III
PAPER CODE- CBCA 301
Algorithms & Data Structures (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Learn the concepts of data organization in effective manner.
2. Understand Data Structures, Arrays, Strings, Pointers, Structures & Unions, Algorithms & their implementation.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA
301
ALGORITH
MS & DATA STRUCTUR
ES
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO91: Explain Data Structures, Arrays, Strings, Pointers, Structures & Unions,
Algorithms & their complexities. CO92: Understand Algorithms, ADT,
and
Data Structures. CO93: Implement Stack Operations
and evaluate mathematical expressions using stack.
CO94: Comprehend recursion and
solve various problems using recursion and analyze Linear & Binary Search.
CO95: Understand & implement queue operations with specific reference to
priority queue and understand basic sorting Techniques (Exchange,
Selection, Insertion Sorts)
Approach in teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT audio-video tools.
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects.
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction to Data Structure 9. Hrs.
Introduction to Data Structure: Information and meaning, Arrays (one, two and multi-
dimensional), Row major and column major form, representation of strings, allocation of
storage and scope of variable, String Processing, Pointers, Structures & unions. Algorithm definition and its characteristics, Abstract data types,
Order of Complexity: Big O notation.
Unit II: Linked list 9. Hrs.
Linked list: Introduction to linked list, linked list as a data structure, creation, insertion and deletion of nodes from a list, getnode and free node operations, concept of header nodes, array
implementation of lists and its limitation, Allocating and freeing dynamic memory, comparing
dynamic and array implementation of lists. Doubly Linked lists, Circular linked lists and Circular Double linked lists.C implementation: Singly & circular linked lists,
Unit III: Stack 9. Hrs.
Stack: Definition, Primitive operations, representing stack in C, implementing the push and pop
operation, testing exceptional conditions, infix, postfix and prefix expression (definition and
examples), infix to postfix, evaluation of postfix expression (Algorithm and C implementation).
Linked implementation of stacks.
Unit IV: Recursion 9. Hrs.
Recursion definition and processes, algorithms, recursion in C, Writing recursive programs (e.g.
Factorial, multiplication, Fibonacci sequence, Binary search, Towers of Hanoi Problem and similar problems), Properties of recursive definition or Algorithms, Efficiency of recursion.
Searching: Linear and Binary Search.
Unit V: Queues 9. Hrs.
Queues: Introduction, Definition of Queue and its sequential representation, C implementation
of queues, insert and remove operation, Applications and Priority queues. Linked implementation of queues, linked implementation of priority queue.Sorting: Exchange Sorts
(Bubble sort, Quick sort), Straight Selection sort, and Insertion sort.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Y. Langsam, M. J. Augenstein, A.M. Tenenbaum, “Data Structure using C, C++”, second
edition, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.
S. Lipschutz, “Data Structures”, Schaum’s outline series, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2002
E. Horowitz and S. Sahani, “Fundamentals of Data Structures”, Galgotia Book source Pvt. Ltd,
2000 Robert L.Kruse, “Data Structures and Program Design”, Third edition, PHI
P. S. Deshpande and O.G. Kakde, “C & Data Structure”, Wiley Dreamtech, 1st Edition, 2003
PAPER CODE- CBCA 302
Data Structures Lab (Practical)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week :06 Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Implement the concepts learned in theory paper CBCA301 using C language. 2. Understand basic data structures, and algorithms for manipulating them
3. Learn to design algorithms and apply the algorithm analysis techniques.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA 302
DATA
STRUCTURES LAB
(Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO96: Design and execute basic operations of different data structures.
CO97: Create various types of Linked List (Single, Circular, double) using
array and dynamic implementations.
CO98: Analyze the Applications of Stack and Recursion to solve various
computational problems. CO99: Explain Queues and Linked Lists
and analyse their dynamic
implementations.
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching using advanced IT
audio-video tools.
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects .
CONTENTS
Practical based on implementation of following different data structures & related operations on them:
One-dimensional & Two-dimensional Arrays
Linked Lists
Queues
Stacks
Sorting & searching Techniques
PAPER CODE- CBCA 303
Web Application Development-I (Theory)
Credits:03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs:45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Create web sites using HTML, CSS, JavaScript, PHP and Bootstrap. 2. Identify the tools needed to create web pages and dynamic client‐side & server‐side
web applications.
Course Outcomes (COs): Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA 303
WEB APPLICATI
ON DEVELOPM
ENT-I
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO100: Describe the principles of creating an effective web page.
CO101: Develop visually appealing web sites using HTML5 and CSS.
CO102: Observe and differentiate
client-side and Server-side scripting languages.
CO103: Apply dynamicity into web pages by incorporating basic JavaScript
and PHP.
CP104: Ability to create responsive website using Bootstrap.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Demonstration, Role
plays
Learning activities for
the students: Self-learning assignments,
Quiz activity, Effective
questions, presentation, flip classroom, project
development
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects and peer
review.
CONTENTS
Unit I 9. Hrs.
Introduction to HTML, HTML Versions, HTML web page structure, Heading, paragraphs, HTML
Formatting, Quotations, comments, colors, images, tables, lists, block and inline elements,
Iframes, HTML Links, The HTML5 DOCTYPE, migrating from HTML 4 to HTML5, Vision and Philosophy behind HTML5. What’s new in HTML5, browser support, coding conventions in HTML
5.
Unit II 9. Hrs.
Semantic elements:<article>, <aside>, <figcaption>, <figure>, <footer>, <header>,
<main>, <nav>, <section>, <summary>, <time>.
Introduction to HTML Forms: Form Object, Text element, Password element, Button element,
submit button, reset button, Checkbox element, Radio element, Text area, Select and option
element. New attributes for <input>: autofocus, formaction, formmethod, formnovalidate,
height and width, list, min and max, multiple, pattern (regexp), placeholder, required, step, input types, input attributes
Unit III 9. Hrs.
Cascading Style Sheets: Understanding Style Sheets, CSS Syntax and Applying Style Sheets to
HTML document, Developing Style Sheets: inline, internal and external. <DIV> tag, using class
and ID, Styling Backgrounds, Styling borders, Styling Text, Styling Fonts, Styling Links, Styling Lists, Styling Tables, Margin.
Unit IV 9. Hrs.
Introduction client-server technologies: comparison between client-side and server-side
scripting. JavaScript: Introduction, Advantages of using JavaScript, Writing JavaScript in HTML,
Basic Programming Techniques: Data Types and Literals, creating variables, Operators
(Arithmetic, Logical, Comparison, String and Assignment operator and special operators: delete, new and void) and Expressions in JavaScript. JavaScript Programming Constructs:
Conditional checking (if-then-else statement), Loops (for loop and While loop).
Unit V 9. Hrs.
PHP: Introduction, Basic syntax, inserting comments, Data types, Variables, Constants, Strings,
Operators, Conditional statements and looping constructs. Introduction to Bootstrap: Creating first Web Page, Scripts and Styles, Core Concepts. Layout with Bootstrap.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Dane Cameron, “HTML 5, Java Script and JQuery,Cisdal Publishing; 2nd edition
Thomas Powell, Fritz Schneider “JavaScript-The Complete Reference”, Tata McGraw Hill,
Second Edition
Christopher Murphy, Divya Manian, Richard Clark ,Beginning HTML5 and CSS3: The Web
Evolved, Apress, 1st edition Larry Ullman, “PHP 6 & MySQL 5, For Dynamic Websites” Peachpit Press.
Jake Spurlock,”Bootstrap: Responsive Web Development”, O'Reilly Media
James Jaworski, “Mastering JavaScript & JScsript”, BPB Publications.
Ivan Bayross, “HTML, Javascript, DHTML, and PHP”, BPB Publications.
Website: http://www.w3schools.com.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 304
Web Application Development-I Lab (Practical)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs:45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Create web sites using basic HTML, CSS, JavaScript, PHP and Bootstrap.
2. Demonstrate the use of web development techniques on client-side and server-side.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA
304
WEB
APPLICATION
DEVELOPM
ENT-I LAB (Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO105: Acquire skills to design visually
appealing web sites using HTML5 and
CSS. CO106: Write basic JavaScript
including control statements and looping constructs.
CO107: Develop their skills in writing
basic PhP programs. CP108: Create and demonstrate
responsive website using Bootstrap.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
Demonstration, Role
plays.
Learning activities for the students: Self-
learning assignments,
Quiz activity, Effective questions, presentation,
flip classroom, project development
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and
group projects and peer
review.
CONTENTS
Creating WebPages using various commands covered in theory paper CBCA303.
Web pages should be designed with following features:
HTML Basic Tags
Anchor/Image insertion/Linking
Tables/Frame/Form
CSS/Div/Layer
JavaScript: Looping/Arrays
Php: Conditional statements/ Looping
Bootstrap: Basic Layout
Introduction to Web Development Tools
PAPER CODE- CBCA 305 DBMS-I
(Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Know about the fundamental concepts of database management.
2. Observe that how the real world data is stored, retrieved, and communicate under the
DBMS environment. 3. Design a logical model which having the unique relation between the Data.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA 305
DBMS-I (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO109: Understand the fundamental concepts of a database system and
need for data processing CO110: Analyze database
requirements and determine the
entities involved in the system and their relationship to one another.
CO111: Develop the logical design of the database using data modeling
concepts such as entity-relationship diagrams.
CO112: Manipulate a database using
SQL and able to normalize data in various scenarios
Approach in
teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT audio-video tools, G-
suite. Learning activities
for the students: Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions,
Simulation, Seminar presentation
Class test,
Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I 9. Hrs.
Data Processing Fundamentals: Introduction, Data, Information and Data Processing, Data
structure, Need for Data Processing, Data Processing Cycle, Methods of Data Processing,
Applications of Data Processing, Advantages and Disadvantages of Electronic Data Processing.
File structure: Files, Logical and physical file, Basic File Operations, Types of File Organizations
(Unordered or heap or serial files, Ordered or sequential file, Hash file, Indexed Sequential,
Direct access and Random files).
Unit II 9. Hrs.
Introduction: Database, Database System Applications, Database Systems versus File Systems,
Purpose of Database Systems, View of Data, Database Languages, Relational Databases,
Database Design, Data Storage and Querying, Database Architecture, Data Mining and Information Retrieval, Specialty Databases, Database Users and Administrators, History of
Database Systems.
Unit III 9. Hrs.
Entity-Relationship Model: Basic concepts, Constraints, Removing Redundant Attributes in
Entity Sets, Reduction to Relational Schemas, ER-Design Issues, E-R diagram, Weak Entity
Sets.
Unit IV 9. Hrs.
Relational Model: Structure, Database Schema, Keys, Schema Diagrams, Relational Operations.
Introduction to SQL: SQL Data Definition, Basic Structure, Additional Basic Operations, Set
Operations, Null Values, Aggregate Functions, Modification of the Database. Intermediate SQL:
Join Expressions, Views, Transactions, Integrity Constraints, SQL Data Types and Schemas,
Authorization, Roles.
Unit V 9. Hrs.
Relational-Database Design: FirstNormal Form, Pitfalls in Relational-Database Design,
Functional Dependencies, Decompositions, Third Normal Forms, Boyce-Codd Normal Form.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Abraham Silberschatz, Henry Korth, S. Sudarshan, “Database Systems Concepts”, 6th
Edition, McGraw Hill, 2005.
R. Elmarsi and S.B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Addison Wesley, 4th
Ed., 2004.
A. K. Majumdar, P. Battacharya, “DataBase Management Systems’, TMH, 1996.
Bipin Desai, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, Galgotia Publications, 1991.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 306 DBMS-I Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 06
Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Make ER-Diagrams. 2. Use Relational Algebra.
3. Use SQL to extract data from tables.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA
306
DBMS-I
LAB
The students will be able to –
CO113: Design the structure of databases and tables
CO114: Create and explain entity
relationship diagrams CO115: Implement the basic relational
algebra concepts CO116: Manipulate data through SQL
Approach in teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, reading
assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT audio-video tools, G-
suite.
Learning activities for the students: Self-
learning assignments, Effective questions,
Simulation, Seminar
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects
presentation, Giving
tasks, Performing practical
CONTENTS
This paper will be based on theory paperCBCA305. Exercises given will be covering entire syllabi as
follows:
ER-Diagrams
Relational Algebra
SQL
PAPER CODE- GBCA 301 Discrete Mathematics
(Theory)
Credits: 06
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 06
Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Acquaint students with the basic concepts of discrete mathematics that are useful in studying and describing objects and problems in all branches of computer science.
2. Use mathematically correct terminology and notation.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
GBCA
301
DISCRETE
MATHEMA
TICS (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO117: Understand partially ordered sets, lattices and their types.
CO118: Analyse and compute problems related to Boolean algebra
and Boolean functions.
CO119: Assimilate various graph theoretic concepts and familiarize with
their applications. CO120: Solve problems related to
Pigeonhole Principle, Principles of
Inclusion-Exclusion, Mathematical induction, Recurrence relation.
CO121: Explain set theory and its
Approach in teaching: Discussion,
Demonstration, Action Research, Project.
Learning activities for the students: Field
activities, Simulation,
Presentation, Giving tasks
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation.
applications.
CONTENTS
Unit I 18. Hrs.
Set Theory: Definition of Sets, Venn Diagrams, complements, Cartesian products, power sets,
counting principle, cardinality and countability (Countable and Uncountable sets), proofs of some general identities on sets, Permutations and Combinations, Pigeonhole Principle,
Principles of Inclusion-Exclusion, Mathematical induction, Recurrence relation.
Unit II 18. Hrs.
Propositional logic: Proposition logic, basic logic, logical connectives, truth tables, tautologies,
contradiction, normal forms (conjunctive and disjunctive), modus ponens and modus tollens, validity, predicate logic, universal and existential quantification.
Notion of proof: proof by implication, converse, inverse, contrapositive, negation, and
contradiction, direct proof, proof by using truth table, proof by counter example.
Unit III 18. Hrs.
Ordered Relations & Structures: Partially orderd sets, external elements of partially ordered
sets, Lattices & Boolean Algebra: Relation to partial ordering, lattices, Hasse Diagram,
Axiomatic definition of Boolean algebra as algebraic structures with two operations basic results truth values and truth tables, the algebra of propositional functions, Boolean algebra of truth
values, Applications (Switching Circuit, Gate Circuit).
Unit IV 18. Hrs.
Relation & Diagraphs: Product sets & Partitions, Relations & diagraphs, paths in relation &
diagraphs, properties of relations, Equivalence relations, manipulation of relations. Trees: Introduction, labeled trees, m-ary trees, undirected trees, properties of tree, Trees,
Binary trees, Binary search trees and traversals, Spanning tree, Minimal spanning tree (Prim’s
algorithm).
Unit V 18. Hrs.
Graphs Theory: Introduction to graphs, Graph terminology, Representing Graphs and Graph
Isomorphism, Connectivity. Directed and undirected graphs and their matrix representations,
reachability, Chains, Circuits, Eulers paths and cycles, Hamiltonian paths and cycles, Minima's Path Application (Flow charts and state transition Graphs, Algorithm for determining cycle and
minimal paths), Graph coloring, shortest path algorithm (Djikstras algorithm).
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Bernard Kolmann, Robert C. Busby and Sharon Ross, “Discrete Mathematical Structures”, Third
edition, PHI, 1997.
K. G. Rosen: “Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications”, McGRAW‐Hill International Edition,
Mathematics Series.
S. Lipschutz, Marc Lars Lipson, “Discrete Mathematics”, McGRAW‐HILL International Editions,
Schaum’s Series. A. Doerr, Kenneth Levaseur, “Applied Discrete Structures for Computer Sciences”, Galgotia
Publications Pvt. Ltd.
G.N. Purohit, “Graph Theory”, Jaipur Publishing House.
Babu Ram: “Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications”, Vinayaka Publications.
C.L. Liu, “Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications”, McGrawHill International Edition,
Mathematics Series. Trembley, “Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications”, Tata McGrawHill.
PAPER CODE- GBBA 302A Entrepreneurship
(Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs:60
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Acquire necessary knowledge and skills required for organizing and carrying out entrepreneurial activities.
2. Develop the ability of analysing and understanding business situations
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
GBBA 302A
ENTREPRE
NEURSHIP
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO122: Create understanding of the
nature and forms of entrepreneurial
management. CO123: Stimulating the creativity and
innovation skills among students. CO124: Developing the understanding
of social entrepreneurship and various business strategies.
CO125: Learning about the system and
functioning of family businesses. CO126: Understanding the sources of
financing the entrepreneurial business.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments,
Demonstration, Team teaching
Learning activities for the students: Self-
learning assignments, Effective questions,
Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks, Field practical
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I 12. Hrs.
Entrepreneurial Management: The evolution of the concept of entrepreneurship,
Competencies of entrepreneurs, Types of entrepreneurs, Idea Generation, Identifying opportunities and Evaluation; Building the Team / Leadership; Strategic planning for business;
Steps in strategic planning, Forms of ownership – Sole proprietorship; partnership; limited liability partnership and corporation form of ownership; advantages/disadvantages,
Franchising; advantages/disadvantages of franchising; types of franchise arrangements; franchise contracts; Valuation of a new company, Corporate Entrepreneurship
Unit II 12. Hrs.
Entrepreneurship, Creativity and Innovation: Stimulating Creativity; Organisational actions that enhance/hinder creativity, Managerial responsibilities, Sources of
Innovation in Business; Managing Organizations for Innovation and Positive Creativity, Business Plan
Unit III 12. Hrs.
Social Entrepreneurship: Introduction to Social Entrepreneurship; Characteristics
and Role of Social Entrepreneurs; Start-Up and Early Stage Venture Issues in creating and
Sustaining a Non-profits Organization; Financing and Risks; Business Strategies: Growth, stability strategy, Harvesting and Exit Strategies, Role of government in entrepreneurship
Development
Unit IV 12. Hrs.
Family Business and Entrepreneurship: Family Business: Concept, structure and kinds of family firms; Culture and evolution of family firm; Managing Business, family and
shareholder relationships; Conflict and conflict resolution in family firms; Managing Leadership,
succession and continuity; women's issues in the family business and related government policies; Encouraging change in the family business system.
Unit V 12. Hrs.
Financing the Entrepreneurial Business: Arrangement of funds; Traditional
sources of financing, Loan syndication, Consortium finance, role played by commercial banks,
appraisal of loan applications by financial institutions, Venture capital Versus Angel Investors
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Burns, P. (2001). Entrepreneurship and small business. New Jersey:Palgrave.
Drucker, P. F. (2006). Innovation and entrepreneurship: Practice and principles. USA:
Elsevier.
Gersick, K. E., Davis, J. A., Hampton, M. M., &Lansberg, I. (1997). Generation to generation:
Life cycles of the family business. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.
Hisrich, R., & Peters, M. (2002). Entrepreneurship. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
Holt, D. H. (2004). Entrepreneurship new venture creation. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India.
Kaplan, J. (2004). Patterns of entrepreneurship, Wiley.
Prahalad, C. K. (2006). Fortune at the bottom of the pyramid, eradicating poverty through
profits. Wharton school Publishing.
Scarborough & Zimmerer, Effective Small Business Management
Stevenson, H. (Ed.). (2007). Perspective on entrepreneurship. Boston:Harvard Business Press.
G.S.Sudha, Fundamentals of entrepreneurship, RBD, Jaipur.
S.S. Khanka, Entrepreneurship Development, S.Chand Publications, New Delhi.
Nafees A. Khan, Fundamentals of entrepreneurship, Anmol Publications, New Delhi.
E. Gordon & K. Natarajan, Entrepreneurship Development, Himalaya Publications.
Vasant Desai, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, Himalaya
Publications
PAPER CODE- GBBA 302B Entrepreneurship Practical
(Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Knowledge and skills required for organizing and carrying out Acquire necessary entrepreneurial activities.
2. Develop practical ability of analysing and understanding business situations
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
GBBA 302B
ENTREPRE
NEURSHIP PRACTICA
L (Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO127: Development of capacity in
terms of content, creativity, and
designing projects. CO128: Inculcate understanding for
practical knowledge regarding various dimensions of entrepreneurship.
CO129: Learning of making effective reports for developing entrepreneurial
projects
Approach in teaching:
Discussion, Demonstration, Action
Research, Project, Field
Trip Learning activities for
the students: Field activities, Simulation,
Presentation, Giving tasks
Observation,
Presentation, Report writing
CONTENTS
Unit I 6. Hrs.
Learning through Movie Watching: October Sky, Tucker- The Man and His Dream, Joy
Unit II 6. Hrs.
Team Activity: One Hundred Rupees Venture
Unit III 6. Hrs.
Idea Box Competition
Unit IV 6. Hrs.
Business Plan Generation-Idea Trigger: Derive, Improve, Separate, Repurpose, Unite,
Personalize, Transform. Presenting and Implementing the Idea in Bazaar on Campus
Unit V 6. Hrs.
Audio Visual Presentation on Capturing the Journey of an Entrepreneur
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Scarborough & Zimmerer, Effective Small Business Management
G.S.Sudha, Fundamentals of entrepreneurship, RBD, Jaipur.
S.S. Khanka, Entrepreneurship Development, S.Chand Publications, New Delhi.
Nafees A. Khan, Fundamentals of entrepreneurship, Anmol Publications, New Delhi.
E. Gordon & K. Natarajan, Entrepreneurship Development, Himalaya Publications.
Vasant Desai, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, Himalaya Publications
PAPER CODE- SBCA 301 Multimedia Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
Acquire a fundamental understanding of Graphic Design & Illustration from concept
to final product.
Develop the knowledge of elements of art and the principles of design.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
SBCA
301
MULTIMED
IA LAB (Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO130: Explain Photoshop tools.
CO131: Design and apply layer styles,
masks and channels. CO132: working with defined custom
shapes, importing a Smart Object. CO133: Build Digital painting and
matte painting, painting with the Mixer Brush, Working with 3D Images.
Understand use of Zoomify feature.
CO134: Apply Smart Filters, Enabling and disabling effects, using a filter
effects mask and learn the use of Vanishing Point filter, Building your own
perspective planes.
Approach in teaching:
Discussion, Demonstration, Action
Research, Project, Field
Trip.
Learning activities for
the students: Field activities, Simulation,
Presentation, Giving tasks
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Exercises given will be covering entire syllabi as follows:
Introduction to Photoshop, tools panel, option bar, workspace. Basic tools: Photo Corrections
for retouching.
Implementation on layers, creating the text layer, applying a layer style, shading, adding an
adjustment layer. Working with masks and channels, creating a quick mask,
Creating a clipping mask from type, about paths and the Pen tool, using paths with artwork,
working with defined custom shapes, importing a Smart Object.
Using Adode Photoshop: Techniques of Digital painting and matte painting, painting with the
Mixer Brush, working with 3D Images, Preparing Files for the Web, creating slices, Exporting
HTML and images, using the Zoomify feature, creating a web gallery.
Using Adobe Photoshop Filters, Using the Filter Gallery, taking advantage of Smart Filters,
applying a Smart Filter, Smart Filter options, Enabling and disabling effects, using a filter effects mask, Using the Vanishing Point filter, Building your own perspective planes.
PAPER CODE- SBCA 302
Python Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Define the basic concepts of python programming.
2. Understand the concepts of python functions and its uses.
3. Demonstrate the Modules and packages used in Python Programming.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
SBCA
302
PYTHON
LAB
The students will be able to –
CO135: Install and run the Python interpreter
CO136: Write python programs using programming and looping constructs to
tackle any decision-making scenario.
CO137: Identify and resolve coding errors in a program
CO138: Illustrate the process of structuring the data using lists,
dictionaries, tuples and sets.
CO139: Design and develop real-life applications using python
Approach in teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT audio-video tools, G-
suite. Learning activities
for the students: Self-
learning assignments, Effective questions,
Simulation, Seminar presentation, Giving
tasks, Performing practical
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
Exercises given will be covering entire syllabi as follows:
Jupyter Installation for Python, Features of Python, Python Applications
Basics of Python: variables, data types, operators & expressions, decision statements.
Loop control statements.
Functions
Understand the difference between a function and an object.
String manipulation
Tuples, sets and dictionaries: Need, Creation, Operations and in-built functions
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester IV
PAPER CODE- CBCA 401
Software Engineering
(Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Obtain knowledge of software engineering discipline.
2. Interpret analysis, design and testing principles for software project development.
3. Learn various factors & metrics involved in software development process.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
CBCA
401
SOFTWARE ENGINEER
ING (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO140: analyze and compare the
different software development models CO141: Identify the cost metrics
associated with the evaluation of
software CO142: Describe the role of software
project scheduling CO143: Explain the software design,
testing concepts and characteristics
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
software development scenarios
Learning activities for
the students: Self-learning assignments,
Effective scenario based questions, Seminar
presentation, giving
tasks, Role plays.
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 9. Hrs.
Software Engineering Fundamentals: Software, Problem Domain, Software Engineering Challenges.
The Software Process: Software Processes (processes, projects & products, component), Characteristics of Software Processes.
Software Development Process Models: Waterfall Model, Prototyping, Iterative Enhancement Model, Spiral Model. Introduction to Agile Model: Principles, Steps, Various Agile Process Models.
Software Requirement Analysis & Specification: Need, Characteristics & Components.
Introduction to Requirements Modeling: Data Flow Diagram and Use Cases.
Unit II: 9. Hrs.
Introduction to Metrics: Function Point, Line of Code (LOC) and KLOC.
Software Project Planning: Cost Estimation- Uncertainties in Cost Estimation, Building Cost
Estimation Models, On Size Estimation, COCOMO Model. Project Scheduling: Average Duration
Estimation, Project Scheduling & Milestones. Quality Assurance Plans: Verification & Validation, Inspection & Reviews.
Unit III: 9.Hrs.
Design Engineering: Design Process & Design Quality, Design Concepts (abstraction, architecture, patterns, modularity, information hiding, functional independence, refinement,
refactoring, and design classes), The Design Model (data design elements, architectural design elements, interface design elements, component-level design elements, deployment-level
design elements).
Unit IV: 9.Hrs.
Testing Strategies & Tactics: A strategic approach to software testing, Strategic issues,
Software testing fundamentals, Test characteristics, Test Strategies for conventional software: Unit Testing, Integration testing, Validation Testing, System testing, Black-Box testing, White
Box testing. The art of debugging (process & strategies)
Unit V: 9. Hrs.
Risk Management: Overview, Assessment, Control.
1. Software Reliability: Measures of Reliability & Availability, Software Safety.
Maintenance and Reengineering: Introduction to: Software Maintenance, Software
Supportability, Reengineering, Reverse Engineering, Restructuring, and Forward Engineering.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Pankaj Jalote, “An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering (Second Edition)”,
Narosa Publishing House.
Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering (A Practitioner’s Approach) (Sixth Edition)”,
Mc-Graw Hill International.
Girdhari Singh, “Software Engineering”, Genius Publications.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 402
Data Networks (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Learn various Data Communication and networking concepts.
2. Learning basic network models.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA
402
DATA NETWORK
S (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO144: Analyse the need to create a Network.
CO145: Evaluate different layers and protocols present in Communicating
Devices.
CO146: Explain physical layer data transmission process.
CO147: Compare Data Link Layer Error and Flow Protocols.
Approach in teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments. Learning activities
for the students:
Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT audio-video tools, G-
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects and peer
suite. review.
CONTENTS
Unit I 9. Hrs.
Data Communications: Components, Data Representation and Data flow; Networks: Distributed
Processing, Network Criteria, Network Models, Categories of networks and Internetwork; Internet and Protocols and Standards.
Network Models: Layered tasks, the OSI model, Layers in the OSI Model, TCP/IP protocol Suit,
Addressing.
Unit II 9. Hrs.
Data and Signals: Analog and Digital Data, Analog and Digital Signals, Periodic and Non periodic
Signals, Transmission impairment, Data rate limits and Performance. Transmission modes.
Transmission Media: Guided media (Twisted Pair Cable, Coaxial Cable & Fiber-Optic Cable) and
Unguided media (Radio wave, Microwave, Infrared & Light wave).
Unit III 9. Hrs.
Digital Transmission: Digital to Digital Conversion: - Line coding (Unipolar, Polar & Bipolar),
Block Coding (4B/5B & 8B/10B), Scrambling (B8ZS & HDB3), Analog to Digital Conversion: PCM
& DM, Digital to analog conversion:ASK, FSK, PSK&QAM, Analog to Analog conversion:
Amplitude Modulation, Frequency Modulation & Phase Modulation.
Multiplexing: FDM, WDM, Synchronous TDM and Statistical TDM.
Unit IV 9. Hrs.
Switching: Circuit switched networks, message switching & packet switching. Datagram
networks, Virtual Circuit networks. Error Detection and Correction: Introduction, Block coding:
Hamming Distance & Parity bit, linear block codes, cyclic codes: CRC, VRC & LRC, and
Checksum.
Unit V 9. Hrs.
Data Link control: Framing, Introduction of Flow and Error Control. Elementary Data Link
Protocols: - Simplest Protocol, Stop & Wait Protocol and Simplex protocol for a Noisy channel.
Sliding window Protocols: -one-bit sliding window protocol, Go-Back-N Protocol, Selective
Repeat Protocols.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communication and Networking”, 4th edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2006.
A. S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education Asia, 4th Ed., 2003.
William Stallings, “Data and computer communications”, Pearson education Asia, 7th Ed., 2002.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 403 Web Application Development-II
(Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Identify the tools needed to create web pages and dynamic client‐side & server‐side web applications.
2. Demonstrate the use of web development techniques on client-side and server-side.
3. Formulate the design and development of web pages.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
CBCA 403
WEB APPLICATI
ON DEVELOPM
ENT-II
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO148: Describe advance concepts of
CSS.
CO149: Apply various text effects and transitions in web pages.
CO150: Comprehend and apply Document Object Model in order to
create more interactive websites.
CO151: Implement regular expressions using JavaScript and PHP.
CO152: Apply the concepts of Built-in functions provided by JavaScript and
PHP to websites.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Learning activities
for the students: Demonstration, Team
teaching
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and
group projects and peer
review.
CONTENTS
Unit I 9. Hrs.
CSS Advanced: CSS Grouping/Nesting, Box Model CSS Dimension, CSS Display, CSS Positioning,
CSS Floating, CSS Align, CSS Pseudo-class, CSS Pseudo-element, CSS Navigation Bar, CSS
Image Gallery, CSS Image Opacity, CSS Attribute Selectors, Styling Links.
Unit II 9. Hrs.
Introduction to CSS 3- Border: border-image, border-radius. Box-Shadow. Text effects: text-
shadow. Background: background-clip, background-size. Outline, Transition: transition,
transition-delay, transition-duration, transition-property.
Unit III 9. Hrs.
JAVA Script: Creating one and two-dimensional arrays. Built-in objects - Array, Date, Math and
String. Document Object Model, Events, Properties and Methods,
Event handling. The concept of Regular expressions, Creating patterns, RegExp object- its
properties and methods, String methods for Regular Expressions.
Unit IV 9. Hrs.
HTML 5: Video and Audio: <audio>, <video>, <source>. Structural Elements: <details>,
<dialog>, <summary>, <meter>.
Introduction to HTML API:HTML Geolocation: Locate the User’s Position, Handling Errors and
Rejections, Displaying the Result in a Map, HTML Drag/Drop: Making an Element Draggable
Unit V 9. Hrs.
PHP: Arrays. PHP functions (with parameters, functions returning values). Built-in functions-
Date, Time, Arrays, String. String matching with regular expression, Pattern matching in PHP.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Thomas Powell, Fritz Schneider “JavaScript-The Complete Reference”, Tata McGraw Hill,
Second Edition
Larry Ullman, “PHP 6 & MySQL 5,For Dynamic Websites” Peachpit Press.
Dane Cameron, “HTML 5, Java Script and JQuery,Cisdal Publishing; 2nd edition
James Jaworski,“Mastering JavaScript & JScsript”, BPB Publications.
Ivan Bayross,”HTML, Javascript, DHTML, and PHP”, BPB Publications.
Website: http://www.w3schools.com
PAPER CODE- CBCA 404 Web Application Development-II Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs:90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Create web pages and dynamic client‐side & server‐side web applications.
2. Create web sites using HMTL5, Advanced CSS, JavaScript and PHP. 3. Web design and development using various techniques on client-side
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA
404
WEB APPLICATI
ON DEVELOPM
ENT-II LAB
The students will be able to –
CO153: Implement advanced CSS, structural elements and audio/video
tags in web pages. CO154: Apply DOM events in
webpages.
CO155: Able to write PHP programs of arrays, functions and pattern matching.
CO156: Able to design visually appealing web sites using HTML5 and
advanced CSS.
Approach in teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Learning activities for the
students:
Demonstration, Team teaching
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects and peer
review.
CONTENTS
Creating WebPages using various commands covered in theory paper CBCA403.
Web pages should be designed with following features:
HTML5 Basic Tags
Advanced CSS: Dimension/Positioning/Attribute selectors
CSS3: Border/Background/Transition
JavaScript: DOM/Event handling
PHP: Array/Functions/String & pattern matching
PAPER CODE- CBCA 405 Object Oriented Programing Through Java
(Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs:45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. This module is designed to acquaint the students with the concept of OOPS with Java programming language.
2. Familiarize with the CUI & GUI environment in java
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA
405
OBJECT ORIENTED
PROGRAMMING
THROUGH
JAVA (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO157: Describe OOPs concepts, basic
features of java, data types, casting,
and various operators and expressions in Java Programming Language.
CO158: Apply decision making and branching statements, concepts of
classes & objects, arrays & strings, inheritance.
CO159: Design Abstract classes,
interfaces, packages, visibility control, and multithreading.
CO160: Implement Exceptions, their types, exception handling and
understand Applets and Applet Life
cycle in different problems. CO161: Design programs using AWT
controls and methods.
Approach in
teaching:Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
Tutorials, Reading
assignments, activities for the students:
Demonstration, Team teaching
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
and peer
review.
CONTENTS
UNIT-I 9. Hrs.
Java Programming: Introduction to object oriented programming, Difference between C, C++
and Java, Java features, JVM, simple java program, command line argument,
Data types, type casting, operators (Arithmetic, increment, decrement, relational, logical, bit
wise, conditional) and expressions.
UNIT – II 9. Hrs.
Decision making and branching (if…else, else if, switch), looping, classes, objects and methods,
constructors, wrapper classes, overriding methods, final class, visibility control, Arrays, strings.
UNIT – III 9. Hrs.
Inheritance, Abstract class, interfaces, packages, multithreaded programming, extending
thread, life cycle of thread, using thread methods, thread priority, synchronization.
UNIT – IV 9. Hrs.
Exception-Handling fundamentals, Exception types, try, catch, throw, finally, creating exception
sub classes. Java applet programming, Applet life cycle, applet tag, running the applet, passing parameters to applets, getting input from the user into applet.
UNIT – V 9. Hrs.
AWT controls (Button, Labels, Combo box, list and other Listeners), string handling (only main
functions), graphic programming (line, rectangles, circle, and ellipses).
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
H.Schildt, “The complete Java 2 reference”, Tata McGraw-Hill Fourth Edition
E. Balagurusamy, “Programming with Java”, BPB Publications
Deitel&Deitel “How to Program C Introducing C++ and Java”(Third Edition) Pearson Edition
Arnold, Gosling, “The Java Programming Professional 2000”, Addison Wesley Publication
C. Thomaswu, “An Introduction to OOP with Java”, TMH
Zukowski, “Mastering java 2”, BPB Publications
PAPER CODE- CBCA 406 Java Programming Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 06
Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Familiar with the practical implementation of ‘Java’ programs.
2. Implement multithreaded programming, Exception Handling.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
CBCA
406
JAVA PROGRAM
MING LAB
(Practical
The students will be able to –
CO162: Describe java features data
types, casting, various operators and expressions.
CO163: Implement decision making and branching statements, concepts of
classes & objects, arrays strings,
inheritance to. CO164: Create programs and projects
using Abstract classes, interfaces, packages, visibility control, and
multithreading. CO165: Recover the runtime errors by
implementing exception handling and
create Applets while taking inputs parameters and displaying messages on
the applets. CO166: Design graphical user interface
applications using AWT Controls and
graphics programming methods.
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstration, Team
teaching
Learning activities
for the students: Self learning assignments,
Effective questions, Simulation, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Class test, Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation,
Individual and group projects
and peer review.
CONTENTS
Simple Java programs using variables, keywords and simple operations
Programs based on operators
Branching statement programs using Java
Exercises based on Looping (while, do while, for)
Programs on classes, objects, constructor, nested classes
Programs based on arrays and strings
Programs on Inheritance, interfaces, and packages.
Exercises on multithreaded programming.
Exercises on Exception Handling.
PAPER CODE- GBCA 401 Numerical & Statistical Methods
(Theory)
Credits: 06
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 06
Total Hrs:90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Know about the concepts of numerical methods and how they are useful in the study of
computers.
2. Develop the ability to apply numerical and quantitative techniques
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
GBCA
401
NUMERICA
L & STATISTIC
AL METHODS
The students will be able to –
CO167: Compute the error estimates
for the numerical method. CO168: Describe aspects of computer
programming. CO169: Solve an algebraic or
transcendental equation using an
appropriate numerical method. CO170: Solve a differential equation
using an appropriate numerical method. CO171: Evaluate a derivative at a
value using an appropriate numerical method.
CO172: Calculate a definite integral
using an appropriate numerical method.
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT audio-video tools, G-
suite.
Class test, Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation.
CONTENTS
Unit I 18. Hrs
Computer Arithmetic: Introduction, Floating point representation of numbers, Arithmetic
operation with normalized floating point numbers, Consequences of normalized floating point
representation of numbers, binary representation of numbers.
Unit II 18. Hrs
Iterative Methods: Introduction, Beginning an iterative method, Method of successive bisection,
Method of false position, Newton-Raphson iterative method, Secant method, Method of
successive approximation, Comparison of iterative methods.
Unit III 18. Hrs
Solution of simultaneous Algebraic equations: Gauss elimination method, Pivoting, Ill
conditioned equations, Refinement of the solution obtained by Gaussian Elimination, Gauss-
Seidel Iterative Method, Algorithm to implement Gauss-Seidel method, Comparison of Direct and Iterative Methods.
Unit IV 18. Hrs
Interpolation: Theory of interpolation, polynomial forms, difference Table (Forward, Backward&
Divided difference table), Methods of Equal spaced function: - Newton’s forward interpolation,
Newton’s Backward interpolation.
Methods of unequal spaced function: - Lagrange interpolation, Newton’s Divided difference
interpolations.
Unit V 18. Hrs
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal Rule, Simpson’s rule, Algorithm for Integration of Tabulated
Function (Using Trapezoidal rule& Simpson’s rule).
Numerical solution of Differential Equations: Euler's method, Euler’s modified method, Runge-
Kutta Fourth Order Formula, Predictor-Corrector Method (Milne Simpson’s methods),
Comparison of Predictor-Corrector and Runge-Kutta Methods.
NOTE:
Problem will be solved by using Scientific Calculators (Non Programmable). Candidates must know about all functions and operations of scientific calculator.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Rajaraman, “Computer Oriented Numerical Methods” 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
E.Balagurusami, “Numerical Methods”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1988.
Schaum’s Series, “Numerical Methods”, TMH
S.S.Sastry, “Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis”, second ed., Prentice Hall of -India
Pvt. Ltd, 1997.
PAPER CODE- GBCA 402 E-Commerce and Business Intelligence
(Theory)
Credits: 06
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs:90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Understand the scope of e-commerce in the realm of modern business. 2. Acquaint with E-commerce concepts and business intelligence process.
3. Comprehend different types of E-Commerce models and electronic payment system
4. Be aware of the technologies used to develop and deliver e-commerce applications.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
GBCA 402
E-
COMMERC
E AND BUSINESS
INTELLIGENCE
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO173: Analyze the concept of E
commerce, electronic market and market place.
CO174: Explain the business models and business standards.
CO175: Describe ERP and ERP software package.
CO176: Analyze the legal and security
issues in online systems. CO177: Discusses the lifecycle of
business intelligence and dataware housing.
CO178: Analyze & Compare different
BI tools in Business Application.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstration, Team
teaching
Learning activities for
the students: Self learning assignments,
Effective questions, Simulation, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Class test, Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Assignments,
Presentation, Peer Review
CONTENTS
Unit I 18. Hrs.
Introduction to E-Commerce: The Scope of Electronic Commerce, Definition of Electronic
Commerce, Electronic Commerce and the Trade Cycle, Electronic Markets, Internet Commerce,
Advantages and limitation of E-commerce, Supply Chains, Porter’s Value Chain Model, Inter Organizational Value Chains, Porter’s Model, First Mover Advantage, Sustainable Competitive
Advantage, Competitive Advantage using E-Commerce. Other concepts: E-supply chain, Virtual value chain, and M-commerce.
Unit II 18. Hrs.
Business Models and EDI: Business Models for E-Commerce (B2B, B2C, C2B, C2C),
E-business models based on relationship of transaction types: Brokerage model, aggregator
model, info-mediary model, community model, manufacturer model, affiliate model.EDI: - Introduction to EDI, EDI definition, the benefit of EDI, EDI technology, standards, EDI
communication, EDI implementations, EDI security. EDI trading patterns, Transactions, EDI
adoptions and maturity
Unit III 18. Hrs.
Electronic Markets, usage of electronic markets, advantages and limitation of electronic
markets, future of electronic market. Business on the internet and life cycle approach. E-
payment system: online payment category, digital token based E-payment system, micropayment, smart cards, and mobile payments, e-cash, e-wallet, e-cheque. Introduction to
secure electronic transaction (SET), security solutions: cryptography, authorization, digital
currency and signature. Crypto currency concept, bit coin & block chain.
ERP: Overview, Integrated Management Information, Resource management, scope, benefits-
of-ERP. Business Engineering and ERP: significance and principles, business engineering with information, business modeling for ERP, implementation of ERP problem, key issues,
implementation guidelines and methodology. Application of SAP in financials, production data
management.
Unit IV 18. Hrs.
Business Intelligence: Introduction, Definition, History, Data, Information, knowledge and
Intelligence, Pattern Recognition, Data Processing Chain, BI architecture, components of Business Intelligence System, mathematical model in BI, cycle of Business Intelligence analysis,
phases in the development of BI System, BI Application.
Unit V 18. Hrs.
Data warehouse and BI tools: Introduction to data warehouse, Definition, Data category in
data warehouse: Internal, External and Personal, Online transaction processing and online Analytical Processing, comparison between OLTP and OLAP, Data warehouse architecture, Data
mining: models, techniques and applications, BI tools.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
David Whiteley, E-Commerce, Tata McGraw Hill
PT Joseph, S.J., E-commerce an Indian Perspective, Third Edition, PHI
T.N. Chhabra, R.K.Suri, E-Commerce new vistas for business, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
Carlo Vercellis, Business Intelligence: Data Mining and Optimization for Decision Making, John
Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 2009 Anil K. Maheshwari, Business Intelligence and Data_Mining, BEP,2015
Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller, Steven Goldfeder, Bitcoin
and Cryptocurrency Technologies, Princeton University Press ,2016
Vinod Kumar Garg, N.K.Venkit krishnan, Enterprise Resource Planning: Concepts & practices,
Second Edition,PHI.,2011. Eframi Turban, Jae Lee, David King, K. Michale Chung, Electronic Commerce, Pearson Education
Business Intelligence Strategy: A Practical Guide for Achieving Bi Excellence
Mike Biere, "Business Intelligence for the Enterprise", IBM Press,2003 - Business & Economics
PAPER CODE- SBCA 401 Information Security
(Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 02
Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Understand the fundamentals of Cryptography. 2. Understand how to deploy encryption techniques to secure data in transit across data.
3. Acquire knowledge on standard algorithms used to provide confidentiality, integrity and Authenticity.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
SBCA 401
INFORMAT
ION SECURITY
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO179: Explain basic security services and network security model.
CO180: Describe cryptography, symmetric and asymmetric key
cryptography.
CO181: Comprehend message authentication.
CO182: Describe security at various layers.
CO183: Analyze intrusion detection
problem and describe firewalls.
Approach in teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT audio-video tools, G-
suite. Learning activities
for the students: Self-
learning assignments, Effective questions,
Simulation, Seminar presentation
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I 6. Hrs.
Information Security: Introduction, History of Information security, what is Security,
Components of Information System. Network Security: Services, Mechanism and Attacks, The OSI security Architecture, Model of Network Security.
Unit II 6. Hrs.
Cryptography: Concepts and Techniques, symmetric and asymmetric key cryptography,
steganography, Symmetric key Ciphers: DES structure, DES Analysis, Security of DES, variants
of DES, Block cipher modes of operation, AES structure, Analysis of AES, Key distribution
Asymmetric Key Ciphers: Principles of public key cryptosystems, RSA algorithm, Analysis of RSA, Diffie-Hellman Key exchange.
Unit III 6. Hrs.
Message Authentication and Hash Functions: Authentication requirements and functions, MAC
and Hash Funtions, MAC Algorithms: Secure Hash Algorithm, Whirlpool, HMAC, Digital
signatures, X.509, Kerberos.
Unit IV 6. Hrs.
Security at layers (Network, Transport, Application):IPSec, Secure Socket Layer(SSL),
Transport Layer Security(TLS), Secure Electronic Transaction(SET), Pretty Good Privacy(PGP), S/MIME.
Unit V 6. Hrs.
Intruders, Virus and Firewalls: Intruders, Intrusion detection, password management, Virus
and related threats, Countermeasures, Firewall design principles, Types of firewalls.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Michael E. Whitman, Herbert J. Mattord, “Principles of Information Security”, CENGAGE
Learning, 4th Edition.
William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Pearson Education, 4th Edition.
Forouzan and Mukhopadhyay, “Cryptography and Network Security”, McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition.
C K Shyamala, N Harini, Dr T R Padmanabhan, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Wiley
India, 1st Edition.
Bernard Menezes, “Network Security and Cryptography” CENGAGE Learning.
Atul Kahate, “Cryptography and Network Security”, McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition.
WM.Arthur Conklin, “Principles of Computer Security”, Greg White, TMH.
Neal Krawetz “Introduction to Network Security”, CENGAGE Learning.
Yang Xiao, Frank H Li, Hui Chen, “Handbook of Security of Networks”, World Scientific, 2011.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 501
DBMA-II
(Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs:45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Learn various advance concepts of transaction processing and recovery.
2. Applying MySQL to design and manipulate databases.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
CBCA
501
DBMS-II
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO184: Describe transaction
processing and concurrency control
techniques CO185: Explain database recovery
techniques, Integrity and Security aspects.
CO186: Implement different types of DDL, DML and DCL statements in
MySQL. Create and add records in the
database. CO187: Retrieve and Manipulate
database, subqueries and joins. CO188: Demonstrate database
connectivity through MySQL to java.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments,
Demonstration, Team teaching.
Learning activities for the students: Self-
learning assignments, Effective questions,
Simulation, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I 9. Hrs.
Transaction Processing: Introduction to Transaction Processing, Transaction and System
concepts, Desirable properties of Transactions. Characterizing Schedules Based on Recoverability, Characterizing Schedules Based on Serializability.
Concurrency control techniques: Locking techniques for concurrency control, Concurrency
control based on Timestamp ordering.
Unit II 9. Hrs.
Database recovery concepts: Recovery outline, Caching of Disk blocks, Write ahead logging,
Steal/No Steal and Force/No Force, Checkpoints in the System Log and Fuzzy Check pointing, Transaction Rollback. Recovery Techniques Based on Deferred Update and on Immediate
Update. Database Integrity and Security: Domain constraints, Referential Integrity, Introduction to
Assertions, Need for Triggers, Security violation and Authorization.
Unit III 9. Hrs. Relational Database Management Systems: Brief history of MySQL, Key Features, MySQL server
and Clients, MySQL and SQL, Classification of SQL statements, Some MySQL SQL elements
(Literals, Data Types, Null values, comments), SQL command syntax. Databases in MySQL (Create, Open, Remove). Creating Tables: Create Command. Viewing
structure of table using DESC command.
Changing data with DML commands: INSERT INTO command, inserting values through
substitution, inserting NULL values, inserting dates, inserting data from other table.
Select Statement, using WHERE clause.
Operators: Relational operators, Logical operators. Condition based on a range, list, pattern
match. Searching and Sorting: Searching for NULL (IS NULL), Sorting results (ORDER BY Clause),
Sorting by Column Alias. Grouping result – Group by command, Having Clause. Eliminating
redundant data with Distinct keyword. MySQL Functions and Grouping: Types of MySQL Functions (String, Numeric, Date/Time).
Unit IV 9. Hrs.
Changing data with DML commands: Modifying data with update command, Deleting data with
delete command.DDL commands: ALTER TABLE command, adding columns, modifying data-type and size of a column, DROP TABLE.
Managing Constraints: Creating constraints, Unique, Primary Key, Default, Check and Foreign
Key, table constraints, dropping constraints, enabling and disabling constraints, deferring
constraints checks.Sub Queries: Concept of Sub-Query, Sub Query to Solve a Problem, Guidelines for Using Sub Queries, Types of Sub-Queries (Single Row and Multiple Row) and
(Single Column and Multiple Column); Single Row Sub-Query and its Execution. Displaying Data from Multiple Tables: Concept of Join, Result of Join, Cartesian Product and
Generating Cartesian Product example using Mathematical Set), Types of Joins, AND operator,
Table Aliases. Unit V 9. Hrs.
Database connectivity to MySQL: Introduction, Classes used for Database connectivity,
Prerequisites for connecting to MySQL from Java, Connecting to MySQL from Java.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
R. Elmasri and S. B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Addison Wesley, 3th Ed.,
2000
Sumita Arora, “Informatics Practices”, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
James R. Groff & Paul N. Weinberg, “The Complete Reference SQL”, Tata McGraw Hill.
Alexis Leon & Mathews Leon, “SQL: A Complete Reference”, Tata McGraw Hill.
Abraham Silberschatz, Henry Korth, S. Sudarshan, “Database Systems Concepts”, 6th Edition,
McGraw Hill International Edition, 1997.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 502
DBMA-II Lab (Practical)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Design rich databases through MySQL for various applications.
2. Database connectivity for interactive database operations.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA
502
DBMS-II
LAB (Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO189: Implement different types of DDL, DML and DCL statements in
MySQL. CO190: Create, add records, retrieve
and manipulate database using
advanced functions. CO191: Implement constraints, sub
queries and joins in databases CO192: Demonstrate database
connectivity through MySQL to java
Approach in teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT audio-video tools, G-
suite.
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects and peer
review.
CONTENTS
Following exercises should also be given to them:
Development of Data Base Applications (Application Domain):
Student database for school.
Employee database for a company.
Library Database for Library.
Railway Reservation System.
Hotel Reservation.
Inventory Control System.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 503
Computer Graphics (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Learn how computer graphics are used in different application areas. 2. To introduce the use of the components of a graphics system and become familiar with building
approach of graphics system components and algorithms.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA 503
COMPUTE
R GRAPHICS
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO193: Describe the concepts of computer graphics.
CO194: Analyze the Computer Graphics Software and line algorithms.
CO195: Evaluate and Create the programme based on 2D Geometric
structure, matrix design and Fill
algorithm. CO196: Implement 2D & 3D viewing
concepts in different shapes. CO197: Explain 2D Transformation
concepts.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching using advanced IT
audio-video tools, G-
suite.
Class test,
Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and
group projects and peer
review.
CONTENTS
Unit I 9. Hrs.
Introduction to Computer Graphics: Definition, Application areas of Computer Graphics,
Graphical user interface.
Overview of Graphics Systems: Video Display devices: Refresh Cathode Ray Tubes, Random
scan displays, Raster scan displays, Color CRT monitors, Direct View Storage Tubes, Flat Panel
displays, Raster Scan Systems, Random Scan Systems.
Unit II 9. Hrs.
Graphics Software: Coordinate representations, Graphics Functions, Software Standards, and
PHIGS Workstations.
Output Primitives: Points and Lines, Simple use of line equation, DDA Algorithm, Bresenham’s
Line Algorithm, Circle Generating Algorithms: Properties of Circles, 8-way Symmetry,
Bresenham’s Circle drawing algorithm, Midpoint Circle Algorithm. Introduction to anti-aliasing.
Unit III 9. Hrs.
Filled Area Primitives: Scan-Line Polygon Fill Algorithm, Inside –Outside Tests, Boundary Fill
Algorithm, Flood Fill Algorithm.
Two Dimensional Geometric Transformations: Basic Transformations, Matrix Representations
and Homogeneous Transformations, Composite Transformations, Other Transformations: Reflection, Shear. Introduction to 3-D Transformation
Unit IV 9. Hrs.
Two-Dimensional Viewing: Viewing Pipeline, Viewing Coordinate Reference Frame, Window-to-
Viewport Coordinate Transformation.
Line Clipping: Cohen-Sutherland Line Clipping, Midpoint Subdivision method.
Unit V 9. Hrs.
Visible-Surface Detection Methods: Classification of Visible Surface, Back Face Detection,
Depth Buffer Method, Area Subdivision Method.
Three-Dimensional Display Methods: Parallel Projection, Perspective Projection.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
D. Hearn & M. P.Baker, “Computer Graphics”, Prentice Hall of India, 2002.
Krisnamurthy N, “Introduction to Computer Graphics”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Edition
Zhigang X. & Plastock R.A., “Theory and Problems of Computer Graphics”, Schaum’s Outline,
Tata McGraw Hill Edition
Foley J.D.& Dam A.Van, “Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics”, Addison-Wesley.
Ralf Skinmetz and Klana Naharstedt, “Multimedia: Computing, Communications and
Applications”, Pearson Education, 2001
PAPER CODE- GBBA 302B
Computer Graphics Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 06
Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Understanding computer graphics concepts using various concepts.
2. Implement various algorithms to scan, convert the basic geometrical primitives,
transformations, Area filling, clipping.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA
504
COMPUTER
GRAPHICS LAB
(Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO198: implement of basics of computer graphics design concepts.
CO199: ImplementLine drawing algorithm, Bresenham's line algorithm
and mid-point circle algorithm.
CO200: Design graphics with different fill algorithm.
CO201: Create basic 2D transformation graphic design.
Approach in teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT audio-video tools, G-
suite.
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects and peer
review.
CONTENTS
Introduction to basic graphics of ‘C’ Language
Implementation of DDA Line Drawing Algorithm.
Implementation of Bresenham’s Line Algorithm.
Implementation of Midpoint Circle Algorithm.
Implementation of Boundary Fill Algorithm
Implementation of Flood Fill Algorithm
Implementation of Basic 2-D Transformation
PAPER CODE- DBCA 501A
Fundamentals of Testing
(Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs:45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Learn the concepts and methods required for effective and efficient Software Testing.
2. Develop a broad understanding of testing processes from planning until execution.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
DBCA 501A
FUNDAMENTALS OF
TESTING (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO202: Describe fundamental
concepts in software testing, including
software testing objectives, process, criteria, strategies, and methods.
CO203: Discuss various software testing issues and solutions in software
unit test; integration, regression, and system testing.
CO204: Apply software testing
knowledge and engineering methods to different problem.
CO205: Plan a test project, design test cases and data, conduct testing
operations, manage software problems
and defects, generate a testing report.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching using advanced IT
audio-video tools.
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
and peer
review.
CONTENTS
Unit I 9. Hrs
Fundamentals of testing: Introduction, need for testing, testing as an integral part of software
engineering, software engineering processes and testing. Fundamental Principles of Testing,
psychology of testing.
Software Testing Life Cycle, SDLC Vs STLC.Software Testing Methodology. Verification &
Validation.
Unit II 9. Hrs
Software development models, Test Levels, Test Types: Manual Testing, Automation Testing,
Unit Testing, Integration Testing, System Testing, Smoke and Sanity Testing, Regression
Testing, Alpha Testing, Beta Testing, User Acceptance Testing, Non - Functional Testing
Unit III 9. Hrs
Static Testing Techniques: Static techniques and the test process, Review process, Static
analysis by tools.
Test design techniques: test development process, Categories of test design technique,
Specification-based or black-box techniques, Structure-based or white-box techniques,
Experience-based techniques, Choosing test techniques.
Unit IV 9. Hrs
Test Basis, Test Scenario, Test Case Specifications, Test Case Preparation, Functional Test Case
Preparation, GUI Test Case Preparation, Test Data Preparation, Test case Review, Test case
Execution, Traceability Matrix.
Test management: Test organization, Test planning and estimation, Test progress monitoring
and control, Configuration management, Risk and testing, Incident management.
Unit V 9. Hrs
Types of Test tool, Bug Life Cycle, Effective use of tools: Benefits and Risks, Introducing a tool
into organization, Tool support for testing.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Black Rex, E. V. Veenendaal and D. Graham, “Foundations of Software Testing ISTQB
Certification”, Third Ed., Cengage Learning, 2012.
Srinivasan Desikan and Gopalaswamy Ramesh, “Software Testing – Principles and
Practices”, Pearson education, 2006. Naresh Chauhan, “Software Testing – Principles and Practices”, Oxford Higher Education,
2010.
Aditya P.Mathur, “Foundations of Software Testing”, Pearson Education, 2008.
Elfriede Dustin, “Effective Software Testing”, First Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
RenuRajani, Pradeep Oak, “Software Testing – Effective Methods, Tools and Techniques”,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
PAPER CODE- DBCA 502A Software Quality Assurance
(Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs:45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Understand the concepts and methods required for effective and efficient SQA.
2. Develop a broad understanding of SQA processes from planning until execution.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
DBCA 502A
SOFTWARE QUALITY
ASSURANC
E (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO206: Explain the concept of
software quality assurance and control CO207: Identify the metrics associated
with the evaluation of software quality CO208: Comprehend the life cycle and
procedure of software quality assurance CO209: Discuss the software design,
testing concepts and characteristics
with respect to software quality CO210: Summarize about the
standards ,tools and guidelines of software quality assurance
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstration, Team
teaching
Learning activities for the students: Self
learning assignments,
Effective questions, Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks.
Class test, Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Assignments,
Presentation, Peer Review
CONTENTS
UNIT I 9. Hrs.
Introduction to Software Quality & Architecture: Need for Software quality, Software
quality assurance (SQA) – Definition and objectives, software quality control, Software quality
criteria and factors- McCall’s quality model. SQA system and architecture, Software Project life cycle Components – Pre project quality components, Development and quality plans.
UNIT II 9. Hrs.
SQA Components and Project Life Cycle: Software Development methodologies, Quality
assurance activities in the development process, Verification & Validation, Reviews, Software Testing – Software Testing implementations, Quality of software maintenance – Pre-
Maintenance of software quality components, Quality assurance tools – CASE tools for software quality – Software maintenance quality – Project Management.
UNIT III 9. Hrs.
Software Quality Infrastructure: Procedures and work instructions - Templates - Checklists
– 3S development - Staff training and certification Corrective and preventive actions – Configuration management – Software change control – Configuration management audit -
Documentation control – Storage and retrieval.
UNIT IV 9. Hrs.
Software Quality Management & Metrics: Project process control – Computerized
tools - Software quality metrics – Objectives of quality measurement – Process metrics –
Product metrics – Implementation – Limitations of software metrics – Cost of software quality
– Classical quality cost model – Extended model – Application of Cost model.
UNIT V 9. Hrs.
Standards, Certifications & Assessments: Quality management standards – ISO 9001
and ISO 9000-3 – capability Maturity Models – CMM and CMMI assessment methodologies -
Bootstrap methodology – SPICE Project – SQA project process standards – IEEE 1012 &
1028 – Organization of Quality Assurance – Department management responsibilities – Project management responsibilities – SQA units and other actors in SQA systems.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Daniel Galin, “Software Quality Assurance”, Pearson Publication, 2009.
Alan C. Gillies, “Software Quality: Theory and Management”, International Thomson Computer
Press, 1997.
Mordechai Ben-Menachem “Software Quality: Producing Practical Consistent Software”,
International Thompson Computer Press, 1997.
PAPER CODE- DBCA 503A
Testing Tools-I (Practical)
Credits: 06 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 12 Total Hrs: 180
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Perform basic testing operations and develop test cases. 2. Familiarize with the existing testing tools for web based and desktop applications.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
DBCA
503A
TESTING TOOLS – I
(Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO211: plan a test project, design test
cases and data, conduct testing operations.
CO212: Perform manual testing on sample applications.
CO213: Perform detailed report on a bug tracking tool.
CO214: Design a test document.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
Reading assignments, Demonstration
Class test, Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Assignments,
Presentation, Peer Review
CONTENTS
Experiment 1: Write and execute manual test cases in prescribed format
1.1: To test basic calculator functionalities (addition / subtraction / multiplication / division).
1.2: To test basic mobile calling functionality.
1.3: To test basic ATM money withdrawal functionality.
1.4: To test login functionality on amazon site.
1.5: To test hotel search functionality on makemytrip.com
Testcase format for Experiment #1
Experiment 2: Write a defect for at-least two failed tests in Experiment #1
Experiment 3: Write any one defect with high priority and low severity.
Experiment 4: Study of Any Bug Tracking Tool (Jira/Bugzilla, MantisBT etc.)
Experiment 5: Develop a test plan document for Library Management System.
PAPER CODE-DBCA 501 B
Advanced Java (Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs:45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Define the advanced concepts of Java.2. Understand the syntax and semantics of JSP, JDBC and Servlets.
3. Implement the concepts to find the solution of real world problems.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
DBCA 501 B
ADVANCED JAVA
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO215: Discuss J2EE Architecture.
CO216: Design and Implement
concepts of servlet and JSP. CO217: Demonstrate JDBC
connectivity and able to establish connection
CO218: Explain and Implement Spring
frame work.
Approach in teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion,
Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT
audio-video tools.
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and
group projects and peer
review.
CONTENTS
Unit I 9. Hrs.
J2EE Overview, Need of J2EE, J2EE Architecture, J2EE APIs, J2EE Containers. Web Application
Basics, Architecture and Challenges of Web Application, Servlet Life Cycle, Developing and Deploying Servlets, Exploring Deployment Descriptor (web.xml), Handling Request and
Response, Initializing a Servlet
Unit II 9. Hrs.
JDBC – The JDBC Connectivity Model, Types of JDBC Drivers., Basic steps to JDBC, setting up
a connection to database, Creating and executing SQL statements, ResultSet and ResultSet Metadata Object. Accessing Database, Servlet Chaining, Session Tracking and Management.
Unit III 9. Hrs.
Java Server Pages: Basic JSP Architecture, Life Cycle of JSP, JSP Tags & Expressions, JSP
Implicit Objects, Tag Libraries; Overview of the Spring Framework, Spring Philosophies, Spring
Containers
Unit IV 9. Hrs.
Spring Configuration File, Spring Beans, Using the Container, The BeanFactory
Interface,Singleton vs. Prototype, Bean Naming, Dependency injection with Spring. Building
Web Applications Using Spring MVC: Spring Web MVC, The Dispatcher Servlet, A Simple View Page, adding a View Resolver, Adding a Message Bundle.
Unit V 9. Hrs.
Adding Business Classes, Adding Test Data, Using JDBC with Spring, accessing a Database,
adding a Form, Updating the Database.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Herbert Schildt, Java, The Complete Reference: 9th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2014
E. Balagurusamy, Programming with Java, A Primer, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010
Marty Hall and Larry Brown, Core Servlets and Java Server Pages, 2nd Edition, 2003
Mert Caliskan, Kenan Sevindik, Rod Johnson, Jurgen Holler,Beginning Spring,Wrox Publication,
Feb 2015
Bruce Eckel, Thinking in Java, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006
Cay S. Horstmann, Core Java, Volume I: Fundamentals, 9/e, Pearson Education, 2014
Cay S. Horstmann, Core Java, Volume II: Advanced Features, 9/e, Pearson Education, 2014
Santosh KumarK, JDBC, Servlet, and JSP, Black Book, Kogent Solutions Inc., 2008
Madhusudhan Konda, Just Spring, O’Reilly, 2011.
PAPER CODE- DBCA 502B
Mobile Application Development (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Understand the basic concepts of mobile computing
2. Familiar with the network protocol stack. 3. Gain knowledge about different mobile platforms
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
DBCA
502B
MOBILE
APPICATION
DEVELOPM
ENT – I (Theory)
The students will be able to –
C0219: Describe the basics,
characteristics, and structure of Mobile Computing, and learn properties,
issues, and schemes of MAC Protocol.
CO220: Identify the basic concepts, design issues, and applications of
Mobile Ad Hoc Networks (MANet) and its Routing Protocols, and comparison
to Vehicular Ad Hoc Networks (VANet)
CO221: Discuss Mobile Device Operating System, SDK, its
characteristics, constraints, and usage. CO222: Analyze Android, IOS,
Windows, Blackberry platforms and summarize Mobile User Interface
Design requirements.
CO223: Create Consumable Web Services for Mobile Devices.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching using advanced IT
audio-video tools, G-suite.
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
and peer
review.
CONTENTS
UNIT I 9. Hrs.
Introduction to Mobile Computing: Introduction to Mobile Computing, Mobile Computing
Vs wireless Networking, Mobile computing Applications – Characteristics of Mobile computing, Structure of Mobile computing Application.
MAC Protocols: Properties required for MAC Protocols, Wireless MAC Issues, Fixed
Assignment Schemes, Random Assignment Schemes and Reservation Based Schemes.
UNIT II 9. Hrs.
Mobile Ad -Hoc Networks: Mobile Ad -Hoc Networks Ad-Hoc Basic Concepts, Characteristics,
Applications, Design Issues, Routing –Essential of Traditional Routing Protocols, Popular
Routing Protocols, Vehicular Ad Hoc networks (VANET), MANET Vs VANET, Security
UNIT III 9. Hrs.
Mobile Platforms and Applications: Mobile Platforms and Applications Mobile Device
Operating Systems, Special Constrains & Requirements.
Introduction to Mobile Application: Introduction to Mobile Application: Preliminary
Considerations, Understanding Mobile Platforms, Mobile SDK, Linux kernel, different types of
mobile application their characteristics and usages.
UNIT IV 9. Hrs.
Diving into Mobile: App or Website. Introduction to Android, IOS, Windows, Blackberry.
Mobile User Interface Design.
UNIT V 9. Hrs.
Creating Consumable Web Services for Mobile Devices. Mobile websites
BOOKS RECOMMENDED Prasant Kumar Pattnaik, Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Mobile Computing”, PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd, New Delhi – 2012.
Jeff McWherter, Scott Gowell, “Professional Mobile Application Development”, Wrox
Publications, September 2012. Jochen H. Schller, “Mobile Communications”, Second Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi,
2007.
Dharma Prakash Agarval, Qing and An Zeng, "Introduction to Wireless and Mobile systems",
Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd, 2005.
Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S. Nicklons and Thomas Stober, “Principles of Mobile
Computing”, Springer, 2003. William.C.Y.Lee,“Mobile Cellular Telecommunications -Analog and Digital Systems”, Second
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Edition ,2006.
C.K.Toh, “AdHoc Mobile Wireless Networks”, First Edition, Pearson Education, 2002.
Android Developers: http://developer.android.com/index.html
Apple Developer: https://developer.apple.com/
PAPER CODE- DBCA 503B
Advanced Java Programming Lab (Practical)
Credits: 06 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 12 Total Hrs: 180
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. This module is designed to help students for understanding advanced java programming concepts.
2. Using various concepts covered in theory paper DBCA 501 B.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
DBCA 503B
ADVANCED
JAVA PROGRAM
MING LAB (Practical)
The students will be able to –
C0224: Explain Web server tomcat
architecture and configuration. CO225: Create dynamic web pages
using servlet/JSP. CO226: Connect web pages with
database using JDBC connectivity.
CO227: Demonstrate Spring frame work and apply concept on web page
creation.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT
audio-video tools.
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation,
Individual and group projects
and peer review.
PAPER CODE- ALAD 500 Presentation Skills, Conflict and Stress Management
(Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 02
Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Learntime management by helping them identify time sinkers and time wasters. 2. Identify stress behavior and manage conflicts, learning the way conversations are done to
reduce stress and conflict.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
ALAD
500
Presentati
on Skills,
conflict and stress
management
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO228: Overcome stress and work on internal motivation.
CO229: Behave in a social setting and time management.
CO230: Focuses on personal branding,
which will help the students create an online presence.
CO231: Manage to handle conflict.
Approach in teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Power Point
Presentations, Informative videos,
Group Discussions.
Learning activities for the students: Self
learning assignments, Presentations.
Quiz, case study. Power
point presentations,
activities. -Personal
Branding-Blog
Post/Article writing
CONTENTS
UNIT I 6. Hrs.
Stress Management: Knowing the reasons, living a relaxed life, Being Emotionally Wise, Inner
self integration technique, Meditation, types and importance.
Internal and external motivation The 5 second rule, courage changes your mind and behaviour.
UNIT II 6. Hrs.
Is time out of control; A war on stress
Managing time effectively, 80/20 Rule, Pomodoro Technique, time management tips for
managers.
Procrastination; turning downtime into productive time
The To-Do and Not to do list, Smart goals and career planning, getting organized, important
vs. urgent, ways to avoid traps and time sinkers, creating a time management plan.
Goal Setting and career planning: - Calibrate your compass, put a pin in it, bridge the gap,
make yourself discoverable, flip failure.
UNIT III 6. Hrs.
Personal Branding: Converting hobby into passion
Introduction to personal branding, the art of authenticity, Choosing the best social media
network, why scheduling is important, Brand maintenance, online identity, creating relationship with the professional network to create a professional personal brand.
Social networking sites: Blogging your passion
Self-discipline and trust building activities, what is blogging and blogging platforms, which
platform to choose, setting up a blog, types of blog and blog writing, finding the right subject
matter, following skill not passion, do’s and don’ts of blogging.
UNIT IV 6. Hrs.
Conflict Management Skills
Discovering Positive means to dissolve conflicts at workplace, Fundamental facts behind stress
and worrisome situations to overcome them, Conflict, types of business conflict, Conflict
resolution tactics
UNIT V 6. Hrs.
Seminar and Industry Expert session
Question answer and experience sharing session
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Brian Tracy (2001), Eat That Frog! 21 Great Ways to Stop Procrastinating and Get More
Done in Less Time. Carmine Gallo (2009), The Presentation Secrets of Steve Jobs: How to Be Insanely Great
in Front of Any Audience.
Carmine Gallo (2014), Talk Like TED
Dale Carnegie, how to stop worrying and start living.
Mel Robbins (2017), the 5 Second Rule Transform Your Life Work and Confidence with
Everyday Courage.
Richard Walsh (2008), Time Management: Proven Techniques for Making Every Minute
Count. Vivian Scott (2009), Conflict Resolution at Work for Dummies.
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester VI
PAPER CODE- CBCA 601
Ethical Hacking
(Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Learn the Principles, Techniques of Ethical Hacking. 2. Understand Tools for Ethical Hacking
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA
601
ETHICAL
HACKING (Theory)
The students will be able to –
C0232: Discuss the concepts of ethical hacking.
CO233: Analyze the different stages of a cyber-attack.
C0234: Implement basic
reconnaissance application CO235: Compare various types of
malware and cyber-attack vectors and players.
CO236: Execute various methods for evading security controls.
CO237: Perform vulnerability and pen
testing
Approach in
teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT audio-video tools, G-
suite.
Class test,
Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects and peer
review.
CONTENTS
UNIT I 9. Hrs.
Introduction to Hacking –The Evaluation and Growth of Hacking, Types of Ethical Hackers –
Hacktivism –Hacking Methodologies, File Securing Techniques, Ethics and the Law. How is
Ethical hacking different from security auditing and digital forensics?
UNIT II 9. Hrs.
IP Addresses- Basic, Classes of IP Addresses, Detecting, Allotment of IP Address, IPV4 and
IPV6, Ping and Ping Sweep, Ping Sweeping tools, Nmap, Detecting victim’s OS, and Detecting Firewalls.
UNIT III 9. Hrs.
Introduction to Footprinting –Steps of Ethical Hacking, Information Gathering Methodology,
Goals of Footprinting Process, Types of Footprinting, Footprinting Tools, WHOIS Tools, DNS
Information Tools, Locating the Network Range, Meta Search Engines.
UNIT IV 9. Hrs.
Introduction to Scanning –Objectives, three-way Handshake Protocol, Scanning
Methodology, Tools, Port Scanning. Introduction to Enumeration, Enumeration Techniques,
Enumeration Procedure, Tools.
UNIT V 9. Hrs.
System Hacking-Introduction –Cracking Passwords, Password Cracking Websites, Password
Guessing, Password Cracking Tools, Password Cracking Countermeasures, Escalating Privileges, Keyloggers and Spyware.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Kimberly Graves, "Certified Ethical Hacker", Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2010
Michael T. Simpson, "Hands-on Ethical Hacking & Network Defense", Course Technology, 2010.
1. Ankit Fadia “Ethical Hacking” second edition Macmillan India Ltd, 2006.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 602 Linux Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Work with basic commands of Linux. 2. Compile and execute C programs in Linux/UNIX environment.
3. Implement various functionalities through shell scripting
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA 602
LINUX LAB (Practical)
The students will be able to –
C0238: Explain the basic commands of Linux operating system and can write
shell scripts.
CO239: Apply I/O redirection. CO240: Demonstrate the concepts of
pipes and filters in Linux CO241: Discuss the concept of shell
parameters and variables.
CO242: Execute shell scripts having decision controls and looping
constructs. CO243: Debug, execute multiple
scripts and advance shell programming.
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstration, Team
teaching
Learning activities for the students: Self
learning assignments,
Effective questions, Simulation, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects
.
CONTENTS
Exercises based on Linux commands and shell programming has to be done. Following categories of command are covered:
Linux GUI, Logging in, desktop environment, all internal and external commands.
Simple shell commands for basic operations (date, cal, who, tty, uname, passwd, bc, script,
echo, logging out).
Using wild card characters
Linux File System: inode table, file types, concept of path: absolute and relative path.
File, directory creation and operations (open, close), listing files and directories commands.
Navigating file system- pwd, cd, mkdir, rmdir,ls, pr.
Handling ordinary files-cat, cp, mv, wc, rm, comm., cmp, diff.
Basic file attributes- file permissions, changing permissions.
Simple filters- head, tail, cut, paste, sort, uniq, tr.
Regular expression-Grep utility, Shell command line, redirection, pipeline, split output, tee.
Process- system processes, internal and external commands, background process, premature
termination of process, process priorities, process scheduling-(at, batch), no hup command.
Types of Text editors, using vi editor, prompt character, correcting typing errors.
Basic shell programming (Interactive scripts, shell variables, environment variables, assigning
values to variables).
Positional parameters, command line arguments.
Arithmetic in shell script, sleep, wait, exit, script termination.
Decision taking-if else, nested if, file tests, string tests, case control structure.
Loop control structure-while, for, IFS, break, continue, $* and $@.
Logical operators && and ||.
Executing script, debugging a script, executing multiple scripts.
Programs based on advanced shell programming.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 603
Web Application Development-III (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs : 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Demonstrate the use of web development techniques on client-side and server-side.
2. Examine and develop user interfaces to collect and present data and information
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA 603
WEB APPLICATI
ON DEVELOPM
ENT-III
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO244: Discuss the various steps in designing Creative and dynamic
website.
CO245: Implement web application using PHP, JQuery and MYSQL.
CO246: Build a website using WordPress content management
software CO247: Analyze and provide solutions
by identifying and formulating IT
related problems.
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstration, Team
teaching
Learning activities for the students: Self
learning assignments, Effective questions,
Simulation, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I 9. Hrs.
Introduction to CMS, Wordpress, Downloading Wordpress, getting started with Wordpress,
Terminologies in wordpress- Posts, Pages, Widgets, Plugins, Menus. Installing Themes,
installing plugins Making a sample Shopping site with wordpress.
Unit II 9. Hrs
Introduction PHP and MySQL: Benefits of using PHP MySQL, Setup of PHP Environment,
Testing the Page, Troubleshooting Installation Error. Embed PHP in HTML / HTML in PHP, PHP
Data Types Variables in PHP, SuperGlobal Variables, Operators in PHP, Conditional Statements, Loops (For, While, Do While, For each)
PHP Functions: Using Functions in PHP, User defined Functions, Predefined Functions, Common
Functions, String Functions, File Functions, Date Functions, Hash Functions, Mail Function. Introduction to PHP Cookies and session
Unit III 9. Hrs
Arrays and Array Functions:Why use Arrays,Types of Arrays,Creating Arrays,Accessing
Arrays,Array Functions, Using Array Functions.
Including Multiple Files (require, require_once, include, include_once).
Introduction to PHP OOPs: Basics of classes and objects.
Unit IV 9. Hrs
Working with PHP MyAdmin: Creating Databases, Types of Databases, Creating Tables in
Database, Specifying Field Data Types, Selecting the Most Appropriate Data Type Adding, Field
Modifiers and Keys, Selecting a Table Type Altering Tables, Altering Table and ,Field Names, Altering Field Properties, Adding and Removing Fields and Keys, Altering Table Types, Backing
Up and Restoring Databases and Tables, Backing Up Databases and Tables, Restoring Databases and Tables from Backup, Dropping Databases and Tables, Viewing ,Database, Table,
and Field Information.
Unit V 9. Hrs
Introduction to jQuery, JQuery’s features, Adding the jQuery Library to web Pages, Syntax,
Selectors, jquery events:bind(), blur(), change(), dblclick(), hover(), ready(), scroll(), select(),
submit(), toggle(), unload(), jquery Effects, jquery Callback function, jquery HTML manipulation, jquery CSS methods.
Using jQuery Core: $ vs $(), $(document). ready (), Avoiding Conflicts with Other, Libraries,
Attributes, Selecting Elements, Working with Selections,Manipulating, Elements,The jQuery
Object, Traversing, CSS Styling & Dimensions, Data Methods, Utility Methods, Iterating over jQuery and non-jQuery Objects, Using jQuery's .index() Function.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Ivan Bayross, “HTML, Javascript, DHTML, and PHP”, BPB Publications.
Stephen Radford, “Learning Web Development with Bootstrap and Angular JS”, Packt
Publishing, Kindle Edition (2015).
Larry Ullman, “PHP 6 & MySQL 5, For Dynamic Websites” Peachpit Press.
James Jaworski, “Mastering JavaScript & JScsript”, BPB Publications.
Website: http://www.w3schools.com.
PAPER CODE- CBCA 604
Web Application Development-III Lab (Practical)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week:06 Total Hrs:90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Create web sites using Wordpress, JQuery, Php. 2. Implement database connectivity using MySQL.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CBCA 604
WEB
APPLICATION
DEVELOPMENT-III
LAB
(Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO248: Demonstrate latest web technologies and tools by designing
website. CO249: Create web pages using
WordPress, PHP, JQuery and MYSQL CO250: Evaluate, Analyze and build
dynamic web pages for any domain
using Local host server and Database using XAMPP MYSQL
CO251: Implement business logic within the database.
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Reading assignments,
Demonstration, Team
teaching
Class test,
Semester end
examinations, Quiz,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group
projects, Peer
Review
CONTENTS
Creating WebPages using various concepts covered in theory paper CBCA603.
Web pages should be designed with following features:
JQuery: Events and CSS methods
PHP: Cookies and Sessions
PHP: Server variable/HTML Form handling
MySQL: Basic operations, Database connectivity using PHP
Wordpress: Basic web page creation
Wordpress: Posts/Pages/Widgets/Plugins/Menus/Themes
Introduction to AJAX
PHP: Classes
PAPER CODE- DBCA 601A
User Experience Design (Theory)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs:45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Learn basic concepts of User Experience design. 2. Design, implement and evaluate effective and usable graphical computer interfaces.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
DBCA
601A
USER EXPERIEN
CE DESIGN
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO252: Explain the principles of UI
design and UI guidelines CO253: Identify users and the role of
user in designing UI. CO254: Analyze good and bad UI
design CO255: Compare requirement of
software and hardware for specific UI
Design
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Reading
assignments, Visual Assignment
Class test, Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Assignments,
Presentation, Peer Review
CONTENTS
Unit I 9. Hrs.
Introduction and importance of user Interface – definition, importance of good design. Benefits
of good design, Graphical user interface, the concept of direct manipulation, Characteristics,
Web user – Interface, characteristics, Principles of user interface.
Unit II 9. Hrs.
Design process: Human interaction with computers, importance of human characteristics,
human consideration, Human interaction speeds, understanding business functions, cognition
and psychological aspects.
Unit III 9. Hrs.
Screen Designing, Design goals, Screen planning and purpose, organizing screen
elements, ordering of screen data and content, screen navigation and flow, Visually pleasing composition, amount of information, focus and emphasis, presenting
information simply and meaningfully, information retrieval on web, statistical graphics,
Technological consideration in interface design, non-visual interaction, interaction for user with special needs.
Unit IV 9. Hrs.
Menu and Navigation schemes selection of window, selection of devices
based and screen based controls. Components – text and messages, Icons, Multimedia, colors,
uses problems, choosing colors.
Unit V 9. Hrs.
Software tools, Specification methods, interface, Building Tools, Interaction Devices, Keyboard
and function keys, pointing devices, speech recognition digitization and generation, image and
video displays, drivers.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Wilbert O Galitz, “The Essential Guide to User Interface Design”, 2nd Edition John Wiley & Sons
Inc., 2002.
Ben Shneidermann, “Designing the User Interface”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
Alan Dix, Janet E. Finlay, Gregory D. Abowd, and Russell Beale, “Human-Computer Interaction”,
3rd Edition, Pearson Education Limited, 2003.
J. Preece, Y. Rogers, H. Sharp, and D. Benyon, “Human-Computer Interaction: Concepts and
Design (ICS)”, Wiley DreamTech, 1994.
Andrew Sears and Julie A. Jacko, “The Human-Computer Interaction Handbook:
Fundamentals, Evolving Technologies and Emerging Applications”, 2nd Edition, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2007.
Soren Lauesen, “User Interface Design: A Software Engineering Perspective”, Pearson
Education, 2004.
Soren Lauesen, “User Interface Design: A Software Engineering Perspective”, Pearson
Education, 2004.
PAPER CODE- DBCA 602A
Testing Tools - II (Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs:45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Make test cases & execute it. 2. Apply testing tools& use them.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
DBCA
602A
TESTING
TOOLS – II (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO256: Discuss the existing testing tools
CO257: Setup Environment for web driver with Java using Eclipse.
CO258: Make test cases in Eclipse.
CO259: Setup Environment for Selenium IDE & installation of plugin
Approach in
teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching
Class test,
Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation,
with Chrome or Firefox.
CO260: Record and run the test scripts for various scenarios.
Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
Experiment 1: Environment setup for Selenium IDE. Installation of Selenium IDE plugin with Chrome
or Firefox.
Experiment 2: Record and run following test script, using Selenium IDE for following scenario
2.1 Open http://www.google.co.in
2.2 Search for IIS University
2.3 Assert that search result page launched
2.4 Click on IIS University link
2.5 Assert that IIS University webpage launched
Experiment 3: Record and run following test script, using Selenium IDE for following scenario
3.1 Open http://automationpractice.com/index.php
3.2 Search for item 'Dresses'
3.3 Assert valid search result page returned with valid items.
3.4 Click on item 'Printed Chiffon Dress'
3.5 Assert Product Details page for 'Printed Chiffon Dress' launched
3.6 Assert Product price is $16.40
Experiment 4: Record and run following test script, using Selenium IDE for following scenario
4.1 Open http://automationpractice.com/index.php
4.2 Search for item 'Dresses'
4.3 Click on item 'Printed Chiffon Dress'
4.4 Add qty 4 of this item to cart
4.5 Proceed to Checkout
4.6 Assert Total items in cart are 4
4.7 Assert Shipping charges are $2.00
Experiment 5: Environment setup for webdriver with Java using Eclipse.
Reference - https://www.guru99.com/installing-selenium-webdriver.html
Experiment 6: Write a webdriver script to launch IIS University Website and after a wait of 10 seconds,
close the browser. (Ref - https://www.toolsqa.com/selenium-webdriver/first-test-case/)
PAPER CODE- DBCA 601B
Mobile Application Development –II (Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs:45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Know the components and management aspects of Real time, Mobile operating systems. 2. Identify methods for installing application and content sources on mobile devices: Pull, Push.
3. Gain insight on securing mobile application development.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
DBCA 601 B
MOBILE APPICATI
ON DEVELOPM
ENT –II (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO261: Analyze Android Mobile Development Framework for different
problem. CO262: Create basic Android
Application using Manifest, Editor, classes, and activities.
CO263: Demonstrate basic iOS app
and its debugging. CO264: Design basic app with Mobile
User Interface and distribution in Windows 7 Phone and to create Mobile
Websites with HTML5.
CO265: Explain Phone Gap and build a basic app in Phone Gap and implement
Files and Databases in Android.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching
Class test,
Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
UNIT I 9. Hrs.
Getting Started with Android: Introducing the Development Framework, Android Development
Practices, Building the Derby App in Android.
UNIT II 9. Hrs.
Creating Applications and Activities: Using Manifest Editor, Externalizing Resources, Introducing
the Android class, Android Activities.
UNIT III 9. Hrs.
Getting Started with iOS: Getting the Tools You Need, iOS Project, Debugging iOS Apps, Swift
Basics: Introduction, advantages, Disadvantages of swift language, operators, data types,
conditional programming, collections in swift, Hello World App, Building the Derby App in iOS.
UNIT IV 9. Hrs.
KOTLIN: Introduction to Kotlin, Difference between Java and Kotlin, Basic programming in
Kotlin, Functions using Kotlin.
UNIT V 9. Hrs.
Getting Started with PHONEGAP: Need of PhoneGap, Using PhoneGap, Differences between
PhoneGap and HTML5, Getting the Tools You Need, PhoneGap Project, Building the Derby App in PhoneGap.
Android: Files, Saving State, and Preferences, Databases and Content Providers.
Hybrid Platform programming: Introduction to ReactNative, Basic concept and syntax of
ReactNative Programming: Introduction to Flutter, Basic concept and syntax of Flutter Programming.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Jeff McWherter, Scott Gowell, “Professional Mobile Application Development”, Wrox
Publications, September 2012. Reto Meier, “Professional Android.4 Application Development”, Wrox Publications, 1992.
Jon Hoffman, “Mastering Swift 5: Deep dive into the latest edition of the Swift programming
language” , 5th Edition Kindle Store.
John Horton, “Android Programming with Kotlin for Beginners: Build Android apps starting from zero programming experience”2019
Luc Bors, “Oracle Mobile Application Framework Developer Guide: Build Multiplatform
Enterprise Mobile Apps”, Oracle Press. House, 2015. Clifton Craig , Adam Gerber , “Learn Android Studio: Build Android Apps Quickly and
Effectively”, Apress.
Jeremy Wilken, “Ionic in Action: Hybrid Mobile Apps with Ionic and AngularJS”, Manning
Publications, Singapore, October 2015. Matthew Mathias , John Gallagher, “Swift Programming: The Big Nerd Ranch Guide (Big
Nerd Ranch Guides)”, Big Nerd Ranch Guides, December, 2015.
Neil Smyth “Android Studio Development Essentials: Android 6 Edition” eBookFrenzy,
December, 2015.
PAPER CODE- DBCA 602B Mobile Application Development Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 03 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs:90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. This module is designed to help students for understanding Mobile Applications. 2. Creating Mobile Application using various concepts covered in theory paper DBCA 601 B.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
DBCA
602 B
MOBILE
APPLICATION
DEVELOPM
ENT LAB (Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO266: Describe the basics,
characteristics and framework of Mobile application development
CO267: Design android Mobile
applications. CO268: Develop Android, IOS,
Windows Mobile User Interface. CO269: Compare Android & Mac
Mobile Applications.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team
teaching
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
PAPER CODE- DBCA 603
PROJECT
(Project)
Credits: 06
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 12 Total Hrs: 180
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Identify project goals, constraints, deliverables, performance criteria, control needs, and resource requirements.
2. Understanding different methods of project delivery and the roles and responsibilities of all
constituencies involved in the design and construction process. 3. Implement project management knowledge, processes, lifecycle and the embodied concepts,
tools and techniques in order to achieve project success. 4. Learn team work and coordination skills.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
DBCA
603
PROJECT
(Project)
The students will be able to –
CO270: Apply the specific technical knowledge and skills learned during the
programme. CO271: Analyze the hardware,
software, financial requirements and
feasibility assessment. CO272: Develop UI Designs.
CO273: Develop team building, coordination, ethics, and lifelong
Approach in teaching: Software
Development Life Cycle Methodology.
Live working on tool to develop a project.
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation,
learning skills Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
Simple projects such as inventory Management System, Payroll System, Library management System,
Job Scheduling, Hardware Interface, Network Monitoring System etc. can be created.
Project must be done in a group of 2-4 students.
Final Evaluation will be done by:
1. Project Demonstration
2. Power Point Presentation
The marks of the i project would be given on the basis of internal assessment of the project as given
in the course structure. General instructions for preparation of project report
1. Introduction
1.1 Cover Page
1.2 Title Page
1.3 Certificate
1.4 Acknowledgement
1.5 Table of Contents
2. Project Specifications
2.1 Project Overview
2.2 Project Need
3. Specific Requirements
3.1 External Interface Requirements
3.2 Hardware Interfaces
3.3 Software Interfaces
3.4 Communications Protocols
3.5 Security / Maintainability / Performance
4. Software Product Features
4.1 System Architecture
4.2 Database Requirements
4.3 ER Diagram
4.4 Data Flow Diagram
4.5 User Interfaces
4.6 Report Formats
5. Drawbacks and Limitations
6. Proposed Enhancements
7. Conclusion
8. Bibliography
9. Annexure:
9.1 User Interface Screens (Optional)
9.2 Output Reports with Data (if any)
9.3 Program Code
PAPER CODE- ALAD 600
Learning and Development - Practical
(Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to –
1. Expose students to presentation skills, and working on Organization Research by helping
them identify time sinkers and time wasters.
2. Enable students to identify their stress behavior and manage conflicts, learning the way
conversations are done to reduce stress and conflict.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
ALAD 600
Learning
and Developme
nt – Practical
(Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO274: Learn the art of creating
presentations and presenting them in front of a large audience.
CO275: Learn about various organizations and their mission and
vision.
CO276: Create a powerful resume with
Approach in teaching:Interactive
Lectures, Discussion,
Power Point Presentations,
Informative videos, Group Discussions.
Presentations, group
discussions,
personal interview,
Resume Building, cover
letter, quiz,
action words, both offline and online on
LinkedIn. CO277: Practice Group Discussion and
personal Interview.
Learning activities
for the students:Self learning assignments,
Presentations, Group
Discussions.
public
speaking
CONTENTS
UNIT I 6. Hrs.
Presentation Skills
Pre-Presentation Prep: - Preparing slides and Yourself, research work, Individual and group
Presentations. Creating the Presentation: - Using Novel ideas, sticking to the 18-minute rule, making it memorable. Delivering the presentations, Creating the story, delivering the
experience, refine and rehearse, presentations on general and subject specific topics.
UNIT II 6. Hrs.
Organization Research: - Researching about Various organizations, understanding their
mission, vision and goal statements.
UNIT III 6. Hrs.
Using social media platforms Refining Online and Offline CVs.
LinkedIn: basics, Do’s and don’ts, Naukri.com, leaving online footprints, do’s and don’ts of using
and uploading content.
UNIT IV 6. Hrs.
Mock GD-PI Sessions
Internal and external GD-PI sessions and competitions to boost confidence and prepare
content. UNIT V 6. Hrs.
Seminar and Industry Expert session
Question answer and experience sharing session
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
David Allen (2001), Getting Things Done: The Art of Stress-free Productivity
Richard Nelson Bolles, What Color is Your Parachute?
Erik Deckers and Kyle Lacy (2010), Branding Yourself: How to Use Social Media to Invent
or Reinvent Yourself.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES
PSO 1 Explore and gain proficiency in underlying theories of Multimedia and Animation to develop 2D/3D animations, motion graphics, modeling and film making.
PSO 2 Comprehend and develop creative and technical skills to meet current industry expectations and thriving career and higher studies in various domains of Graphics, Animation, VFX & Compositing and multimedia using latest animation software and technologies.
PSO 3 Possess leadership and managerial skills with best professional ethical practices and social concern.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX: (MAPPING OF COS WITH PSOS)
COURSE COs PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4 PSO5 PSO6 PSO7 PSO8 PSO9
BMA 111
CO1 x x x
CO2 x x
CO3 x x x x
CO4 x x x
BMA 112
CO5 x x x
CO6 x x
CO7 x x
BMA 113A
CO8 x
CO9 x
CO10 x
BMA 113 B
CO11 x
CO12 x
CO13 x
CO14 x
CO15 x
BMA 114
CO16 x x
CO17 x x x
CO18 x x
CO19 x x
BMA 115
CO20 x x x
CO21 x x x
CO22 x x x x
CO23 x x x x
BMA 116
CO24 x x x
CO25 x x
CO26 x x x
CO27 x x x
BMA 211
CO28 x x
CO29 x x x
CO30 x x
CO31 x x x
BMA 212
CO32 x x
CO33 x x x
CO34 x x x x
CO35 x x x
BMA 213A CO36 x
CO37 x
BMA 213B
CO38 x
CO39 x
CO40 x
CO41 x
CO42 x
BMA 214
CO43 x x x
CO44 x x
CO45 x x x
CO46 x x x x
BMA 215
CO47 x x x
CO48 x x
CO49 x x x
CO50 x x x x
BMA 216
CO51 x x x
CO52 x x x
CO53 x x x
CO54 x x x x
BMA 217
CO55 x x x x
CO56 x x x x
CO57 x x x
CO58 x x x x x
BMA 311
CO59 x x x
CO60 x x x
CO61 x x x
CO62 x x x
BMA 312
CO63 x x
CO64 x x x
CO65 x x x
CO66 x x x
BMA 313
CO67 x
CO68 x
CO69 x
CO70 x
BMA 314
CO71 x x
CO72 x x
CO73 x x x
CO74 x x x
BMA 315
CO75 x x x
CO76 x x
CO77 x x x
CO78 x x x x
BMA 316
CO79 x x
CO80 x x x
CO81 x x x
CO82 x x x x
BMA 317
CO83 x x x
CO84 x x x
CO85 x x x
CO86 x x x
BMA 411
CO87 x x x
CO88 x x x
CO89 x x
CO90 x x x
BMA 412
CO91 x x x
CO92 x x x
CO93 x x x
CO94 x x
BMA 413
CO95 x x
CO96 x x
CO97 x x
CO98 x x
CO99 x x
BMA 414
CO100 x x x
CO101 x x x
CO102 x x x x
CO103 x x x x
BMA 415
CO104 x x x x
CO105 x x x
CO106 x x x
CO107 x x x
BMA 416
CO108 x x x
CO109 x x
CO110 x x x
CO111 x x x
BMA 511
CO112 x x x
CO113 x x x
CO114 x x x x
CO115 x x x x
BMA 512
CO116 x x x
CO117 x x x
CO118 x x x
CO119 x x x
BMA 513
CO120 x x x
CO121 x x
CO122 x x x
CO123 x x x x
BMA 514
CO124 x x
CO125 x x x
CO126 x x x
CO127 x x x x
BMA 515 CO128 x x
CO129 x x
CO130 x x x
CO131 x x x x
BMA 516
CO132 x
CO133 x
CO134 x
BMA 611
CO135 x x
CO136 x x
CO137 x x
CO138 x x
BMA 612
CO139 x x
CO140 x x
CO141 x x x
CO142 x x x
BMA 613
CO143 x x x x x
CO144 x x x x
CO145 x x x x
CO146 x x x x x
BMA 614
CO147 x x x
CO148 x x x
CO149 x x
CO150 x x x x
BMA 615
CO151 x x x x
CO152 x x x
CO153 x x x x x
CO154 x x x x
B.Sc. (H) Multimedia & Animation (2020-2021)
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester I
PAPER CODE- BMA 111 Design Principles
(Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to--
1. Enhance practical knowledge about Color relationships, composition, and Color mixture.
2. Study the effects of Color on the development of design as well as the psychology of Color and its power to deliver effective marketing messages.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 111
Design
Principles
(Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO1. Apply design
elements and
principles, color
Theory,
typography on
their own projects.
CO2. Define famous
design layouts and
renowned art work
from history.
CO3. Illustrate different
forms of design.
CO4. Create & design
compositions using
perspective and
color, with speed,
accuracy and
dexterity and
variety of media.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Group
activities, Teaching using advanced IT
audio-video tools
Learning activities
for the students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Seminar
presentation, Giving
tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 12 hrs
Introduction to Colors. Color Palettes- Primary Colors, Secondary Colors, Tertiary Colors. The
Color Wheel. Color Schemes supported by Color Wheel: Complementary Color Scheme. Analogous Scheme, Complementary Scheme, Split- Complementary Scheme, Triadic Scheme,
Rectangle or Square Color Scheme.
Unit II: 12 hrs
Monochromatic, Achromatic and Neutral colors, Color Temperature: hot, warm, cold, cool. Hue.
Saturation. Intensity: light, pale, bright, dark. RGB and CMYK. Vector and Bitmap/Raster
Graphics, Image Formats, Color Modes.
Unit III: 12 hrs
Introduction to Elements of Design- Color, Line, Shape, Space, Texture, Value.Introduction to
basic shapes- Circle, Square, and Triangle. Playing with shade and shadow. Lights & Texture-
Texture through light, Patterns. Introduction to Principles of Design- Balance, Contrast, Emphasis/Dominance, Harmony,
Movement/Rhythm, Proportion, Repetition/Pattern, Unity, Variety.
Unit IV: 12 hrs
Introduction to Perspective: Definition, Uses and Types of perspective: One-point perspective,
Two-point perspective, Three-point perspective, Four-point perspective, Zero-point perspective. Bird’s eye view, Insect’s eye view, Forced Perspective.Converging Points, Vanishing Points,
Observer’s Points.
Unit V: 12 hrs
Typography- typeface, typeface family, font, anatomy of type, typographic measurement –
point and pica, text type and display type, classification of type - old style, transitional period, modern, slab serif, sans serif, script, decorative etc.
selection of a type face in design-clarity: readability and legibility, integration with visuals,
concept and theme etc.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Timothy Samara, “Design Elements: A Graphic Style Manual”, Rockport Publishers; First
Edition (April 1, 2007)
MilindMulick, “ Perspective”, JyotsnaPrakashan
James Craig, “Basic Typography: A Design Manual”, Watson- Guptill, New Edition ( 1
September 1990) Faber Birren, “Principles of Color: A Review of Past Traditions and Modern Theories of Color
Harmony Revised edition (Paperback)”, Schiffer Publishing.
PAPER CODE- BMA 112
Photography (Theory)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Introduce Photography, history of photography. Elements and Principles of Photography and
the functions of it.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 112
Photography
(Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO5. Illustrate the principles and rules
of Photography. CO6. Correctly define
and applying fundamental terms
and concepts
related to photography,
camera and rules CO7. Design books and
Blogs about
photography and about history of
photography.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Demonstrations, Group
activities, Teaching using
advanced IT audio-video tools
Learning activities for the students:
Effective assignments, Giving tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations,
Quiz, Practical Assignments,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 12 hrs
Brief history of photography and camera. Basic Characteristics of camera, Types of Camera-
SLR Camera, DSLR Camera, Film Camera, structure of camera, Aesthetics of Photography both
in documentary and Creative photography
Unit II: 12 hrs
Digital Photography, Introduction to Exposure, exposure triangle, Aperture, Shutter speed, ISO
setting,
Techniques of shooting photographs Framing, focusing, Menu setting in digital cameras. Types
of photography genres- Documentation, Art, Advertisement, Candid street, Portraits, Product Photography.
Unit III: 12 hrs
Introduction to Picture Composition., Rule of thirds, types of composition, Camera angles, Types of Shot , Shot framing techniques
Unit IV: 12 hrs
Photographic Lighting: Definition, Natural & Artificial Lighting; Three Point Lighting; Bounce
Lighting, Special effects lighting. Photographic Lights: Spot Light, Its characteristics & usage; Soft light, its characteristics &
usage, reflectors, Time-lapse and Light Painting Photography
Unit V: 12 hrs
Photography Optics; Types of photographic Lenses- Zoom Lens, Lens Extenders, Filters and
Other Accessories, .Motion picture photography, Movie camera, Post production techniques, Compression of data, Storage, Transmission.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Tom Ang, “Digital Photography: An Introduction”, Penguin; Fourth edition (1 January 2013).
William Wyatt, “Digital SRL Crash Course!: A Beginner's Guide to Understanding Digital
Photography & Taking the Best Shots of Your Life”, Create Space Independent Publishing Platform (16 August 2014).
Daniel Lezano, “Photography Bible”, Fw Media; Third edition (2013).
Bruce Barnbaum, “The Art of Photography (Photographic Arts Editions)”, Wiley; 1 edition (7
December 2010).
PAPER CODE- BMA 113 A
French-I (Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 02
Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Learn modern European languages and excel in them.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 113A
French-I (Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO8. Learn the elements
of the basic
grammar and apply
them in sentences
according to the
situation.
CO9. Read and compose
texts on different
topics.
CO10. Comprehend &
answer questions
on them.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Demonstrations, Group
activities
Learning activities for the students:
Effective assignments,
Giving tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Practical Assignments,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 06 hrs
Grammar: Verb << to be, to call oneself, >>, personal pronouns (subject), interrogation (intonation),
definite and indefinite articles, gender of the nouns, adjectives depicting qualities, 1st group –er ending verbs in the indicative mood.
Comprehension and paragraph writing: Reading of the lessons 1--2 + comprehension passages from
the lessons. Listening and speaking skills: to make acquaintances with someone, to welcome someone, to wish, to say good bye.
Unit II: 06 hrs
Grammar: preposition before the name of the countries and the cities, interrogative adjectives,
possessive adjectives, irregular adjectives.
Comprehension and paragraph writing: Reading of the lesson 3 + comprehension passages from the
lessons + paragraph: my family. Listening and speaking skills: to express appreciation, to take or give information about someone.
Unit III: 06 hrs
Grammar: indefinite pronouns, demonstrative adjectives, special negations, special interrogation,
present tense of the verbs: faire= to make/do, voir= to see, aller = to go, sortir = to go out,connaitre = to know, venir= to come, pouvoir = can, vouloir= to want, verbs of 1st group – er ending,
Comprehension and paragraph writing: Reading of the lesson 4 + comprehension passages from the
lesson 4 + paragraph : my college. Listening and speaking skills: to accept and refuse invitation.
Unit IV: 06 hrs
Grammar: interrogative adverbs, venir= to come, pouvoir = can, vouloir= to want, verbs of 1st group
– er ending, articles contractes (two forms), usage of chez, future.
Comprehension and paragraph writing: Reading of the lesson 5 + comprehension passages from the
lesson 5 + paragraph : my friend. Listening and speaking skills : to speak on the telephone.
Unit V: 06 hrs
Grammar: remaining part of the possessive adjectives, exclamative adjectives, accordance of the
adjectives, use of très (very) and trop (too), present tense of the indicative: acheter ( to buy),
regarder ( to look), imperative form of 1st group verbs Comprehension and paragraph writing: Reading of the lesson 6 + comprehension passages on the
lesson 6 + paragraph on the topics: the festivals in India, my professor etc.
Listening and speaking skills: To ask the price of the things while shopping and bargaining.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Synchronie-1(methode de francais)
CD accompanying the textbook
Collins mini gem bilingual dictionary
Robert &Nathan :conjugation of verbs
<<Le nouvelentrainez-vous>>niveau debutant
Grammaire Larousse
Larousse compact dictionary
PAPER CODE- BMA 113 B
German-I (Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Learn modern European languages and excel in them.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code Paper
Title
BMA 113 B German-I (Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO11. Understand “Personalpronomen“
“Verb Konjugation“ and structure
of “W-Frage, Aussage, Ja-Nein-
Frage“, Understand
„Interrogativpronomen“ for „Ort:
Wo, Woher“ , „Verb: sein“ and
„Possesivpronomen“. “Plural of
Nouns: Maskulin, Feminin,
Neutrum“.
CO12. Know the use of Verb „haben“,
Accusative(Akkusativ) form of
Indefinite articles with Verb
„haben“.
CO13. Know the use of specific Verbs
and Prepositions that are used for
pointing out place and direction:
„Wo“, „Woher“ and „Wohin“.
CO14. Frame correct sentences in
German: Affirmative, Negative
and Interrogative with Verbs of
different characteristics in
“Präsens” (Present Tense)
CO15. To be able to write composition on
general topics.
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Reading
assignments
Learning
activities for the students:
Self-learning
assignments, Effective
questions, Seminar
presentation
Assessment
Strategies
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Practical
Assignments,
Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 06 hrs
Readings from the text book: Reihe
Personalpronomen und Verb Wortstellung: W-Frage, Aussage, Ja-Nein-Frage
Ort:Wo, Woher
Expression: A Paragraph on Introducing yourself (sichvorstellen) or “Ich”.
Unit II: 06 hrs
Readings from the text book: Reihe
Verb: sein Possesivpronomen
Expression: A Paragraph on “Mein Deutschunterricht”
Unit III: 06 hrs
Readings from the text book: Reihe 3
Verb: haben
Unbestimmter Artikel – Unbestimmter Artikel beim Verb haben
Negation : nicht – kein : Verb – Unbestimmtes Nomen
Ort und Richtung : Wo, Woher, Wohin Expression: Mein Freund/ Meine Freundin
Mein Vater/ Meine Mutter
Unit IV: 06 hrs
Readings from the text book: Reihe 4
Verb: haben
Unbestimmter Artikel – Unbestimmter Artikel beim Verb haben
Negation : nicht – kein : Verb – Unbestimmtes Nomen
Ort und Richtung : Wo, Woher, Wohin
Expression: Meine Familie
Unit V: 06 hrs
Wiederholung der Schwerpunkte der Grammatik
Expression: Mein College/ Meine Hochschule
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Lernziel Deutsch –1 + Begleitungsübungen. Max Hueber Verlag
Em Neu Bruckenkurs – Published by Hueber Verlag
Themen Aktuell 1
Unser zweites Deutschbuch by Rajeev Devsthali
Deutsch für Anfänger – CD-ROM made by Hueber
Deutsche Sprachlehre für Ausländer - Dora Schulz & Heinz Griesbach
Themen Aktuell 1 by Hartmut Aufderstraße, Heiko Bock, Mechthild Gerdes, Jutta Müller &
Helmut Müller Deutsch als Fremdsprache IA Grundkurs by Korbinian Braun, Lorenz Nieder und Friedrich
Schmoee
Pons German – Travelers Guide
Pons Starting German / Anfänger Deutsch
Cassels Language Guides : German – A Handbook of German Grammar, Current usage
and word power
Teste dein Deutsch – Stufe I & II
Langenscheidt’ s or Collin’ s German – English / English – German Dictionary
Deutsch als Fremdsprache – I A & B
Mein Erstes Deutschbuch by Maharashtra State Bureau of Textbook Production and
Curriculum Research
Unser zweites Deutschbuch by Rajeev Devsthali
Eindrücke – Einblicke : Lehr und Arbeitbuch
Deutsche Sprachlehre für Ausländer by Dora Schulz & Heinz Griesbach
PAPER CODE- BMA 114 Drawing for Animation- I
(Practical)
Credits: 08 Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 12
Total Hrs: 180
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Gain a control of representational drawing skills, and to understand and manipulate the
proportional relationships from actual objects.
2. Manipulating the formal elements and principles to achieve better design solutions, importance
and control of good craftsmanship and presentation skills.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching
strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 114
Drawing for Animation- I
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO16. Learn the
importance of
drawing for
animation and will
practice drawing
with the help of
basic shapes.
CO17. Create backgrounds
for animation
movies and draw
various elements of
backgrounds for
different genre of
stories.
CO18. Illustrate a character
for short, feature
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments,
Demonstrations,
Group activities, Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning activities for the
students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions,
Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual
and group projects
length films and
their expressions
according to scene.
CO19. Demonstrate
perspective drawing
using light and
shadow.
CONTENTS
Unit I: 36 hrs
Introduction to Basic Shapes
Drawing Lines, Circles, Ovals, Scribbles, Patterns Etc. - Drawing From Observation, Doodling,
Drawing Straight Lines –Free Hand Drawing –Angle and Direction of Lines - Shapes and Forms – Drawing With Grids. Basic Elements and Principles in Picture Composition: Line, Color, Value,
Shape, Form, Space, Texture, Balance, Emphasis, Contrast, Rhythm and Movement, Pattern
And Repetition, Unity, Variety, Proportion - Basic Geometric Shapes and Forms - Compositional Techniques - Rule Of Thirds - Rule Of Odds - Rule Of Space – Simplification.
Unit II: 36 hrs
Memory and Imagination Drawing
Memory and Imagination Drawing - Life Drawing – Use of Basic Shapes and Forms –Sketching
Poses -Rapid Sketching From Live Models - Attitude - Gestures - Line Drawing - Quick Sketches - Thumbnails - Stick Figures - Line of Action – Balance – Rhythm – Positive And Negative Spaces
- Silhouettes - Caricaturing Fundamentals – Exaggeration
Unit III: 36 hrs
Introduction to Perspective
Perspective Drawing – Vanishing Points –Horizon –Eye Level – One Point Perspective – Two
Point Perspective - Three Point Perspective – Multi- Point Perspective -Overlapping and
Intersection of Shapes in One Point, Two Point And Three Point Perspective Views - Objects and Shapes in Perspective with Light And Shade.
Unit IV: 36 hrs
Tones - Lighting And Shading
Basic 3-Dimensional Light Set Up – Several Types Of Shadows – Cast Shadow – Contact Shadow
– Contour Shadow – Reflected Light – Overhang Shadow – Highlight – Core Shadow.
Unit V: 36 hrs
Visualization of Character
Character Designing - Features of a Character – Types/Kinds Of Characters – Designing Props
and Assets of Character – Creating Turn Around / Character Model Sheets – Blueprints - Character Size Comparison Charts – Character Attitude Poses
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Andrew Loomis, “Fun with a Pencil”. Titan Books (2 April 2013).
Len A. Doust, “Perspective Drawing for Beginners (Dover Art Instruction)”, Dover Publications
Inc. (1 July 2006). MilindMulick, “Perspective”, JyotsnaPrakashan, 2006.
Philip W. Metzger “The Art of Perspective”, North Light Books; illustrated edition, 2007 20
Wolf Rachel, “Basic Drawing Techniques”, North Light Books, Sept. 15 1991.
PAPER CODE- BMA 115 Graphics-I
(Practical) Credits: 06
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 08 Total Hrs: 120
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Learn advanced Photoshop skills, continue to expose students to image editing techniques, and
graphic design fundamentals, digital paintings, matte paintings and help students develop in
successful graphical documents from scratch.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at
course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 115
Graphics-I
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO20. Demonstrate skills
to use software
tools and
technique on
projects.
CO21. Design & create a
product and social
campaigns.
CO22. Illustrate print
materials for
organizations.
CO23. Design & produce
gif (Small
animations done in
Photoshop)
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments,
Demonstrations,
Group activities, Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning activities for the
students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions, Seminar
presentation,
Giving tasks.
Assessment
Strategies
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 24 hrs
Exercises based on Raster Graphics Customizing workspace
Understanding Color and Channel (RGB & CMYK)
Working with Images and Image adjustments, Histogram
Selection making tools: Marquee tool, Lasso tool, Quick Selection, Magic Wand tool.
Image manipulations
Working with Layers and Layer Masking : Matte Paintings
Working with Text: Typography
Unit II: 24 hrs
Painting and Retouching: Clone tool, Stamp tool, Pattern Stamp tool, Dodge tool, Burn tool,
Sharp tool, Smudge tool, Red-eye tool. Brush Tool with Brush tool adjustments
Digital Painting Techniques
Unit III: 24 hrs
Using Filters and Automate Commands
Working with 3D Objects
Working with Video and Animation
Slicing and Saving for Print and the Web.
Unit IV: 24 hrs
Exercises Based on Vector Graphics Drawing Shapes in CorelDraw
Custom Shapes
Pen tool
Colors and Bitmaps
Working with Text
Unit V: 24 hrs
Using Layers
Add Perspective
Interactive Tools
Brushes, Object Styles, and Special Effects
Printing and Exporting a Drawing
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Lisa DanaeDayley and Brad Dayley, “Adobe Photoshop CS6 Bible”, Wiley (20 June 2012).
Gary David Bouton, “CorelDRAW X5 The Official Guide”, McGraw-Hill Osborne (1 October 2010).
Olivier Lecarme and KarineDelvare, “The Book of GIMP - A Complete Guide to Nearly
Everything”, No Starch Press; 1 edition (15 January 2013).
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “CorelDraw X7 in Simple Steps’, Dreamtech Press 2014.
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “Photoshop CS6 in Simple Steps’, Dreamtech Press 2012.
PAPER CODE- BMA 116
Photography Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 06
Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Demonstrate their ability to use the control mechanisms on their digital cameras to produce
photographs that have a sense of vision.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at
course level)
Learning and
teaching
strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 116 Photography Lab
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO24. Recall all things from
photography principles,
rule and fundamentals.
CO25. Experiment with
cameras and
photography
techniques.
CO26. Inspect self-
photography skills.
CO27. Design and develop
creative and commercial
photographs and exhibit
own photography
artworks.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion, reading
assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities,
Teaching using advanced video
tools.
Learning
activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions,
Seminar presentation, Giving
tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation, Individual
and group projects
CONTENTS
1. Landscape 15 hrs
2. Candid Portraits 15 hrs
3. Studio portrait 15 hrs
4. Silhouette 15 hrs
5. Still life 15 hrs
6. Product & commercial 15 hrs
Fundamentals and Principles and rules covered in BMA 211 will be covered in this syllabus along with
the above mentioned units’ description.
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester II
PAPER CODE- BMA 211
History of Animation (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Define and identify animation as a particular form of visual communication.
2. Identify the major technological developments and aesthetic movements in the history of
animated filmmaking.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
BMA 211
History of Animation
(Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO28. Learn about Origin
of Animation and
Early Animation
Devices.
CO29. Describe the
Pioneers of
Animation.
CO30. Demonstrate
animation
techniques and
analyze Traditional
animation- Full vs.
Limited animation.
CO31. Learn about Indian
animation history.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities, Teaching using advanced video tools.
Learning activities for the
students:
Self-learning assignments, Effective questions, Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I 12 hrs
Origin of Animation, Precursors to Animation, Paleolithic Cave Paintings, Early Animation
Devices: The Persistence of Vision, The magic lantern (1650), Thaumatrope (1824), Phenakistoscope (1831), Zoetrope (1834), Flip book (1868), Praxinoscope (1877).
Unit II: 12 hrs
Pioneers of Animation: ÉmileCohl (1857 – 1938), Winsor McCay (1869-1964), , Eadweard J.
Muybridge 1893, J. Stuart Blackton (1900), Georges Méliès (1902), QuirinoCristiani (1896 –
1984), LotteReiniger (1899 – 1981), UbIwerks (1901 – 1971), Willis O’Brien (1886 – 1962),
Mitsuyo Seo (1911 – 2010), KarelZeman (1910 – 1989), Norman McLaren (1914 – 1987), Bruno Bozzetto (1938 – Now).
Unit III: 12 hrs
History of Edison Motion Pictures, Film Projectors for Motion Pictures, The Lumiere Brothers,
History of Film Stock, The History and Innovators of Multiplane Camera, The Silent Era: Walt Disney: history, technology and innovation, Best Animation Studios: Fleischer Studios, Warner
Bros. Studio, Pixar Studio, Dreamworks Animation, Fox Studio, Looney Tunes, Reliance MediaWorks Ltd, Tata Elxsi.
Unit IV: 12 hrs
Animation Techniques: Traditional animation- Full vs Limited animation, Rotoscoping, Stop
motion- Cutout animation, Silhouette animation, Graphic animation, Puppet animation, Brickfilm, Model animation, Go motion, Clay animation, Object animation, Pixilation, Puppetoon,
Computer animation- 2D animation and 3D animation, Other Techniques of Animation- Drawn on film animation, Paint-on-glass animation, Pinscreen animation, Sand animation.
Unit V: 12 hrs
Animation in India and its History, Clair Weeks- Pioneer of Indian Animation, Animated Film
Timeline, The Debut of Mickey Mouse, The Fleischer Brothers: Inventors, Cartoon Makers, Popeye, Superman, Tom and Jerry, The First Full-Length Animated Film, Disney's Golden Age
of Hollywood Animations in the 40s, Japanimation or Anime, A Boom in CGI Animation in the 90s, The Present State of Animated Films, The Ultimate 3-D.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Frank Thomas and Ollie Johnston, “The Illusion of Life”, Disney Publications.
Charles Solomon, “History of Animation”, Random House Value Publishing; Revised edition (16
October 1994). Sylvain Chomet and Steven Cavalier, “The World History of Animation”, Aurum Press Ltd (1
September 2011).
Tony White, “Animation from Pencils to Pixels: Classical Techniques for the Digital Animator”,
Focal Press.
Richard Neupart, “French Animation History”, John Wiley & Sons (21 February 2014).
“The History of Moviemaking: Animation and Live-Action, from Silent to Sound, Black-And-
White to Color (Voyages of Discovery)”, Scholastic Trade; Spi edition (1 October 1995).
PAPER CODE- BMA 212
Animation principles (Theory)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Gain strong knowledge about the fundamental principles of animation in addition to an
invaluable appreciation for observational techniques & the art of planning.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA
212
Animation
principles (Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO32. Identify about basic principles
in animation.
CO33. Illustrate the application of
basic principles in animation.
CO34. Create short animations using
stop motion and non-
conventional techniques.
CO35. Describe the various
processes and technologies in
animation industry
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities, Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning activities for
the students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective
questions, Seminar presentation, Giving
tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester end examinations, Quiz,
Solving problems in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual
and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 12 hrs
Principles of animation: - Timing and spacing, Squash and Stretch, Anticipation, Follow-
Through, Overlapping Action, Arc, Ease-In and Ease-Out.
Unit II: 12 hrs
Secondary Action: - Exaggeration, Staging, Straight Ahead action, pose to pose, Solid Drawing,
Unit III: 12 hrs
Principles as applied to specific techniques: weight, appeal.
Unit IV: 12 hrs
Studying line of action. X- sheet and dope sheet. Morphing.Tweening.
Unit V: 12 hrs
Introduction to expressions- Types of expressions. Change of expression.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Frank Thomas and Ollie Johnston, “The Illusion Of Life”, Disney Publications.
Richard Williams, “Animator’s Survival Kit”, Faber; Revised Edition (5 November 2009). Elle Besen and Bryce Hallett, “Animation Unleashed: 100 Principles Every Animator, Comic Book
Writer, Filmmaker, Video Artist, and Game Developer Should Know”, Michael Wiese
Productions; Ill edition (1 October 2008).
Walt Stanchfield and Don Hahn, “Drawn to Life: 20 Golden Years of Disney Master Classes:
Volume 1: The Walt Stanchfield Lectures”, Focal Press; illustrated edition edition (23 March 2009).
Don Hahn and Hans Bacher, “Dream Worlds: Production Design for Animation”, Focal Press; 1
edition (23 November 2007).
PAPER CODE- BMA 213 A
French-II (Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 02
Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Learn modern European languages and excel in them.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 213 A
French-II
(Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO36. Analyze, master and
possess all the
elements of the
machinery of basic
grammar and apply
them for generation
of sentences
according to the
situation. Compose
texts on different
topics
CO37. Read texts on a
variety of topics,
comprehend &
answer questions
on them.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments,
Demonstrations,
Group activities, Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning activities
for the students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 06 hrs
Grammar: -ir ending verbs- payer= to pay, partir= to leave, sortir= to go out, future tense,
complete interrogative forms, feminine of the other adjectives, direct object pronouns,
expression of time, construction of the sentence with infinitive.
Comprehension and paragraph writing: Reading of the lesson 7-8+ comprehension passages
on the lessons 7-8 + paragraph on topics such as : the sports in India, etc. Listening and speaking skills: to describe something, to ask for an excuse, to reserve the
tickets
Unit II: 06 hrs
Grammar: imperative form of the verbs- etre, avoir, savoir, expressions like- ilfaut, devoir +
infinitive, preposition of place, indirect object pronouns,
Comprehension and paragraph writing: Reading of the lessons 9-10 + comprehension of
passages from lessons 9-10 + paragraph on topics such as : the seasons in India etc. Listening & speaking skills: To give and take orders, to express the interdiction, to take an
information about the eating habits of a person, etc.
Unit III: 06 hrs
Grammar: past tense with <avoir>, expressions of the quantity, partitive articles, adverbs,
direct and indirect pronouns.Comprehension and paragraph writing: Reading of the lesson 11 + comprehension of passages on the lesson + topics like: the food habits in India. Listening &
speaking skills: To advise someone.
Unit IV: 06 hrs
Grammar: pronoun – en, conditional sentences with, present tense of the verbs – manger,
boire, offrir, prendre.Comprehension and paragraph writing: Reading of the lessons 12-13 +
comprehension of passages on the lessons + topics like: the monuments in India etc. Listening & speaking skills: to explain the plan or the location of the place
Unit V: 06 hrs
Grammar: Past perfect tense with <avoir>/, faire, pouvoir, vouloir, remaining adverbs,
interrogative words. Comprehension and paragraph writing: Reading of the lesson 13 + comprehension of passages
from lesson 13 +paragraphs on topics such as like: the cathedrals in Paris etc. Listening &
speaking skills: to describe how you spent your weekend etc.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Synchronie-1(methode de francais)
CD accompanying the textbook
Collins mini gem bilingual dictionary
Robert &Nathan :conjugation of verbs
niveau debutant
Grammaire Larousse
Larousse compact dictionary
PAPER CODE- BMA 213 B German-II
(Theory)
Credits: 02 Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 02
Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Learn modern European languages and excel in them.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 213 B
German-II
(Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO38. Know the use of Verb „
Trennbare Verben“and
structure of„W-Frage,
Aussage, Ja-Nein-Frage
“with them.
CO39. Know the use of Verb
„Modal Verben““ and
structure of„W-Frage,
Aussage, Ja-Nein-Frage“
with them.
CO40. Know how to frame
“Imperative” for “Sie”,
“ihr” and “du”.
CO41. Know the use of Verbs
with Accusative
(Akkusativ) objects, and in
addition to this also know
the Prepositions and
correct form of Personal
Pronouns used in
Accusative (Akkusativ)
Case.
CO42. To be able to write
composition on general
topics.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Reading
assignments
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions, Seminar presentation
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 06 hrs
Readings from the text book: Reihe 5
Trennbare Verben: Aussage, W- Frage, Ja-Nein-Frage Expression: Mein Land
Unit II: 06 hrs
Readings from the text book: Reihe 5
Imperativ
Imperativ: Du, Ihr, Sie, Wir _ Formen
Expression: A Paragraph on “Description of your dream house” (Mein Traumhaus)
Unit III: 06 hrs
Readings from the text book: Reihe 6
Modalverben: Konjugationen der Modalverben, Modalverb und trennbares Verb, Frage mit
Modalverb, Antwort mit Modalverb, Nur Modalverb Expression: A Paragraph on “eine Reise”
Unit IV: 06 hrs
Readings from the text book: Reihe 7
Verben mit Akkusativobjekt Fragewoerter und Artikelwoerter im Akkusativ,
Nomen mit Akkusativendung,
Personalpronomen im Akkusativ,
Präposition in mit Akkusativ
A composition on: Visit to a restaurant / descriptive or dialogue form
Unit V: 06 hrs
Wiederholung der Schwerpunkte in der Grammatik
Paragraph Writing on “meine Stadt”/ “meine Uni”
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Lernziel Deutsch –1 + Begleitungsübungen.MaxHueberVerlag
Em Neu Bruckenkurs – Published by Hueber Verlag
ThemenAktuell 1
Unser zweites Deutschbuch by Rajeev Devsthali
Deutsch für Anfänger – CD-ROM made by Hueber
Deutsche Sprachlehre für Ausländer - Dora Schulz & Heinz Griesbach
Themen Aktuell 1 by Hartmut Aufderstraße, Heiko Bock, Mechthild Gerdes, Jutta Müller & Helmut Müller
Deutsch als Fremdsprache IA Grundkurs by Korbinian Braun, Lorenz Nieder und Friedrich Schmoee
Pons German – Travelers Guide
Pons Starting German / Anfänger Deutsch
Cassels Language Guides : German – A Handbook of German Grammar, Current usage
and word power
Teste dein Deutsch – Stufe I & II
Langenscheidt’ s or Collin’ s German – English / English – German Dictionary
Deutsch als Fremdsprache – I A & B
Mein ErstesDeutschbuch by Maharashtra State Bureau of Textbook Production and
Curriculum Research Unser zweites Deutschbuch by Rajeev Devsthali
Eindrücke – Einblicke : Lehr und Arbeitbuch
Deutsche Sprachlehre für Ausländer by Dora Schulz & Heinz Griesbach
PAPER CODE- BMA 214
Experimental Animation
(Practical)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Create vibrant and enthusiastic environment wherein students are guided through a multitude
of experimental animation techniques to develop more diverse animation skills.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 214
Experimental
Animation (Practical)
Students will be able to: CO43. Design the visual
basic forms.
CO44. Apply the properties
and methods of
visual basic controls.
CO45. Handle visual basic
events.
CO46. Develop and design
forms with back end
connectivity.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Reading
assignments
Learning activities
for the students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Seminar
presentation
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Exercise and execution based on difference types of animation techniques: 1. Traditional animation 18 hrs
2. Typography Animation 18 hrs
3. Clay animation 18 hrs 4. Sand Animation 18 hrs
5. Flip book Animation 18 hrs 6. Stop-motion animation 18 hrs
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Richard Taylor, “Encyclopedia of Animation Techniques”, New Burlington Books, 2002.
Tom Gasek, “Frame by Frame Stop Motion: Non Traditional Approaches to Stop Motion
Animation”, Taylor & Francis, 2013. Tony White, “Animation from Pencils to Pixels: Classical Techniques for Digital Animators”,
Taylor & Francis, 2006.
PAPER CODE- BMA 215
Graphics-II (Practical)
Credits: 08
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 08 Total Hrs: 120
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Understand illustrations for motion graphics and info graphics, desktop publishing using Adobe
Illustrator & InDesign, the leading page layout application, to create sophisticated original
layouts for a variety of uses, including brochures, newsletters, books, business cards, signs,
and many others, for print and digital output and distribution.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 215
Graphics-II (Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO47. Acquire skills to use
Illustrator software tools &
Techniques.
CO48. Apply all techniques on
various designs.
CO49. Create character design,
Background making, Shot
design for motion graphics,
creative illustrations and all
kind of graphic designs.
CO50. Know print media
techniques, Typography,
effects, 2D Object convert in
to 3D objects.
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Group
activities, Teaching
using advanced video tools.
Learning activities
for the students:
Self-learning assignments, Effective
questions, Seminar presentation, Giving
tasks.
Assessment
Strategies
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Unit I 24 hrs
Exercises from Adobe Illustrator:
Working with Illustrator Documents
Working with Shapes and Symbols
Working with Colors, Gradients, and Patterns
Unit II: 24 hrs
Drawing and Painting in Illustrator CS6
Working with Type
Working with Layers
Unit III: 24 hrs
Working with Brushes, Graphic Styles, and Effects
Automating, Saving, and Exporting
Unit IV: 24 hrs
Exercises from Adobe Indesign: Introduction to InDesign
Working with Document
Formatting the Document
Working with Tables
Working with Drawing Tools
Unit V: 24 hrs
Working with Objects
Using Graphics
Applying Effects and Animations
Working with Colors and Strokes
Publishing the Document
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc.’ “Illustrator CS6 in Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press 2012.
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc.’ “Indesign CS6 in Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press 2012.
Adobe Creative Team, “Adobe InDesign CS6 Classroom in a Book”, Adobe Press; 1 edition
(25 May 2012).
PAPER CODE- BMA 216
Drawing for Animation-II (Practical)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the bone structure of the human skeleton and the body’s muscle
structure.
2. Draw the human figure accurately displaying normative proportional relationships of the body’s
parts to the whole.
3. Depict the figure in a variety of poses using foreshortening; Students will convey gesture, the
illusion of expressive movement, when drawing the figure spontaneously in very brief periods
of time.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 216
Drawing for Animation -
II (Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO51. Describe human
anatomy and
emphasize on
proper proportions
of various parts of
human body.
CO52. Compare anatomy
of children,
cartoons and
animals which are
essential part of
animation movies.
CO53. Find line of action,
distortion and
adaptation of figure
to characters.
CO54. Create caricatures
and its
characterization.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities,
Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions,
Seminar presentation, Giving tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Unit I 18 hrs
Human Anatomy – Anatomy of Different Age Groups – Babies, Children, Teens, Young Adults,
Aged - Basic Proportions – Basic Understanding of the Skeletal and Muscle System – Human
Forms in Perspective.
Unit II: 18 hrs
Male and Female Anatomy - Body Structure, Proportion and Construction of Body Parts, Torso,
Face, Eyes, Nose, Ears, Mouth, Hand, Feet Etc.
Unit III: 18 hrs
Anatomy of Animals, Birds, Reptiles: Body Structure, Proportion and Construction of Body Parts,
Basic Forms, Understanding Motion and Grace, Face, Legs, Tails - Use of Perspectives While
Drawing Animals, Birds, Reptiles and Insects.
Unit IV: 18 hrs
Cartoon Characters -Understanding Cartoon Characters - Cartoon Constructions – Character
Development - Drawing From Basic Shapes - Distortion of Proportions - Cartoon Faces, Eyes,
Mouths, Hairs, Nose, Hands, Feet - Facial Expressions
Unit V: 18 hrs
Types of Characters in Classic Animated Cartoons – Cute – Screwball – Goofy – Heavy,
Pugnacious – Humans, Animals, Birds, Reptiles Characters – Fairy Tale Characters – Gnomes –
Elves – Dwarfs –Witches
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Rudy De Reyna, “How to Draw What You See”, Watson-Guptill; Anniversary edition (1
September 1996).
Goldfinger, “Animal Anatomy for Artists: The Elements of Form”, OUP USA (1 November 2004).
Preston Blair, “Cartoon Animation”, Walter Foster Publishing; 1 edition (1994).
Ollie Johnston and Frank Thomas, “The Illusion of Life: Disney Animation”, Disney Edition
(October 19, 1995).
Ron Tiner, “Figure Drawing without a Model”, David & Charles; New edition (31 July 1997).
PAPER CODE- BMA 217
Motion Graphics (Practical)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Develops perspectives on motion graphics in Adobe After effects. It introduces post production
techniques & animation in film.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 217
Motion Graphics
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO55. Create graphics as a
still and as a motion.
CO56. Apply motion
principle on graphics
with using various
applications.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive
Lectures, Discussion,
reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities,
Teaching using
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects
CO57. Acquire skills in
motion graphic
animation.
CO58. Design & create
many videos such as
motion graphic
animation, 2d
animation, E-
learning videos, and
logo animation.
advanced video
tools.
Learning
activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions,
Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
CONTENTS
Unit I: 18 hrs
An overview of the major user interface elements in After Effects, Creating a new composition,
A tour of the Comp and Timeline panels, Adding layers to a comp; the Layer panel Navigating in space, Solid Layers, Resolution and Quality (CD, DVD, HD, Full HD), Navigating and zooming
in time; the Work Area, Safe areas, rulers, grids, and guides Frame rate; displaying time, Channel switches; color picker; background color; alpha appearance.
Unit II: 18 hrs
Setting preferences importing files (photos, videos’, audio and photoshop file). Using the
timeline panel, applying key frames (anchor point, position, scale, rotate, opacity), render queue, Render settings including audio,
Unit III: 18 hrs
Introduction to motion graphics for video, Using effects and filters and blending modes,
parenting layers, creating a mask (pen & shape tool), animating the mask (path, opacity, feather, expansion), masking lines using stroke tool, Typography Animation
Unit IV: 18 hrs
Animating 3D objects, using and animating the 3D camera. Installing & using plug-ins, Key
frame Text & Layer animation & 2D particles, Effects etc.Title Design, Logo Design, Program Identity
Unit V: 18 hrs
Introduction to Layers and masking.Splitting layer, animation presets, Experience after effects (tips & tricks): tutorial on creating 3D Orb animation, tutorial on creating credit intro, animation,
tutorial on creating particle animation.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Adobe Creative Team, “Adobe After Effects CS6 Classroom in a Book 1st Edition”, Pearson
(2012).
Mark Christiansen, “Adobe After Effects CS6 Visual Effects and Compositing Studio Techniques”,
Adobe; 1 edition (8 August 2012).
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “After Effects CS6 in Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press 2013.
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester III
PAPER CODE- BMA 311 Script Writing For Animation
(Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Learn fundamentals of developing and writing scripts for film and television.
2. Emphasizes proper script formats, theme, story, plot, dialogue, characters, and the process of
developing and writing a script.
3. Write the scenes, a treatment and a half-hour script, with special emphasis on the steps leading
toward creating a final screenplay.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 311
Script Writing for
Animation (Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO59. Develop their ideas into
stories.
CO60. Use act of structure in the
script narration.
CO61. Illustrate a script for an
animation short & feature
length film.
CO62. Learn and develop an
aesthetic sense about script
articulation, screenplay and
Planning of the whole story.
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, reading
assignments, Group activities, Teaching
using advanced
video tools, Film screening.
Learning
activities for the students:
Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions,
Seminar presentation, Giving
tasks.
Assessment
Strategies
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 9 hrs
Developing Idea/ Concept - Story - Basic Elements Of A Story, Types Of Stories – Sources Of
Story Line – Adaption. Differences in Story Structure.
Unit II: 9 hrs
Basic Structure of A Story – Old and Modern Structures – Concept of Acts –Theme – Subplots
– Tone. Genre - Writing for Different Types and Groups of Audience.
Unit III: 9 hrs
Animation Script – Script Writing Format-location, action, dialogue. Shot – Scene –
Sequence.Animation Script vs. Live Action Movie Script, Screenplay Format – Elements of
Screenplay Format.
Unit IV: 9 hrs
Screen Writing -Anatomy of a Script, Script Elements and Scene Heading, Action,
Characters.Dialogue - Transition - Shots - Page Breaking, Finer Points.
Unit V: 9 hrs
Basic Overview: How to write A Premise, How to write Funny Stuff, Feature, Internet & Sample
Scripts. Writing a Television Animation Script.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Christy Marx, « Writing for Animation, Comics, and Games », Focal Press (1 September 2005).
Jean Ann Wright, « Animation Writing and Development: From Script Development to Pitch
(Focal Press Visual Effects and Animation) », Focal Press (17 February 2005). Jeffrey Scott, « How to Write for Animation », Overlook Hardcover; 1 Edition (10 June 2002).
Frank Thomas and Ollie Johnston, « The Illusion of Life », Disney Publications.
Karen Sullivan, Kate Alexander, AubryMintz and Ellen Besen, « Ideas for the Animated Short:
Finding and Building Stories », Focal Press; 2 edition (12 April 2013).
PAPER CODE- BMA 312
Direction Techniques (Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 03 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Build the direction ability to analyze a scripted scene or sequence, develop a unique vision
derived from thorough text analysis, and then communicate his or her vision effectively to an
audience through carefully designed camera movement and choreographed actor staging.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 312
Direction Techniques
(Theory)
Students will be able to: CO63. Describe direction and
director, Responsibilities.
CO64. Develop an understanding
about Objective &
subjective shooting, Line
of action.
CO65. Explain types of shot and
various Elements of a
shot.
CO66. Apply shooting ratio,
subject reference position
for shooting and bring
ideas into implementation
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments, Group
activities, Teaching using advanced video
tools, Film screening.
Learning activities
for the students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Seminar
presentation, Giving
tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 9 hrs
Introduction to direction and director, Responsibilities & of the director in shooting a movie.
How do we see- the line
Unit II: 9 hrs
Objective & subjective shooting, Line of action, 180 degree rule planning out layouts and props.
The mood of a particular scene.
Unit III: 9 hrs
Introduction to Shot, types of shot, Elements of a shot- Motivation, Information, composition,
sound, Camera Angle, Continuity,
Unit IV: 9 hrs
Director’s take on script articulation and screenplay. Planning of the whole story.
Duration of a particular scene. Division of the storyboard, Text analysis and articulation of ideas. Techniques of set composition, blocking and movement. Time management, staging, rehearsal
schedules, scene work.
Unit V: 9 hrs
Overlapping action and shooting ratio, .subject reference position for shooting- Headroom,
Nose room, Foot room. Being the CEO at the set.Bringing out the ideas into implementation from the creative crew.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Roy Thompson “Grammer of the shot” Focal Press (1998).
Steven d. Katz, “Film Directing- Shot by Shot visualizing from concept to screen” Michael Wiese
Productions (1991) Lafe Locke, “Film Animation Techniques: A Beginners Guide and Handbook”, Better way Books
(1 May 1992).
Tony White, “The Animator's Workbook: Step-By-Step Techniques of Drawn Animation”,
Watson-Guptill; Reprint edition (1 September 1988). Francis Glebas, “Directing the Story: Professional Storytelling and Storyboarding Techniques for
Live Action and Animation”, Focal Press (15 October 2008).
Kit Laybourne and John Canemaker, “The Animation Book: A Complete Guide to Animated
Filmmaking--From Flip-Books to Sound Cartoons to 3- D Animation”, Three Rivers Press; 2nd
Revised edition edition (22 December 1998).
PAPER CODE- BMA 313
Our Environment (Theory)
Credits: 02 Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 02
Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Learn the deteriorating status of the environment, study of environment has so far not received
adequate attention in our academic programmers.
2. Understand environmental effects and to follow sustainable development practices.
3. Develop an interdisciplinary global understanding of ecological and environmental problems.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 313
Our
Environment (Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO67. Master core concepts and
methods from ecological and physical sciences and
their application in environmental problem
solving.
CO68. Understand the transnational character of
environmental problems and ways of addressing them,
including interactions across
local to global scales. CO69. Apply systems concepts and
methodologies to analyze and understand interactions
between social and environmental processes.
CO70. Reflect critically about their
roles and identities as citizens, consumers and
environmental actors in a complex, interconnected
world.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments, Group
activities, Teaching using advanced
video tools, Film
screening.
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions,
Seminar presentation, Giving
tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 6 hrs
Definition, Scope and Importance of Environment
Scope of Environmental Studies and its applications
Importance with respect to the society
Relationship of Environmental Studies with other subjects (Multidisciplinary nature of
Environment)
Unit II: 6 hrs
Ecosystem: Structure and Function
Concept of Ecosystem
Biotic and abiotic components of ecosystem
Food Chain and Food Web
Ecological Pyramids
Energy Flow
Unit III: 6 hrs
Environmental Pollution
Water Pollution: Definition, sources and effects
Air Pollution-Definition, sources and effects
Noise Pollution-Definition, sources and effects
Unit IV: 6 hrs
Energy and Environment
Solar Energy and its uses
Wind Energy Tidal Energy
Hydro Power
Unit V: 6 hrs
Environment and Human Health
Water and airborne Diseases; Potential and widespread effects. -Risks due to chemicals in food
PAPER CODE- BMA 314
Modeling& Texturing-I (Practical)
Credits: 06
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 08 Total Hrs: 120
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Understand how to model a shape in 3D with basic parameters. Building a set modeling or
modeling an automotive and giving texturing to the product.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code Paper Title
MA 314 Modeling& Texturing-I
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO71. Model with NURBS-I
and will be able to
create Bottle, glass,
cup, Car etc.
CO72. Model with Polygons
and create CPU, mouse,
flowers, pen, Still Life
etc.
CO73. Describe Texture Basics
an unwrapping.
CO74. Explore texture over UV
maps.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion,
reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities,
Teaching using advanced video
tools.
Learning
activities for the students:
Self-learning
assignments, Effective
questions, Seminar
presentation,
Giving tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction and Maya Overview 24 hrs
The Process
User Interface : Menus in Maya, Modules and menu set, User interface sets, The Shelf, Camera
Panels, Layouts
Working with files: files, references, projectsWorking with Objects Scene management editors,
Viewport selection, using the outliner, Scene hierarchy, Nodes andAttributes, using the display layer editor Transformation
Transformation tools, Snapping, Duplicate, Additional transformation, Topics
Unit II: Modeling with Polygons 24 hrs
Basic shapes
Editing, mesh tool, mesh, edit mesh
Exercise: object modeling: cpu, mouse, flowers, pen, Still Life etc.
Unit III: 24 hrs
In-organic Modeling such as Solar systems, mountain, Prop Modeling for game or films, stage
show background, gaming background. Automotive like car, bus and van with reference pictures. To create a model as it is in the picture.
Unit IV: 24 hrs
Texture Basics
Surface Materials, Volumetric Materials, Displacement Materials, 2D & 3D Texture, Environment
Texture, Working with Hyper shade, Normal Map Exercise: Create Textures on Objects (on unit 3 Exercises)
Unit V: 24 hrs
Modeling & Texturing
UV Texture Editor
Working with UV Layout Texturing
Unfolding UVs, Mirroring UVs, More UV Tools, Arranging UV Shells
Additional UV Mapping Considerations, Transferring UVs, Multiple UV Sets
Exercise: Interior (Polygons) with texture
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
DariushDerakhshani, “Introducing Autodesk Maya 2013 Guide”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2012.
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “MAYA 2014 in Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press 2014.
Roger King, « 3D Animation for the Raw Beginner Using Maya (Chapman & Hall/Crc Computer
Graphics, Geometric Modeling, and Animation) », Chapman and Hall/CRC (12 September 2014).
Peter Weishar and Phil Tippett, « Moving Pixels: Blockbuster Animation, Digital Art and 3D
Modelling Today », Thames & Hudson Ltd (15 November 2004).
PAPER CODE - BMA 315
3D Animation-I (Practical)
Credits: 06
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 08 Total Hrs: 120
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Gain practical knowledge about animation interface and tools in 3D Animation.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 315
3D Animation-I
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO75. Correctly define and use of
fundamentals and
concepts related to 3d
animation cartoons.
CO76. Illustrate the basic 12
principles of animation, like
stretch and squash, timing,
exaggeration,
anticipation and more.
CO77. Develop skills to create
basic 3d animations.
CO78. Design and create
sequences of Ball
animations, car chasing
animation with camera
animation.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities, Teaching using advanced video
tools.
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions, Seminar presentation, Giving tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 24 hrs
Animation interface in Maya, Key framing Tools, Set Key, Cut, copy and paste of animated
keys in the timeline, Delete keys in time line, Animation play blast for rapid review of complex
scenes, Playblast settings.
Unit II: 24 hrs
Editable motion trail, Channel Box, Quickly edit an Object’s attributes, Path Animation: Animate
an object along a curve or surface, Edit path or other animation parameters during playback,
Unit III: 24 hrs
Animation menu in Maya, Ghosting, and Animation Snap shot, Animation sweep, Turn Table,
Time warp, Trax Editor: Trax Nonlinear Animation Editor for non-destructive mixing,
Unit IV: 24 hrs
Exercise with bouncing ball. – Rubber ball, Plastic ball, Balloon, Iron ball, Graph Editor: Precise
Controlling on animated parameter changes over time. Giving characteristics of different type of weight using graph editor. Dope sheet: Rapid and
intuitive global editing of key frame timing,
Unit V: 24 hrs
Timing and spacing- Timing calculation for animation - slow-motion- fast-motion –FPS- hold-
timing for cycle- Animation –stagger timing. Ease in and Ease out: Staging: change of field size
while animating-.Camera move movements: panning-tilt up-tilt down-diagonal pan- zip pan
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Dariush Derakhshani, “Introducing Autodesk Maya 2012: Autodesk Official Training Guide”,
Wiley India Pvt Ltd (2011).
Dariush Derakhshani, “Introducing Autodesk Maya 2013 Guide”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd (2012).
Roger King, « 3D Animation for the Raw Beginner Using Maya (Chapman & Hall/Crc Computer
Graphics, Geometric Modeling, and Animation) », Chapman and Hall/CRC (12 September 2014). Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “MAYA 2014 in Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press 2014
PAPER CODE- BMA 316
Web Designing
(Practical)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 06
Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Basic understanding of the methods and techniques of developing a web site.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code Paper
Title
BMA 316
Web
Designing
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO79. Write syntactically correct
HTML documents.
CO80. Comprehend and apply the
principles of effective web
design in webpages
CO81. Acquire skills to work with
Macromedia Dreamweaver.
CO82. Design and develop static
websites with HTML5.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities,
Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual
and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 18 hrs
Exercise based on HTML:
Basic Structure of an HTML Document
Working with Text
Working with Lists, Tables, and Frames
Working with Links, Images, and Multimedia
Unit II: 18 hrs
Working with HTML Forms and Controls
Working with Cascading Style Sheets
Working with JavaScript in HTML Documents
Working with XHTML
Unit III: 18 hrs
Exercises based on Adobe Dreamweaver: Introducing Dreamweaver
Static and Dynamic Websites
Using Text in a Web Page
Using Graphics in a Web Page
Unit IV: 18 hrs
Using Tables in a Web Page
Working with Multimedia and Hyperlinks
Exploring Frames and Forms
Cascading Style Sheet
Unit V: 18 hrs
Working with Fluid Grid Layout
Working with Mobile Applications
Adding Interactivity to a Website
Managing, Testing, and Publishing a Website
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “HTML 5 in Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press. 2010.
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “Adobe Dreamweaver CS6 in Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press
2013.
Joseph Lowery, “Adobe Dreamweaver Cs5 Bible”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd (2010).
Jon Duckett, “HTML and CSS: Design and Build Websites”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “HTML 5.0 Black Book”, Dreamtech Press 2011.
PAPER CODE- BMA 317
Shooting Techniques (Practical)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 06 Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Gain a greater overview of the video production process and its various stages.
2. Develop the knowledge and skills necessary to create and edit movies necessary in an
educational setting and also explore the tools and techniques of shooting video that will help
to create and edit professional short films of their own.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course
level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 317
Shooting
Techniques
(Practical)
Students will be able to: CO83. Recall the good movies,
short films documentary
films, advertisements
techniques for shooting.
CO84. Illustrate the basic
principles and
fundamentals of shooting
including the working of
cameras and tools.
CO85. Develop skills to shoot the
quality video with using
various shooting
equipment.
CO86. Design and create feature
film and short film, songs,
documentary film, Product
commercial film, wedding
film and more.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities,
Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments, Effective
questions, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 15 hrs
Video production basics, how to handle a video camera, operation of video camera, shooting
mode & techniques in DSLR, Types of video shots framing , building a video sequence. Preproduction for a commercial and short film,
Unit II: 15 hrs
Exercise on setting up video shoot according to script, Using camera movement like panning,
dolly, track in Track out, Zoom in Zoom out, Using various types of camera angles, Shooting
exercise of short film
Unit III: 15 hrs
Setting up light for video production, 3 point lighting, Using Rule of 180 degree in shooting,
Exercise on a Scene set up for shooting short film & commercial advertising according to script,
Shooting OTS dialogue.
Unit IV: 15 hrs
Recording audio techniques for short film, Editing of audio, Dubbing of audio, creating
background sound score, Creating Foley, Sound effects for film.
Unit V: 15 hrs
Editing for music video, editing for the documentary, Editing the short film and video
commercial. Adding Special effects for film, Title & credit design for film.
Note: Assessment will be done on the basis of: Camera: operation, composition, movement, use of lens etc.
Effective use of light and sound.
Sense of editing.
Other technical considerations executed in the project.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Michael K. Hughes, “Digital Filmmaking for Beginners A Practical Guide to Video Production”,
Tab Electronics (1 June 2012). Francis Glebas, “Directing the Story: Professional Storytelling and Storyboarding Techniques for
Live Action and Animation”, Focal Press (15 October 2008).
Roy Thompson “Grammer of the shot” Focal Press (1998).
Steven d. Katz“Film Directing- Shot by Shot visualizing from concept to screen” Michael Wiese
Productions (1991)
Kit Laybourne and John Canemaker, “The Animation Book: A Complete Guide to Animated
Filmmaking--From Flip-Books to Sound Cartoons to 3- D Animation”, Three Rivers Press; 2nd Revised edition edition (22 December 1998).
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester IV
SEMESTER IV
PAPER CODE- BMA 411 Storyboard Design
(Theory)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Understand basics of storyboard creation for animation and live-action projects.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course
level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA
411
Storyboard Design
(Theory)
Students will be able to: CO87. Illustrate story according to
script
CO88. Create character
expressions, poses and
props according to scene
demand.
CO89. Explore various camera
techniques, angles and
shots for storyboarding.
CO90. Design & Create animatic
with sound.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, reading
assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities,
Teaching using advanced video tools.
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions, Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation,
Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 12 hrs
Story Board - Definition - Importance of Story Board – Advantage - Different Types of Story
Boards - Story Board Formats.
Unit II: 12 hrs
Elements of Storyboarding: - Design, Color, Light and Shadow, Perspective, Application of
Staging.
Unit III: 12 hrs
Composition Rules - Concept of Panels and Its Usages- Floor Plans – Storyboarding Movements.
Unit IV: 12 hrs
Illustrating Camera Techniques in a Story Board - Visual Continuity – Transitions – Digital
Storyboarding.
Unit V: 12 hrs
Creation of Animatic – Scanning Story Board Panels and Synchronizing It with the Sound Tracks.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Frank Thomas and Ollie Johnston, “The Illusion of Life”, Disney Publications.
Sergio Paez and Anson Jew, “Professional Storyboarding: Rules of Thumb”, Focal Press (6
February 2013).
Guiseppe Cristiano, “The Storyboard Design Course: The Ultimate Guide for Artists, Directors,
Producers and Scriptwriters”, Thames & Hudson Ltd (18 February 2008).
FionnualaHalligan, “The Art of Movie Storyboards: Visualising the Action of the World's Greatest
Films”, Ilex (7 October 2013). Giuseppe Cristiano, “The Storyboard Artist: A Guide to Freelancing in Film, TV, and Advertising”,
Michael Wiese Productions (13 January 2012).
Jennifer Van Sijll, “Cinematic Storytelling: The 100 Most Powerful Film Conventions Every
Filmaker Must Know”, Michael Wiese Productions (31 August 2005).
PAPER CODE- BMA 412
Editing Concepts (Theory)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Understand film making and provide theoretical information and appreciation of
cinematography in film making.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course
level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
BMA
412
Editing Concepts
(Theory)
Students will be able to: CO91. Use & describe editing, art of
cinema, types of editing and
digital video.
CO92. Develop an aesthetic sense
and analyze element of
editing.
CO93. Acquire skills towork on
editing software.
CO94. Ability to use a variety of
Transition techniques.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, reading
assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities,
Teaching using advanced video tools.
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions,
Seminar presentation, Giving tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 9 hrs
Introduction editing, The Art of Cinema, The Fundamentals of Editing, Types of Editing, linear
& non liner editing, Digital video.
Unit II: 9 hrs
Six element of editing, Pace and Timing, Constructing Continuity, continuity editing,
seamless editing, Montage sequences, Five types of edit.
Unit III: 9 hrs
Cut, Mix, fade, Element of cut, Element of Mix, Editing for the Genre – Action, Music video,
Suspense, Horror etc.
Unit IV: 9 hrs
Transition techniques, types of transitions- CUT, FADE, WIPE, IRIS, Cheat-cut, Crosscutting or
Parallel Editing, Cut-in/Cut-Away, Jump-Cut, Shot/Reverse Shot, Superimposition.
Unit V: 9 hrs
Broadcasting techniques, Introduction to sound editing, recording sound, channels, sound
effects, Sound editing, Diegetic & Non diegetic, Direct & non simultaneous sound, off screen-
on screen sound.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Steven D Katz, “Film Directing: Shot by Shot: Visualizing from Concept to Screen” Focal Press;
1 edition (31 July 1991) Walter MurchSilman- “In the Blink of an Eye” James Press,U.S.; Revised edition (1 August 2001)
Roy Thompson, “Grammar-of-the-Edit” Focal Press (2003)
PAPER CODE- BMA 413
Organizational Behaviour (Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 02
Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Develop the general understanding of behavior in an organization amongst the students.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcome (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA
413
Organizational
Behaviour (Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO95. To make understand
concept and nature of
management systems
and processes.
CO96. To give insight the
Behavioral Dynamics of
Individual and
determinants of
Organization Behavior,
Perceptions, Learning,
Personality, Attitudes
and Values.
CO97. To give students
knowledge about
Motivation, Stress and
its management.
CO98. Understand the
Interactive Aspects of
Organizational
Behavior, analyzing
inter-personal relations
and Group Dynamics.
CO99. To make understand
Management of
Organizational Conflicts
and Leadership Styles.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Case studies, Demonstration
Learning activities for the
students: Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions, Seminar,
presentation, Giving tasks, Role plays
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects.
CONTENTS
Unit I: 6 hrs
Introduction: Meaning and nature of management; management systems and processes.
Unit II: 6 hrs
Behavioral Dynamics: Individual determinants of Organization Behavior; Perceptions, Learning,
Personality, Attitudes and Values.
Unit III: 6 hrs
Motivation; Stress and its management.
Unit IV: 6 hrs
Interactive Aspects of Organizational Behavior; analyzing inter-personal relations; Group
Dynamics.
Unit V: 6 hrs
Management of Organizational Conflicts; Leadership Styles.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Luthans Fred, “Organizational Behaviour”, McGraw Hill Publications, 1998.
Robbins (4th ed.), “Essentials of Organizational Behaviour”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 1995.
Hersey and Blanchard (6th ed.), “Management of Organizational Behaviour: Utilising Human
Resources”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1996.
Dwivedi, R. S., “Human Relations and Organizational Behaviour: A Global Perspective”,
Macmillan India Ltd., Delhi, 1995. Arnold, John, Robertson, Ivan T. and Cooper, Cary, l., “Work Psychology: Understanding
Human BehaviourInThe Workplace”, Macmillan India Ltd., Delhi, 1996.
PAPER CODE- BMA 414
3D Animation-II (Practical)
Credits: 08
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 12
Total Hrs: 180
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Learn advance 3D Animation in terms of Rigging and its key terms.
2. Learn about animating gestures and poses of a character in 3D.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course
level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 414
3D
Animation-
II
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO100. Explore bone setup and
joints of two legs and four
legs for rigging.
CO101. List Constraints and its use
in rigging.
CO102. Create an inorganic and
organic rigging set up.
CO103. Design & develop muscles
system and able to bind skin
joints together.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments,
Demonstrations,
Group activities, Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning
activities for the
students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions,
Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 36 hrs
Using Joints and Constraints, Joint Basics, Point Constraints, Aim Constraints, Inverse
Kinematics, Driven Keys, Creating a Driven Key, Looping Driven Keys, Copying and Pasting Driven Keys, Animating Constraints, Dynamic Parenting, Set Driven Key, Establish Relationships
where one action automatically drives another, Create deformers, Non linear deformers.
Unit II: 36 hrs
Rigging: Understanding Rigging, Creating and Organizing Joint Hierarchies, Orienting Joints,
Naming Joints, Mirroring Joints, IK Legs, FK Blending, Rotate Plane Solvers, Creating Custom Attributes, Spline IK.
Unit III: 36 hrs
IK Handle Tool, Create a Master Control. Full Body Inverse Kinematics, Skinning Geometry,
Interactive/Smooth Binding, Painting Skin Weights, Editing Skin Weights in the Component Editor, Copying Skin Weights, Mirroring Skin Weights.
Unit IV: 36 hrs
Introduction to Mechanical Rigging, Car Rigging, Making custom Controllers, Using Expression
Editor, Creating Simple Expressions.
Unit V: 36 hrs
Animating Facial Expressions Using Blend Shapes, Creating Blend Shapes, Painting Blend Shape
Weights, Adding Targets, Creating a Custom Mouth Control Slider, Connecting the Slider to the Blend Shape, Animating Blend Shapes Sequentially, Animating Object Components with
Clusters, Adding Cluster Objects, Painting Cluster Weights, Applying Cluster Components,
Constraining Clusters.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Dariush Derakhshani, “Introducing Autodesk Maya 2012: Autodesk Official Training Guide”,
Wiley India Pvt Ltd (2011). Dariush Derakhshani, “Introducing Autodesk Maya 2013 Guide”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd (2012).
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “MAYA 2014 in Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press 2014.
PAPER CODE- BMA 415
Modeling & Texturing-II (Practical)
Credits: 08
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 12
Total Hrs: 180
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Learn practical knowledge about Texturing & Shading in Maya.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 415
Modeling &
Texturing -
II
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO104. Explore Male Figure
Anatomy and topology and
design male figure 3D
model.
CO105. Design and develop Female
figure anatomy and
topology.
CO106. Create a new custom shader,
Materials.
CO107. Develop MIA Material Pre-
sets.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Group
activities, Teaching using advanced video
tools.
Learning activities
for the students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Seminar
presentation, Giving
tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation, Individual
and group projects
CONTENTS
Exercises based on 3D Modeling:
UNIT-I : 36 hrs
Understanding cartoon anatomy and topology
Exercise:Cartoon Modeling (cartoon and semi-realistic)
UNIT-II: 36 hrs
Male figure Anatomy and topology, Advanced modeling in Maya
Exercise: Drawings for male modeling, realistic male figure modeling in Maya
UNIT-III: 36 hrs
Female figure anatomy and topology, Advanced Modeling in Maya
Exercise: Drawings for female modeling, realistic female modeling in Maya
UNIT-IV: 36 hrs
Hands on Creating a new custom shader, Materials development, working with materiel shader
utility nodes. Mental ray Shading Techniques
Shading Concepts, Diffusion, Reflection, Refraction, Anisotropy, Car Paint Materials,
SSS Skin Shader
Exercise: Texture male, female, and cartoon models
UNIT-V: 36 hrs
The MIA Material
Using the MIA Material Presets
Add Bump to the Rubber Shader
Create Beveled Edges
Creating Thick and Thin Glass and Plastic
Rendering Contours Enable Contour Rendering.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Dariush Derakhshani, “Introducing Autodesk Maya 2012: Autodesk Official Training Guide”,
Wiley India Pvt Ltd (2011). DariushDerakhshani, “Introducing Autodesk Maya 2013 Guide”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd (2012).
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “MAYA 2014 in Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press 2015
PAPER CODE- BMA 416
Audio- Video Techniques (Practical)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Enhance their skills to make a movie, collect digital video, and upload digital video to a
computer, edit the video and audio, and then produce a final movie.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcome (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA
416
Audio- Video
Techniques (Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO108. Recall the good movies,
trailers where we find the
concepts and meaning of
editing films.
CO109. Illustrate the basic
principles and
fundamentals of editing
for video and audio.
CO110. Develop skills to edit short
video, trailers,
advertisements, films and
audios.
CO111. Design and create a short
film with trailers.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Group
activities, Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 15 hrs
Premiere Elements, Create a New Project, Save and Back Up a Project, Open an Existing Project,
Create an Instant Movie, Video Camera Storage Methods, Add Raw Footage, Add Sound Clips,
Record Your Own, Sound Effects, Import Sounds Files to Your Project.
Unit II: 15 hrs
Import Still Pictures, Import Animation, The Organizer Application, Apply Keyword Tags to Clips,
Organize Clips into Albums, Keyword Tags, Smart Tags and Albums, Manage Your Catalogs,
Choose Your Editing Style, Gather Clips, Pictures, and Animation, Show the Project View, Review
and Rough-Trim Your Clips.
Unit III: 15 hrs
Assemble Your Movie in the Scene line, Final-Trim Clips, Choose a Stock Transition, Apply a
Transition, Edit Transitions in the Timeline, and Edit Transitions in the Tasks Panel, Audio
Transitions, Transitions and Slideshows, Types of Transitions, Choose an Effect, Color-Correct an Image, Apply an Audio Effect, Edit Effects in the Timeline, Apply an Effect Preset, Timeline
Special Effects.
Unit IV: 15 hrs
Adventures in Transparency, Learn Key Framing, UseKey frames to Create Your Own Effect,
Edit Keyframes in the Main Timeline, Control Change Between Key frames.
Unit V: 15 hrs
Animate Clips on the Screen, Use a Title Template, Create a Still Opening Title, Format Title
Text, Mix Artwork and Titles, Design Sound from the Start, Build a Soundtrack, Adjust Volume and Balance, Add Audio Effects, Add a Music Track, Mix the Audio Track.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “Premiere Pro CS5 In Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press 2011.
Michael K. Hughes, “Digital Filmmaking for Beginners A Practical Guide to Video Production”,
Tab Electronics (1 June 2012). Jerron Smith and AGI Creative Team, “Premiere Pro CS6 Digital Classroom”, John Wiley & Sons;
Pap/Dvdr edition (19 December 2012).
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester V
PAPER CODE- BMA 511 Project-I
(Practical)
Credits: 06
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 06
Total Hrs: 90
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Make a Project Show reel so that the student can be easily assimilated the Industry.
2. Choose the area of Specialization keeping in view interest.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course
level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
BMA 511
Project-I
(Practical)
Students will be able to: CO112. Choose the topic and
medium for their final
project (Project-II)
individually or in group.
CO113. Make the use of design
thinking and problem
solving methods on
projects.
CO114. Narrate script and
dialogues for project.
CO115. Design pre-production for
final project.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, reading
assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities,
Teaching using advanced video tools.
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions,
Seminar presentation, Giving
tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
90 hrs
This is the stage-1 of the final Project, here student can choose one medium of their project as well as identify topic too for the project. Students can design project of their interest and / or faculty interest
and / or industry project. The Project should be based on research, exploring into methodological or pedagogic issues. In this stage students can find application possibilities in a new technology or medium
or variations.
A. Short Animation Movie (2-D /3-D/Motion Graphics Project).
B. Special Effects (VFX) Short Movie. C. Graphics and Web Designing for any organization:-
Designing of Office Stationery: Visiting Cards, Letter Heads, calendars.
Print Media: Trademark/Logo, Direct Mail Advertising, Poster/Display Advertising, Billboard
Advertising, Kiosks.
Newspaper/Magazine Advertising: Full Page Ads, Double Split Ads, Teaser Ads, Product
/Brand launching Ads. Poster Designing: Essentials/Qualities of Poster Designing, Poster as a strong medium of
Advertising, Slogans.
Brochure / Pamphlet/Leaflet Designing
Prepare a website consist 10 pages for the organization.
Note: Students can work in group of 2 or 3.
PAPER CODE- BMA 512
Animation Production
(THEORY)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Understand the Animation Production process and apply their skills according to the 3D
Animation processor.
2. Focus on development of ideas into concepts, scriptwriting for animation, drawing storyboards
to creating animatic, concentrates on the Post Production process in Animation and allows the
student to use effectively.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 512
Animation
Production
(THEORY)
Students will be able to: CO116. Demonstrate the skills to
work with all three stages of
film making: Pre-
production, Production and
Post-Production.
CO117. Make use of digital
paintings, matte paintings
in live action and animated
film making.
CO118. Explore 2D and 3D
animation tools &
techniques with live
examples.
CO119. Create character bible, Film
library for animated films.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading
assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities,
Teaching using advanced video
tools.
Learning
activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective
questions, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 6 hrs
Animation as a story telling (narrative) medium, Animation as an artistic medium. Why
Animation? (Instead of live action). The Pipeline: both 2D and 3D animation begins with a
development phase. Pre-Production: Story Development (Plan out the Plot).
Unit II: 6 hrs
Scriptwriting for Animation. Character Design & Development for 2D: Shape and Proportion,
Head Heights, Model Sheets, Color Models. Concept and Environment Design.Storyboarding
and Animatics: Creating the Storyboard, Panning Sequences, Numbering Frames, Creating the Animatic.
Unit III: 6 hrs
2D Animation Production: Exposure Sheet (Dope Sheets), Pencil Tests, Pose Tests, Clean-Up,
Ink and Paint, Backgrounds. Voice Recording, Music Track Recording, Dialogue and Lip Sync.
Unit IV: 6 hrs
2D Animation: Keys, Inbetweens, and Timing. 3D Animation Production Process: Modeling,
Texturing, Rigging, Character Animation, Lighting & Rendering. Post-production: Compositing,
Video and Sound Editing, Concepts of Visual Effects, Titles & Credits. Final Output.
Unit V: 6 hrs
Character design concept, Elements of Character Design, Character Bible, Physical and
Psychological attributes of the character, Case studies of character design in films, Symbolism of characters in animated films
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Frank Thomas and Ollie Jhonston, “ The Illusion of Life”, Disney Publications
Tony White,” The Animator’s Workbook”.
Tony White, “Animation from Pencil to Pixels” Roy Disney, 2006
Joe Murray, “Creating Animated Cartoons with Character: A Guide to Developing and Producing
Your Own Series for TV, the Web, and Short Film”, Watson-Guptill; 23886th edition (August 24, 2010).
PAPER CODE- BMA 513
3D Animation-III
(Practical)
Credits: 08
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 12
Total Hrs: 180
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Learn to use their observation of body language, body postures, and gestures in character
animation.
2. Learn to use animation principles in 3D environment. Students will focus on acting skills so that
they should reflect in character animation performance.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 513
3D-
Animation-
III
(Practical)
Students will be able to: CO120. Correctly define and use of
fundamentals and concepts
related to advance 3D
animation like character
actions, Acting, body
mechanics and more.
CO121. Illustrate the principles of
advance character and
creature animation and
more.
CO122. Develop skills to create
advance 3D animations
along with camera, shot and
scene animation with layout.
CO123. Design and create shots
sequences animation, short
film animation,
advertisement product
animation etc.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, reading
assignments, Demonstrations,
Group activities,
Teaching using advanced video
tools.
Learning activities
for the students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions,
Seminar presentation, Giving
tasks.
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 36 hrs
Squash and Stretch: Pressure and weight, Straight Ahead Action and Pose to Pose: combination
of straight ahead and pose to pose.
Pendulum and hinged pendulum follow through- Overlapping Action-Breakdown action simple
overlap-overlapping action, Interaction of different shape object animation
Unit II: 36 hrs
Walk cycle introduction: Introduction to walk cycles of Biped character, variations and
development of characteristics in walk cycle, Exercise based on Different kinds of walk cycle-
In different psychological stages, Adding personality to the walk.
Unit III: 36 hrs
Study of body postures and gestures: Pose study and exercise on strong poses, difference
between strong verses weak poses. Acting in animation: Exercise based on acting skills based
animation, staging of scene, lay outing, and scene setup using dialogue.
Unit IV: 36 hrs
Pose to Pose: Acting for clarity of emotion. Character Animation, The Animation Process, Pose-
to-Pose blocking, Establishing Timings, Refining Animation. Creating Pose and body dynamics:
Exercise on weight issues, and body mechanics, dynamics using animation principles in poses.
Unit V: 36 hrs
Introduction to facial animation: introduction to Facial expression animation, lip Syncing,
phonemes, making facial expression based on dialogue.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Richard Williams, “Animators Survival Kit” Faber & Faber, 1st Edition
Dariush Derakhshani, “Introducing Autodesk Maya 2013 Guide”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd (2012).
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “MAYA 2014 in Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press 2014
PAPER CODE- BMA 514
Lighting & Rendering Techniques (Practical)
Credits: 06
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 08 Total Hrs: 120
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Gain practical knowledge about Lighting & Rendering in Maya.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA
514
Lighting &
Rendering Techniques
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO124. Find out about the lighting
and their sources.
CO125. Illustrate the principles and
physics of natural and
custom made lighting and
their working process in
physical environment.
CO126. Develop skills to create
lighting effects and render
them in computer
software.
CO127. Design and create the
scene like architecture
scene or concept scene
with very good lighting
effects and finally
rendering them.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments,
Demonstrations,
Group activities, Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions,
Seminar presentation, Giving
tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 24 hrs
Introduction to lighting, Attributes of Light, Understanding Shaders, Adding a light source,
Testing the lights.
Unit II: 24 hrs
Understanding the Art of Lighting – one, two and three point lighting, Various types of Lights
and their uses, Outdoor lighting, indoor lighting, product lighting, Optical FX.
Unit III: 24 hrs
Lighting with mental ray: Shadow-Casting Lights, Shadow Preview, Depth Map Shadows,
mental ray Shadow Map Overrides, Ray Trace Shadows, and Indirect Lighting: Global
Illumination Working with Photon Maps, Color Bleeding, Caustics, and Caustic Light Setup.
Unit IV: 24 hrs
Concepts of Rendering, Render settings, rendering optimization, Level of Details [LOD], Ray
tracing.Types of renderer. Introduction to render passes. Indirect Illumination: Final Gathering,
Light-Emitting Objects, Final Gathering Maps, Using Lights with Final Gathering, Image-Based
Lighting, Physical Sun and Sky, Editing the Sky Settings, mental ray Area Lights, Light Shaders.
Unit V: 24 hrs
Arnold Lighting Techniques, Mesh Light, Environment Light, Arnold Rendering techniques,
Render passes for Arnold.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Jeremy Birn, “Digital Lighting & Rendering” Second Edition New Riders (27 April 2006)
Boaz Livny “Mental ray for Maya, 3ds Max, and XSI: A 3D Artist's Guide to Rendering” Sybex
(February 20, 2007)
Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “MAYA 2014 in Simple Steps”, Dreamtech Press 2014.
PAPER CODE- BMA 515
3D Sculpting
(Practical)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Create a high quality CG digital figure that can be used for customizing games, machine,
animations, portfolios, 3D prints with industry standards and strategies.
2. Focus on polymesh editing and understand the consequences of the different techniques.
3. Apply complex software packages used in industry for sculpting human figures.
4. Upgrade portfolio skills.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper
Title
BMA
515
3D
Sculpting
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO128. Learn Sculpting using sub-
divisions and design a torso
Sculpt (Male/Female).
CO129. Make use of Brush Palette
and create a Fish or
creature Sculpt.
CO130. Import and load tools,
Texturing & painting in
Zbrush.
CO131. Design and develop high
quality BPR renders for
portfolios and design
character in Zbrush with
turntable.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, reading
assignments,
Demonstrations, Group activities, Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning activities for
the students: Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions, Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test,
Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
UNIT- I: 12 hrs
Intro: Digital sculpture Interface and how come this is so different from any other graphic
software package. Exercise
Modeling basics: Create an object with help of primitives in ZBrush.
UNIT- II: 12 hrs
Sculpting using sub-divisions
Exercise
Zspheremodeling - Sculpt a torso (Male/Female)
UNIT- III: 12 hrs
Introduction to Brush Palette
Exercise
Sculpt a Fish or creature.
UNIT- IV: 12hrs
Importing and loading tools, Texturing & painting in Zbrush.
Exercise
Create basic model in Maya and create sculpt in Zbrush.
Unit – V: 12 hrs
Creating high quality BPR renders for portfolios. Understanding Topology techniques using
Decimation Master and Zremesher Exercise
Create a character in Zbrush with turntable.
BOOKS RECOMMONDED:
Eric Keller, “Introducing ZBrush 3rd Edition”, Sybex; 3rd edition (June 5, 2012).
Greg Johnson, “Getting Started in ZBrush: An Introduction to Digital Sculpting and Illustration”,
CRC Press; 1 edition (April 16, 2014).
Kurt Papstein, “ZBrush Characters and Creatures”, 3DTotal Publishing (January 20, 2015)
Kurt Papstein, Mariano Steiner, Mathieu Aerni, 3DTotal Team, “ZBrush Characters and
Creatures”, 3DTotal Publishing (3 December 2014). Paul Gaboury is the ZBrush Lead 3D Application Engineer for Pixologic, the makers of ZBrush,
“ZBrush Professional Tips and Techniques”, Sybex; 1 edition (June 19, 2012)
PAPER CODE- BMA 516
Soft Skills (Practical)
Credits: 03
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Strengthen the communication skills of the students.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course
level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 516
Soft Skills
(Practical)
CO132. Understand the nuances
and aspects of
communication
CO133. Strengthen compositional
skills for verbal and non-
verbal communication
CO134. Acquire skills to participate
in group discussion and
gave presentation.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Reading assignments,
Demonstration, discussion, presentation
Learning activities for
the students:
Effective questions, Seminar presentation,
Quizzes, Group Discussions
Assessment
Strategies
Class test, Semester end examination, Quiz,
Assignments, Presentation and
Group Discussions
CONTENTS
Unit I: 9 hrs
Communication Definition
Model (Keith Davis)
Types (Horizontal, Upward, Downward & Grapevine)
Barriers(Physical, Semantic & Socio-Psychological)
Unit II: 9 hrs
Oral Communication
Speaking (Achieving desired clarity and fluency, pausing for effectiveness while
speaking, making a short classroom presentation.) Interviews (Types and techniques)
Group Discussions (Use of persuasive strategies including some rhetorical devices for
emphasizing (for instance; being polite and firm; handling questions and taking in
criticism of self; turn-taking strategies and effective intervention; use of body language) Presentations (Tools, Technique and essentials)
Unit III: 9 hrs
Written Communication-I Notice
Memorandums
Circulars
E-mail writing
Unit IV: 9 hrs
Written Communication-II
Business Letters (Types, Essentials & Layout)
Report Writing (Types And Format)
Unit V: 9 hrs
Case Studies
Assignment including Power Point Presentation
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Banerjee Meera& Mohan Krishna, “Developing Communication Skills”, Macmillan Publications,
1990.
Chaturvedi P.D, “Business Communication”, Pearson Publications.
Mathew M.J., “Business Communication”, RBSA Publications, 2005.
Taylor Shirley, “Communication of Business”, Pearson Publications.
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester VI
PAPER CODE- BMA 611
Entrepreneurship And Management (Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 02
Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Motivate for taking up entrepreneurial venture and equip them with the modalities associated
with the formation and functioning of an enterprise.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course
level)
Learning and
teaching
strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 611
Entrepreneurship
And Management
(Theory)
Students will be able to:
CO135. Demonstrate the ability to communicate effectively
both orally and in writing.
CO136. Acquire knowledge of the legal and ethical
environment impacting business organizations and
exhibit an understanding and
appreciation of the ethical implications of decisions.
CO137. Ability to work effectively with others.
CO138. Appreciate the importance of the impact of globalization
and diversity in modern
organizations.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Reading
assignments, Demonstration,
discussion, presentation
Learning activities for the
students: Effective questions,
Seminar presentation,
Quizzes, Group
Discussions
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examination, Quiz,
Assignments, Presentation and Group
Discussions
CONTENTS
Unit I: 6 hrs
Introduction to entrepreneurship:
Meaning, Classification, Process, Importance & benefits, Barriers to entrepreneurship, Types of
entrepreneurs, Functions & Characteristics of a successful entrepreneur.
Unit II: 6 hrs
Women entrepreneurship:
Concepts, features, Factors favoring women entrepreneurship, Functions & role of women
entrepreneurs, Issues, Development of women entrepreneurs in India, Associations in aid,
Promotional schemes for women entrepreneurs
Unit III: 6 hrs
Starting a new venture (New business plan):
Business plan: Meaning, importance, Elements of a business plan, Preparation of a business
plan, Determinants of effective business planning. Registration of enterprise:
Provisional registration, Permanent registration, Procedure of registration
Unit IV: 6 hrs
Management concepts:
Definition, Characteristics, Fayol’s principles of effective management, Management Vs.
Administration, Significance of management.
Unit V: 6 hrs
Elements of Management function:
Definition, importance and process of Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling
functions of management.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Gupta, C.B. and Srinivasan, P., Entrepreneurship Development, Sultan Chand & Sons, New
Delhi Taneja, Satish and Gupta, S.L., Entrepreneur Development: New Venture Creation, Galgotia
Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2001
Koontz and Wechrich H, Essentials of Management, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
Stoner, Freeman, and Gilbert, Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
Gupta, C.B. and Khanka, S.S., Entrepreneurship & Small Business Management, Sultan Chand
& Sons, New Delhi, Fourth Edition.
Terry and Franklin, Principles of Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
Mathew, M. J., Business Management, Sheelsons, Jaipur
Sudha, G.S., Business Management, RBSA Publishers, Jaipur
PAPER CODE- BMA 612
Film Language (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Understand the principles, forms and process of cinema as a discipline.
2. Know the various theories of film studies and to relate various technologies and their
development.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 612
Film
Language (Theory)
Students will be able to: CO139. Acquire knowledge about
Film Theories.
CO140. Describe the French New
Wave, German
Expressionism, and
Influence of German
Expressionism around the
world.
CO141. Analyze Film Theory and
Film Form.
CO142. Describe The Multiplex Era,
Globalization of the Indian
film industry.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Reading
assignments,
Demonstration, discussion,
presentation
Learning activities
for the students: Effective questions,
Seminar presentation, Quizzes, Group
Discussions
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 9 hrs
Film Theories: Amateur Cinema, Animation Cinema, Apparatus Theory, Art Films, Asian Epic
Cinema, Auteur Theory, Avant-Garde, Bechdel Test, Black Cinema, British New Wave,
Censorship, Cognitive Theory On Films, Cult Films, Feminist Film Theory.
Unit II: 9 hrs
French New Wave, German Expressionism, Influence of German Expressionism around the
world, Influence of New Wave Around The World,Italian Neo-Realism, Marxist Theory on Films,
Post Colonial Theory, Post-Structuralism Theory on Films, Postmodernism in Films.
Unit III: 9 hrs
Psychological Film Theory, Screen Theory, Soviet Montage Theory, Structuralist Film Theory,
Semiotic Film Theory, Film Form: Narrative Cinema, Documentary Cinema, Experimental
Cinema. Film Noir.
Unit IV: 9 hrs
Film Genre: Action, Adventure, Comedy, Crime, Drama, Fantasy, Historical, Horror, Mystery,
Paranoid, Philosophical, Political, Romance, Science fiction, Social, Thriller, Urban, Western,
War, Animation.
Unit V: 9 hrs
Classical Hollywood cinema, The Multiplex Era, Globalization of the Indian film industry, Film
adaptation, Film criticism. How the Camera "Speaks" the Language of Film, Mise-en-Scene.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Nicholas Proferes, “Film Directing Fundamentals”, Transferred to Taylor & Francis as of 2012
(Third Edition)
Robert Edgar, John Marl and,Steven Rawle, “The Language of Film”, Second Edition, Fairchild
Books.
Steven Ascher, “The Filmmaker's Handbook Paperback”, Penguin USA; Fourth edition (27
November 2012). Steve Katz, “Film Directing Shot by Shot: Visualizing from Concept to Screen (Michael Wiese
Productions) Paperback”, Focal Press; 1 edition (31 July 1991).
PAPER CODE- BMA 613
Internship (Industry Experience) (45 Working Days) (Project)
Credits: 12
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: NIL Total Hrs: NIL
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Experience the activities and functions of Multimedia & Animation professionals.
2. Develop and refine Pre – Production, Production and Post Production skills. Identify areas for
future knowledge and skill development.
3. Become familiar with the procedures, structure, and context of a multimedia and animation
industry.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 613
Internship
(Industry
Experience)
(Project)
Students will be able to: CO143. Describe the activities and
functions of Multimedia &
Animation professionals
CO144. Explore animation
industry and its working
process.
CO145. Design & develop studio
level projects.
CO146. Apply advanced
techniques on semester
end project.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Reading
assignments,
Demonstration, discussion, presentation
Learning activities
for the students:
Effective questions, Seminar presentation,
Quizzes, Group Discussions
Assessment Strategies
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects
CONTENTS
Internship is on the job training to assimilate the professionalism in a career. Internships offer students
a period of practical experience in the industry relating to their field of study. The students should have
to undergo an Internship at an Animation Studio /Graphic Design Studio for 45 days at the beginning
of the sixth semester. A faculty member should monitor the students during the internship.
The students would prepare individual reports after the Internship and the same should be attested by
the organization under which the student did the internship. The students' comprehensive report should
be submitted to the HOD/Guide for evaluation.
PAPER CODE- BMA 614
VFX & COMPOSITING (Practical)
Credits: 06
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: 08 Total Hrs: 120
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Learn the techniques and understand the various methods. Develop Skills and Techniques to
Create Special Effects and to know the interface used in creating visual effects.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course
level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code Paper Title
BMA 614
VFX &
Compositing
(Practical)
Students will be able to:
CO147. Find out about the why,
when, where use of VFX
and Compositing.
CO148. Illustrate the principles and
techniques of VFX and
composting for films and
short videos.
CO149. Develop skills to create a
VFX shots with fire effect,
breaking and shuttering
effects, Lighting effects,
and marge with good
composition.
CO150. Design and create the good
VFX short films, product
advertisements, Films Titles
and etc.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, reading assignments,
Demonstrations,
Group activities, Teaching using
advanced video tools.
Learning activities
for the students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Seminar
presentation, Giving tasks.
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
Unit I: 24 hrs
Introduction for visual effects: Pre visualization, Concept art Basics of Particles,
Introduction to Fields, Paint effects, Fluids, Basic concept of Camera tracking, Basic of digital & matte painting, Basic of Rendering concepts, Basic of Composting.
Visual effects and composting: Learning of 3D Particles, Particles attributes, User define
attributes, Rendering with alpha channels, Paint effects, Special effects, Fluids, instancer, Learning of composting, Rotoscopy, Retouching, Chroma keying, Crowd replace, Camera
mapping, Fluid dynamics, Sky replacement.
Unit II: 24 hrs
Tracking: (After Effects) 2D tracking, 3D tracking, Telecine, Color sampling, Color grade,
Matching, Lighting, Keying, Shadow extraction, Hard body physics, Basic of Camera animation,
Matte tracking, Body tracking, Face tracking, Ray tracing, Basic motion capture, Green matte
painting, Basic of motion capturing.
Advanced visual effects: Basic of match moving, Live shot with green matte and removing
green matte, Adding a matte paint to live shot, Bringing live footage into composting and
adding 3D elements like fire, water, Particles stimulation and other field behaviors. On reference
with story board and script of Production visual effects taken place by Motion capturing,
Creating visual set, Explosions, Match movie, Adding 3D elements and other component like
dust debris particles with original shots to the production, Which is done in Post production
works.
Unit III: 24 hrs
Rotoscopy: rotoscopy involves creating shapes which are used to isolate or mark elements in
footage, such as characters, vehicles, buildings etc. Introduction toMatch moving, Camera
Tracking techniques, Rotoscopy Latest tools for Roto, Tracking, Averaging tracks, corner pinning, Stabilizing footage, Rotoscoping fast and slow movement, tracking to optimize roto.
Keying: involve Luma key and Chroma key. RGB channels and its uses.color correction, adding
multiple layers, foreground and background compositing, dynamic effects etc.
Unit IV: 24 hrs
Tracking & stabilize: tracking and stabilizing the footage. Track and stabilize the live footage
in 2dimentions and techniques involved in this process.
Live action compositing live action compositing techniques.1) straightforward CGI
compositing 2) set extension, a rapidly expanding technique in filmmaking. 3) separate programs are used to analyse the live action and provide terrain and camera data for the CGI
programs
Unit V: 24 hrs
Rendering and output formats: bit depth of colors and various output formats with aspect
ratio. Render for broad casting and filming (size differs). Rendering and Color Management for
Film and Broadcast, Scripting for VFX, Render engines, preparing file or rendering, render
passes.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Jon Gress, “[digital] Visual Effects and Compositing”, (New Riders, 2014)
Ron Brinkmann, “The Art and Science of Digital Compositing ”Morgan Kaufmann; 2 edition
(June 4, 2008)
T. Porter and T. Duff, “Compositing Digital Images”,
PAPER CODE- BMA 615
Project-II (Project)
Credits: 06
Max Marks: 100
Contact Hrs/Week: NIL Total Hrs: NIL
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Make a Project Show reel so that the student can be easily assimilated the Industry.
2. Choose the area of Specialization keeping in view interest.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper Title
BMA 615
Project-II
(Project)
Students will be able to:
CO151. Design & development of
the final design concept.
CO152. Acquire skills in various
stages such as: pre-
production, production and
post production.
CO153. Create professional
animated movies and
artwork for industry
standards.
CO154. Demonstrate the skills to
create and manage
animation using latest
techniques.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Reading assignments,
Demonstration,
discussion, presentation
Learning activities
for the students:
Effective questions, Seminar presentation,
Quizzes, Group Discussions
Assessment
Strategies Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving problems
in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
CONTENTS
This project will be an extension of the project Stage-I and should include development of the final
design concept.
A. Short Animation Movie (2-D /3-D/Motion Graphics Project).
B. Special Effects (VFX) Short Movie. C. Graphics and Web Designing for any organization:-
Designing of Office Stationery: Visiting Cards, Letter Heads, calendars.
Print Media: Trademark/Logo, Direct Mail Advertising, Poster/Display Advertising, Billboard
Advertising, Kiosks. Newspaper/Magazine Advertising: Full Page Ads, Double Split Ads, Teaser Ads, Product
/Brand launching Ads.
Poster Designing: Essentials/Qualities of Poster Designing, Poster as a strong medium of
Advertising, Slogans.
Brochure / Pamphlet/Leaflet Designing
Prepare a website consist 10 pages for the organization.
Note: Students can work in group of 2 or 3.
IIS (deemed to be UNIVERSITY), Jaipur
DEPARTMENT - COMPUTER SCIENCE & IT Programme- B.Sc. /B.Com./B.A. & hons. OUTCOMES - Academic Year- 2020-21
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES
PO 1 Innovative: Understand, acquire, articulate, retain, applyand communicate scientific concepts, experimental results and analytical arguments to fundamental principles, and the scientific theories related to various scientific phenomena and their relevancies in the day-to-day
life.
PO 2 Critical thinking and Problem Solving: Employ critical thinking, analytical reasoning and the scientific knowledge to design, carry out, record and analyze various aspects of science. It will help to develop scientific temper that will be more beneficial for the society.
PO 3 Employability: Apart from the research jobs, students can also work or get jobs in Marketing, Business & Other technical fields. Science graduates also recruited in the bank sector to work as customer service executives. Students can also find employment in government sectors. Often, in some reputed universities or colleges in India and abroad the students are recruited directly by big MNC’s after their completion of the course.
PO 4 Collaborative: Apply the knowledge of basic science, life sciences and fundamental sciences to multidisciplinary level like genetic engineering or Nanotechnology.
PO 5 Applicability: Acquire the ability to engage in independent and self learning as well as to successfully pursue their career objectives in advanced education and in professional courses, in a 22 scientific career in government or industry, in a teaching career in the school systems, or in a related career following graduation. Understand the importance of modern branches of science like genetic engineering for the improvement of human race.
PO 6 Research Aptitude: Demonstrate the knowledge in understanding research and addressing practical problems and to apply various scientific methods to address different questions by formulating the hypothesis, data collection and critically analyze the data to decipher the degree to which their scientific work supports.
PO 7 Sustainable Development: Develop respect for nature by participating in various social and cultural activities voluntarily, in order to spread knowledge, creating awareness about the social evils, blind faith, etc. and analyze the impact of anthropogenic activities on
environment.
PO 8 Communication Skills: Communicate effectively on various scientific issues with the with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
PO 9 Ethics: Stay firm on the value systems of their culture, including their own for a healthy socio cultural environment. Students will also strengthen their ethical and moral values and shall be able to deal with psychological weaknesses.
PO 10 Life-long learning: Develop scientific outlook not only with respect to science subjects but also in all aspects related to life. It will enable the graduate prepare for national as well as international competitive examinations, especially UGC-CSIR NET and UPSC Civil Services Examination. Students will acquire digital skills and integrate the fundamental concepts with modern tools.
PO 11 Leadership readiness: Graduates are expected to be familiar with decision making process and basic managerial skills to become a better leader. Skills may include defining objective vision and mission, how to
become charismatic inspiring leader and so on.
PO 12 Instrumentation: Acquire the skills in handling scientific instruments, planning and performing in laboratory experiments.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSO):
Computer Applications & Informatics (CAI)
PSO 1 To understand the theoretical and practical concept of the Computer Applications.
PSO 2 To apply knowledge of design and computing fundamentals in the Computer Applications field.
PSO 3 To identify, analyze and formulate problems using fundamentals of computer science and application.
PSO 4 To investigate, understand and propose integrated solutions using real life examples.
PSO 5 To devise and conduct experiments, interpret data and draw conclusions.
PSO 6 To communicate effectively with the computing community as well as society by being able to comprehend effective documentations and presentations.
PSO 7 To recognize economical, environmental, social, technical, legal, ethical issues involved in the use of computer technology relevant to professional practice.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX: (MAPPING OF COS WITH PSO)
Course Cos PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4 PSO5 PSO6 PSO7
CAI 101
CO1.
x
CO2.
x x
CO3.
x
CO4.
x x x
CO5.
x
CAI 102
CO6.
x
CO7.
x x x
CO8.
x x x x
CO9.
x x x x x
CAI 103
CO10.
x x x
CO11.
x
CO12.
x x x
CO13.
x x x
CAI 201
CO14.
x x
CO15.
x x
CO16.
x x x
CO17.
x x x x
CAI 202 CO18.
x
CO19.
x x
CO20.
x x x x
CO21.
x x x x
CAI 203
CO22.
x x x
CO23.
x
CO24.
x x x
CO25.
x x x x
CAI 301
CO26.
x
CO27.
x x
CO28.
x x
CO29.
x x x x
CO30.
x x x x
CAI 302
CO31.
x
CO32.
x
CO33.
x x
CO34.
x x x
CAI 303
CO35.
x x x x x
CO36.
x x x x x
CAI 401
CO37.
x x
CO38.
x x
CO39.
x x x x
CO40.
x x x x x
CAI 402
CO41.
x
CO42.
x x
CO43.
x x x x
CO44.
x x x
CAI 403
CO45.
x
CO46.
x
CO47.
x x x
CAI 501
CO48.
x
CO49.
x x
CO50.
x x x
CO51.
x x x
CO52.
x x
CAI 502
CO53.
x
CO54.
x x x
CO55.
x x x x
CO56.
x x x x x
CAI 503
CO57.
x x x x
CO58.
x
CO59.
x x x x
CO60.
x x x
CAI 601
CO61.
x x
CO62.
x x x
CO63.
x x x
CO64.
x x x
CO65.
x x x x
CAI 602
CO66.
x x x
CO67.
x x x
CO68.
x x x
CO69.
x x x x x
CAI 603
CO70.
x x x
CO71.
x x x x
CO72.
x x x x
CO73.
x x x x
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester I
PAPER CODE- CAI 101
COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS
(Theory)
Credits: 3
Maximum marks: 100
Contact Hrs./Week: 3 Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
This course will enable the students to-
1. Understand the fundamentals of computer system
2. Develop the conceptual understanding of hardware, software and security issues.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 101
Computer Fundamentals
(Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO1. Learn the fundamental
concepts of computers CO2. Solve binary, hexadecimal and
octal number systems arithmetic problems
CO3. Learn and compare secondary storage devices
CO4. Analyze and summarize different features of Operating System
CO5. Characterize the concepts of computer security and major types of computer viruses
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team
teaching
Class test,
Semester end examinations, Quiz,
Solving problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects and peer review.
CONTENTS
UNIT – I 9 hrs Definition of Computer, Features, Parts of Computer System: Hardware, Software, Data, Users, the
Information Processing Cycle, Computer Generations.
Essential Computer Hardware: Processing Devices, Memory Devices: RAM, ROM, Input and Output Devices, Storage Devices: Magnetic and Optical Storage, Software: System and Application Software.
Input Devices: Keyboard and Mouse: The Standard Keyboard Layout, Using Mouse, Other Data Input Devices: Pen, Touch Screens, Bar Code Readers, OCR.
Output Devices: CRT Monitors, Printers: Dot Matrix, Ink Jet, Laser Printers, Comparing Printers.
UNIT – II 9 hrs
Number Systems, Computer Arithmetic, Data Processing: The CPU, Memory, Factors Affecting Processing Speed, Bus, Cache Memory. Introduction to Microcomputer Processor and RISC Processors, Basic Concept
of Ports: Standard Computer Ports, Serial and Parallel Ports, Specialized Expansion Ports: SCSI, USB, Fire wire, Midi, Expansion Slots and Boards, Pc Cards, Plug and Play.
UNIT – III 9 hrs Secondary Storage Devices: Sequential Access Devices; Magnetic Tapes: Types, Basic Principles of
Operation. Direct Access Devices, Magnetic Disks: Types, Basic Principles of Operation, Advantages, Limitations of Magnetic Disks. Optical Disks: Types, Basic Principles of Operation, Advantages, Limitations
of Optical Disks, Blue Ray Disk.
UNIT – IV 9 hrs
Operating System: Purpose of Operating Systems, Types of Operating System, Managing Hardware: Processing Interrupts, Working with Device Drivers, Utility Software, Backup Utilities, and Screen Savers.
PC Operating Systems: DOS, Windows 2000 Professional, Windows XP, Macintosh Operating System, UNIX and Linux. Introduction to Productivity Software: Commercial Software, Freeware and Public Domain
Software, Open-Source Software.
UNIT – V 9 hrs
Email and Internet: Introduction, E-Mail Account and Its Functions, Search Engines, Surfing Web Pages, Basics of Social Networking Sites, General Introduction of virus and antivirus.
Understanding the Need for Security Measures: Overview, need for Computer Security, Basic Security Concepts, Threats to Users, Hacking, Hacking Methods.
Protective Measures: Keeping System Safe, Avoiding Identity Theft; Keeping Data Secure (Limiting Physical
Access, Firewall), Managing Cookies, Spy ware & Other Bugs.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED Norton Peter, “Introduction to Computers”, Sixth Edition, TMH, 2006
P. K. Sinha & Priti Sinha, “Computer Fundamentals”, BPB Publications, 1992.
V. Raja Raman, “Introduction to Computers”, PHI,
Alex Leon & Mathews Leon, “Introduction to Computers”, Vikas Publishing House, 1999.
Vikas Gupta, “Comdex Computer Kit”, Wiley Dreamtech, Delhi, 2004
PAPER CODE: CAI 102
Office Automation Tools (Theory)
Credits: 03
Maximum Marks: 100
Contact Hrs./week: 03 Total Hrs.: 45
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Gain Knowledge of office automation tools.
2. Get Hands-on skills of working over Documents, spreadsheets and presentations.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 102
Office
Automation Tools
(Theory)
The students will be able to – CO6. Understand the
fundamental concepts of office automation tools.
CO7. Learn to design spreadsheets and employ basic functions, create charts, perform statistical analysis.
CO8.Design presentation
using presentation tools and enhance presentation
skills. CO9. Analyze and apply the
features of Office automation tools to real life Problems.
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments, Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching using advanced IT audio
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz,
Solving problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and
group projects and peer review.
CONTENTS
Unit I 9 hrs
Introduction to CLI: Concept of Operating System, Important terms in DOS (program, file, directory, names,
volume label, disk drive & its name (DOS prompt) DOS file system: path & path names, Internal Commands
(DIR, CD, MD, RD, COPY, DEL, REN, DATE, TIME, VER, VOL, CLS, TYPE, PROMPT, PATH) and External
Commands (ATTRIB, BACKUP, RESTORE, FORMAT, SYS, FIND, LABEL, SORT, XCOPY, TREE, DELTREE,
PRINT, MEM, DOSKEY, MOVE, MORE, CHKDSK, APPEND, DISKCOPY, DISKCOMP, MODE, UNDELETE).
Unit– II 9 hrs
GUI: Introduction features (Desktop & its components, the window, the application window (various bars),
the document window, the dialog window, the icons). Windows explorer, Control panel, setting wallpaper,
screen saver and background. Creating a folder, Copying & moving file, Scandisk, Checking & Formatting disk
space, Compressing/ Zipping files (WinZip), Virus & Antivirus.
Unit– III 9 hrs
Introduction to Word Processor: Features of Word processors, getting started with MS-Word, Working with
formatted text, Shortcut keys. Formatting documents: Selecting text, Copying & moving data, formatting
characters, changing cases, Paragraph formatting, Indents, Drop Caps, using format painter, Page formatting,
Header & footer, Bullets & numbering, Tabs, Forming tables, styles and templates. Finding & replacing text,
Go To (F5) command, Proofing text (Spell check, Auto correct), Reversing actions, Macros, Inserting pictures,
Hyperlinks, Mail merging, Printing, Getting help.
Unit –IV 9 hrs
Introduction to Spreadsheets, workbooks, creating, saving & editing a workbook, renaming sheet, working
with single and multiple workbook cell entries (numbers, labels, and formulas), spell check, find and replace; Adding and deleting rows and columns. Filling series fill with drag, data sort, formatting worksheet,
cell referencing (Relative, Absolute, Mixed) Some useful Functions in excel: If Function, Financial Functions: PV, NPV, IRR, Rate & FV. Date & Time:
DATE, DAY, MINUTE, HOUR, NOW, SECOND. Statistical: AVERAGE, COUNT, MAX, MIN. Text: CHAR,
CONCATENATE, EXACT, LEFT, LEN, LOWER, MID, REPLACE, RIGHT, SEARCH, TEXT, TRIM, UPPER. Math & Trig: CEILING, FACT, FLOOR, INT, ROUND, SQRT, SUM.
Unit – V 9 hrs
Introduction to charts: types of charts, creation of chart from adjacent data/ nonadjacent data, printing a
chart, formatting charts, label scaling etc., printing worksheet, OLE (importing & exporting data). Hyper
linking, data filters (auto & advanced), Macros.
Introduction to Presentation Software: Uses, Presentation tips, components of slide, templates and wizards,
using template, choosing an auto layout, using outlines, adding subheadings, editing text, formatting text,
using master slide. Adding slides, changing color scheme, changing background and shading, adding
header and footer, adding clip arts and auto shapes. Various presentation, working in slide sorter view
(deleting, duplicating, rearranging slides), adding transition and animations to slide show, inserting music
or sound on a slide, inserting action buttons or hyperlinks for a presentation, set and rehearse slide timings,
viewing slide show, Printing slides.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Courter, “Mastering Office 2000”, BPB Publications.
Bill Bruck, “MS-Office 2000”, TMH.
Satish Jain,” MS OFFICE 2007-TRAINING GUIDE”, BPB Publications
Robbins, “Mastering DOS”, BPB Publications
Content Development Group, “Working with MS Office 2000”, TMH
Mansfield & Olsen, “Mastering Word 2000”, BPB Publications
Martin, Hansen, Klingher & Beth, “Mastering Excel 2000”, BPB Publications
Murray, “Mastering Power Point 2000”, BPB Publications
PAPER CODE- CAI 103
OFFICE AUTOMATION LAB (Practical)
Credits: 02
Maximum Marks: 100 Contact Hrs. /week: 04
Total Hrs.: 60
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Familiar with working of CLI and GUI environment.
2. Able to do office work smoothly with the help of computers.
Course Outcomes (COs): Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 103
Office Automation
Lab (Practical)
The students will be able to – CO10. Perform office automation
operations CO11. Apply basic functions of CLI
and GUI CO12. Design spreadsheet and
employ it for many problems
CO13. Develop practical skill on power
point presentation and design
presentations on latest topics
Tutorials, Demonstrations,
Team teaching, Video presentations
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
and peer
review.
CONTENTS
Practical paper based on paper CAI 102. Hands on experience on various tools of Office like making:
1. Command Line Interface 2. Word Documents.
3. Excel Spreadsheets 4. Power point presentation
5. Working on GUI using Windows.
PAPER CODE- CAI 201
PROGRAMMING IN ‘C’ (Theory)
Credits: 03
Maximum Marks:100 Contact Hrs./Week: 03
Total Hrs.: 45
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Knowledge of logic building as a prerequisite to programming
2. Basics of ‘C’ programming language
Course Outcomes (COs): Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 201
PROGRAMMING IN ‘C’
(Theory)
The students will be able to – CO14. Learn and Implement
algorithms/pseudo codes and logic building.
CO15. Build a foundation for exposure to Computer Programming
CO16. Design C programs for different problems structured programming concepts
CO17. Enhance their programming skills to solve different real life problems
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments, Demonstrations, Team teaching
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and
group projects and peer review.
CONTENTS
UNIT – I 10 hrs
Introduction to computers: Personal computing, Distributed Computing and Client/ Server Computing,
Machine Languages, Assembly Languages and High level Languages, The history of C, The C standard
library, Structured Programming, the basics of a typical C Program Development Environment.
Introduction to ‘C’ programming: Introduction, A Simple C program, Memory Concepts, Arithmetic in C,
Decision making.
Structured Program Development in C: Introduction, Algorithm, Pseudocode, Control structures, relational
operator, the if selection structure, The if/else selection structure, goto statement.
UNIT – II 8 hrs
Operators and Expressions: Arithmetic, Logical, Assignment, Increment and Decrement, Evaluation,
Precedence and Associativity of expressions.
Structured Program Development in C: The while repetition structure, Counter Controlled Repetition,
Sentinel Controlled Repetition, Nested control structures.
C Program control: Introduction, Essentials of repetition, Counter controlled repetition, for repetition
structure, for structure: notes and observations.
Unit – III 10 hrs
C Program control: The switch multiple selection structure, the do/while repetition structure, the break and
continue statements.
C Functions (Non-Recursive): Introduction, Program Modules in C, Math Library Functions, Functions,
Functions Definitions, Function Prototypes, Header Files, Calling Functions: Call by Value and Call by
reference, Storage Classes, Scope rules.
Unit – IV 10 hrs
C Arrays: Declaring Arrays, Passing Arrays to Functions, Sorting arrays (Bubble Sort), Searching (Linear,
Binary Search), Multiple-Subscripted Arrays.
Structures and Union: Definition, declaration, initialization, array of structure, arrays within structures,
structures within structures.
C Pointers: Introduction, Pointer variable declaration and initialization, Pointer operators.
Unit – V 7 hrs
C characters and Strings: Introduction, Fundamentals of Strings and characters, Character and String
Handling Library, String conversions and comparison functions.
C Formatted Input/Output: Streams, formatting output with printf, Printing: Integers, Floating point
numbers, Strings, Characters. Field Widths and Precisions, Flags in print format control string, Escape
sequences, formatted input with scanf.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Yashwant Kanetkar, “Working with C”, BPB Publications.
E. Balagurusami,” Programming in ‘ANSI C’ “, TMH Publications
Yashwant Kanetkar,” Let us ‘C’”, BPB Publication
H.M. Deitel and P.J. Deitel “How to program in ‘C’”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education.
Kernighan B.W, “The C Programming Language (ANSI C) “
Schaum Series, “C Programming”, TMH
B.Kernighan & D.Ritchie “C Programming Language”, 2nd Edition, (Prentice-Hall, 1988).
PAPER CODE- CAI 202
Electronic Data Processing
(Theory)
Credits: 03
Maximum Marks: 100 Contact Hrs. /Week: 03
Total Hrs.: 45
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Develop a conceptual understanding of fundamentals of the electronic data processing system and their application in business.
2. Understand the basics of data base management system.
Course Outcomes (COs): Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 202
Electronic Data Processing (Theory)
The students will be able to – CO18.Understand the data processing fundamentals.
CO19.Characterize the concepts of database and creation of database.
CO20. Design table, forms, queries
and report objects in database for
various problems.
CO21.Demonstrate the concepts of linking, importing and exporting tables/databases in different case studies.
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects and peer
review.
CONTENTS
UNIT – I 10 hrs
Data Processing Fundamentals: Introduction, Data, Information and Data Processing, Data structure, Need
for data processing, Data Processing cycle and functions, Methods of data processing, Applications of data
processing, major functional areas within the data processing department. Advantages and disadvantages
of electronic data processing, use of computers in management.
UNIT – II 12 hrs
Computer Processing Techniques: Introduction, on line, Batch and Real time processing systems, Time
sharing, Multi-Programming system, Multi-Processing system, Distributed data processing system,
Spooling, Office automation, Modular Programming, Interactive Processing. File Organization:
Introduction, Elements of a computer file, types of files, File organization, factors in file design, file handling,
database, Introduction to DBMS: advantages and disadvantages of database management system,
comparison with conventional file system
UNIT – III 14 hrs
DBMS package (ACCESS): Introduction to Access, Creation of database & tables, Data Types, Field
Properties, primary key, indexes. Operations on tables: Add record, delete record and edit text Sort,
find/replace, and filter/select, re-arrange columns, freeze columns. Edit a Tables- move, copy, delete,
rename, and modify table structure
Setting up Relationships- Define relationships, add a relationship, delete a relationship, save relationship.
UNIT – IV 12 hrs
Linking, Importing, exporting data: basic concepts, importing or linking other Access databases, using
linked tables, importing or linking spreadsheets, text & HTML files; exporting data from Access to text file,
Access to Excel files, Access to HTML files & other Access databases.
Convert Access 2007 Databases to Other Access Formats Queries: basic concepts, types of queries, Query
wizard; creating, running, saving and changing a query; selection criteria, Autolookup & cross-tab queries.
UNIT – V 12 hrs
Introduction to Forms: Types of Basic Forms (Columnar, Tabular, Datasheet, Hierarchical), Forms Wizard,
opening & saving a form, Form Controls.
Designing queries in design view & SQL view (Select, where, order by, Aggregate functions: max, min,
sum, count) using forms
Introduction to Reports: Types of Basic Reports (Columnar, Tabular, Groups/Total, Summary), Report
Wizard, opening, saving, previewing and printing report.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED V.K. Kapoor, “Introduction to Electronic Data Processing”, S. Chand & Co.
Shelly, Cashman, “Microsoft Office Access 2007: Comprehensive Concepts and Techniques”,
Cengage Learning
Faithe Wempen,” MS Access 2002 fast & easy”, PHI.
PAPER CODE- CAI 203
Data Processing & ‘C’ Programming Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Maximum Marks: 100 Contact Hrs./week: 04
Total Hrs.: 60
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Develop programs using acquired knowledge of ‘C’ programming language
2. Practically apply basics of electronic data processing concepts.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 203
Data Processing
& ‘C’
Programming Lab
(Practical)
The students will be able to – CO22.Create database and its
objects such as tables (setting validations)
CO23.Design forms, reports and Queries for different cases.
CO24.ImplementC Programming Concepts and solving problems.
CO25.ImplementLinking,importing
and export ing data in
databases
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and
group projects and peer review.
CONTENTS
1. Simple C programs using variables, keywords and simple operations 2. Programs based on operators (arithmetic, relational, increment, decrement, conditional, logical)
3. Branching statement programs using ‘C’ 4. Exercises based on Looping (while, do while, for), nested loops based programs
5. Programs based on arrays (single, two dimensional) searching, sorting an array 6. String/Character based exercises manipulation on strings
7. Programs on user defined functions
8. Exercises based on pointers (arithmetic operation, arrays with pointers) 9. Programs on structure.
DBMS package (ACCESS):
1. Creation of database & tables, setting primary key and indexes.
2. Add record, delete record and edit text Sort, find/replace, filter/select, re-arrange columns, freeze columns.
3. Edit a Tables- move, copy, delete, rename and modify table structure.
4. Setting up Relationships, add a relationship, delete a relationship, save relationship.
5. Linking, Importing, Exporting data 6. Creating queries, running, saving and changing a query; selection criteria,
7. Autolookup & cross-tab queries. 8. Creating Forms (Columnar, Tabular, Datasheet, Hierarchical), Forms Wizard, opening & saving a
form.
9. Creating Reports (Columnar, Tabular, Groups/Total, Summary), Report Wizard, opening, saving, previewing and printing report.
PAPER CODE- CAI 301
Internet & Website Designing (Theory)
Credits: 03
Maximum Marks: 100 Contact Hrs. /week: 03
Total Hrs.: 45
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Understand the basics of internet and website development\
2. Create dynamic web sites.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 301
Internet &
Website Designing
(Theory)
&WEBSITE
DESIGNING
The students will be able to – CO26. Understand the basics of
internet CO27. Apply the steps to Create
and Maintain Web Sites CO28.Observe and differentiate
among HTML4 andHTML5.
CO29.Design visually appealing web sites for different applications.
CO30. Apply stylesheets on
websites for developing user
friendly interface.
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Demonstrations,
Team teaching, Teaching using advanced IT audio
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects and peer
review.
CONTENTS
UNIT I: 8 hrs
Internet: Internet Communication Protocols, Types of Internet Connections, ISPs, Domain Name System,
Intranets, Email Concepts (receiving, sending, addressing, downloading, formatting, sending attachment),
Sending & Receiving Secure E-mail, chatting, conferencing, E-mail mailing list, Newsgroup, IRC, ICQ, Video
mail and Video Conferencing.
Creating and Maintaining Web Sites: Planning, Navigation and Themes, Elements of a Web page, steps of
creating a site, publishing and publicizing site.
UNIT II: 10 hrs
Introduction to HTML, HTML Versions, HTML web page structure, Heading, paragraphs, HTML Formatting,
Quotations, comments, colors, images, tables, lists, block and inline elements, Iframes, HTML Links, The
HTML5 DOCTYPE, migrating from HTML 4 to HTML5, Vision and Philosophy behind HTML5. What’s new in
HTML5, browser support, coding conventions in HTML 5.
UNIT III: 10 hrs
Semantic elements: <article>, <aside>, <figcaption>, <figure>, <footer>, <header>, <main>, <nav>,
<section>, <summary>, <time>.
Introduction to HTML Forms: Form Object, Text element, Password element, Button element, submit
button, reset button, Checkbox element, Radio element, Text area, Select and option element. New
attributes for <input>: autofocus, formaction, formmethod, formnovalidate, height and width, list, min and
max, multiple, required, step, input types, input attributes.
UNIT IV: 10 hrs
CSS: Concept and Importance of Document Object Model, Introduction to Cascading Style Sheet (CSS),
three ways of introducing the style sheets to your document. Basic syntax, creating and saving cascading
style sheets. <STYLE> tag; <DIV> tag; COLOR.
UNIT V: 7 hrs
Introduction to BACKGROUND, FONT, TEXT, Margin, Padding and Border properties. Grouping Style Sheets,
Assigning Classes. Introduction to Layers, <LAYER>, <ILAYER> tag.
Introduction to Dreamweaver.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Ivan Bayross, “HTML 5 and CSS 3 Made Simple”, BPB Publications.
Sybex Inc., “HTML Complete”, Sybex Publications.
Deborah S. Ray and Eric J. Ray, “Mastering HTML 4 Premium Edition”, Sybex Publications
Farrar, “HTML Example Book”, BPB Publications.
Jose A. Ramalho, “Learn Advanced HTML with DHTML”, BPB Publications.
A Navarro, “Effective Web Design”, John Wiley & Sons.
PAPER CODE- CAI 302
Operating Systems (Theory)
Credit: 03
Maximum Marks: 100 Contact Hrs. /Week: 03
Total Hrs: 45
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Learn about basic concepts of operating system
2. Understand the functions performed by operating system.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 302
Operating Systems
(Theory)
The students will be able to – CO31. Understand the concept
of operating system and Differentiate between various
types of operating systems.
CO32. Summarize operating system functions like process management, deadlocks, CPU scheduling, memory management, virtual memory. operating system functions like process management, deadlocks, CPU scheduling, memory management, virtualmemory.
CO33.Employ necessary skills to work with LINUX operating system environment.
CO34. Execute simple shell
commands and commands
related to ordinary files
Handling
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching using
advanced IT audio
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and group
projects and peer review.
CONTENTS
UNIT – I 10 hrs
Operating System (An Overview): Hardware, Software, Categories of Software.
Operating System Concept: - Introduction, Need, Task, Characteristics, Classification /types: Batch system,
Multiprogrammed Batched system, Time – Sharing System, Personal Computer System, Parallel System,
Distributed System, Real-Time Systems.
UNIT – II 10 hrs
Process Management: Process Concept, Process Scheduling, Operation on Processes.
CPU Scheduling: Basic Concepts, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling Algorithms (FCFS, SJF, Priority, Round-
Robin, Multilevel Queue, Multilevel Feedback Queue) Multiple-Processor Scheduling.
Deadlocks: System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Methods for Handling Deadlocks
UNIT – III 10 hrs
Memory Management: Background, Logical versus Physical Address space, Swapping, Contiguous allocation
(fragmentation), Paging, Segmentation.
Virtual Memory: Background, Demand Paging, Page Replacement, Page-replacement Algorithms (FIFO,
LRU)
UNIT – IV 8 hrs
Command Line Interface: What is Unix & Linux, common Linux Features, advantages of Linux, Overview
of LINUX Architectures.
LINUX File System: boot block, super block, inode table, file types, absolute and relative path, listing files
and directories commands, Navigating file system- pwd, cd, mkdir, rmdir, ls, pr.
UNIT –V 8 hrs
Linux File system: Logging in, understanding Linux shell, using shell, types of Text editors, using vi editor,
prompt character, correcting typing errors, simple shell commands-date, cal, who, tty, uname, passwd, bc,
mesg, wall, mail, echo, logging out, Environment variables, wild card characters *,?.
Handling ordinary files-cat, cp, mv, wc, rm, comm., cmp, diff, Basic file attributes- file permissions, changing
permissions.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Silbersachatz & P.Galvin, “Operating System Concepts”, Addison-Wesley, 5th Edition, 2001
Website: www.linux.org.
A. Tannenbaum, “Operating Systems”, PHI, 4th Edition, 2000
Madnick E., Donovan J., “Operating Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.
PAPER CODE- CAI 303
Web Designing Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Maximum Marks: 100 Contact Hrs /week: 04
Total Hrs.: 60
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Develop websites based on particular topics using various commands covered in theory.
2. Gain practical exposure on theoretical concepts
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 303
Web Designing Lab
(Practical)
The students will be able to – CO35. Develop visually Appealing websites using
HTML5 and Castor various problems.
CO36.Develop visually appealing Websites using Dreamweaver for different applications.
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, Reading
assignments, Demonstrations, Team teaching, Video
presentations
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects and
peer review.
CONTENTS
A website based on a particular topic has to be to be developed by each student using various
commands covered in theory paper CAI 301. Also the students will gain practical exposure on
concepts learnt in theory paper CAI 302.
PAPER CODE- CAI 401
Object Oriented Programming Through ‘C++’ (Theory)
Credits: 03
Maximum Marks: 100 Contact Hrs. /Week: 03
Total Hrs.: 45
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Impart understanding of concept of OOPS
2. Acquaint the students with the basics of C++ programming language.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 401
Object Oriented
Programming
Through
‘C++’ (Theory)
The students will be able to – CO37.
Understand Object oriented paradigm and its characteristics
CO38. Compare object oriented and structure programming language.
CO39. Analyze the concept of object and classes and fundamental construct of C++language
CO40.Discuss inheritance and it's type and devise programs
for different problems
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments, Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching using advanced IT audio
Class test,
Semester end
examinations, Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects and
peer review.
CONTENTS
UNIT – I 9 hrs Introduction to OO Paradigm, Structured Versus object oriented programming, Objects and Class, features of object oriented language (encapsulation, data abstraction, inheritance, Object composition,
Polymorphism) Merits & demerits of OO methodology, Hello World Program and C++ program structure.
Data Types, Operators: Tokens, identifiers and keywords, data types and size, Variables, Variable
definition and initialization, constants, Operators (Arithmetic, Relational, logical, Compound assignment,
Increment, decrement and conditional operator).
UNIT – II 9 hrs
Expression and Precedence: Arithmetic, Relational, logical Expression, Operator Precedence and
associatively, promotion and type casting, Different types of comments
Control Flow: Statement and blocks, if statement, if–else statement, Nested if–else statement, Switch
statement, Break, continue statement, While, for and do-while loops, Scope and Visibility control Modifier.
Arrays and Functions: Arrays, operations on Arrays, Multi-Dimensional Arrays, Strings, Strings
manipulations and Arrays of strings, functions, Parameter passing, Return by reference, inline functions,
Arrays and functions. Library functions.
UNIT – III 9 hrs
Classes and Objects: Class specification, Class Objects, Accessing Class Members, Constructors, parameterized constructors, constructor overloading, copy constructor, Order of Constructor and
destructor, Static data members.
Defining member function outside member function as inline, Accessing Member function within class, Data
Hiding, passing object to functions and returning Objects from functions, friend functions and friend classes.
UNIT – IV 9 hrs
Inheritance: Introduction, Form of in heritance, derive class declaration, inheritance and member accessibility, Constructor and Destructor in Derive class, Constructor invocation, Function overloading,
Member function overloading, Multi level inheritance, Multiple inheritance, Multi path inheritance, Hybrid
Inheritance.
UNIT – V 9 hrs
Object Delegation, Composition, Virtual base Class, Virtual Functions, Definition of virtual functions, Pure virtual function, Abstract Classes Virtual function, Dynamic binding.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
A.R. Venugopal, Rajkumar, T. Ravishanker, “Mastering C++”, TMH, 1997
Yashwant Kanetkar , “Let us C++”, BPB Publications
R. Lafore, “Object Oriented Programming using C++”, Galgotia Publications, 2004.
D. Parasons, “Object Oriented Programming with C++”, BPB Publication.
Schildt Herbert, “C++: The Complete Reference”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.
S. B. Lippman & J. Lajoie, “C++ Primer”, 3rd Edition, Addison Wesley, 2000.
PAPER CODE-: CAI 402
System Analysis and Design (Theory)
Credits: 03
Maximum Marks: 100
Contact Hrs. /week: 03 Total Hrs.: 45
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Understand the basic concept of Computer based Information Systems
2. Study methodologies used for analyzing and developing Computer based Information Systems.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CAI 402
System
Analysis
And Design
(Theory)
The students will be able to – CO41. Understand the principles
and tools of systems analysis and design
CO42. Gather data to analyze and specify the requirements of a system.
CO43. Identify phases of System Development Life Cycle
CO44. Analyze different phases of
SDLC
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching using
advanced IT audio
Class test,
Semester end examinations, Quiz,
Solving problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects and peer review.
CONTENTS
UNIT I: 11 hrs
Introduction to System, Analysis and Design: System definition and concepts—Characteristics of a system,
elements of a system, types of systems-- Physical & Abstract systems, Open & Closed systems.
Business Information Systems— Definition, Categories, Types [Formal, Informal, Computer-based (MIS &
DSS)].
Classification of Business Information System – Centralized (data warehousing & data mining) & Distributed
Systems (client-server).
UNIT II: 9 hrs
Different users in a system-- Programmers, Computer Operators, End Users. System Analyst – Role of
system analyst.
System Development Life Cycle(SDLC): Introduction to SDLCs; its various phases – Feasibility Study,
Analysis, Design, Implementation, Post- Implementation & Maintenance.
UNIT III: 10 hrs
Different types of SDLC -- Linear or Waterfall Cycle, Problems with Linear Life Cycle. Structured SDLC.
Prototyping.
System Analysis: Data and Fact Gathering Techniques—Review of literature, procedures & forms, On-Site
observation, Interviews & Questionnaires; Feasibility study (considerations, steps & report).
UNIT IV: 8 hrs
Introduction & Definition of Structured Analysis: Tools of Structured Analysis: DFD, Data Dictionary,
Decision Tree & Structured English, Decision Tables, Pros & Cons of Each Tools.
Entity Relationship Analysis: Attributes, Relation, Relationship Cardinality, Building E-R Models, and
Relationship between DFD & ERD.
UNIT V: 7 hrs
System Design: Process & stages of System Design, Logical & physical, Methodologies.
System Testing – Introduction, Need, Nature of test data, Test Plan, Types of system testing. System
Implementation & Software Maintenance.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
E. M Awad, “System Analysis and Design”, Galgotia Publications, 1995.
Igor Hawryszkiewyez, “Introduction to System Analysis and Design”, 4th Edition, Prentice-Hall.
V. Rajaraman, “Analysis & Design of Information Systems”, PHI.
Jeffrey L. Whitten, and Lonnie D. Bentley and Barlow, “Systems Analysis and Design Methods”, 4th
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill.
PAPER CODE- CAI 403
Object Oriented Programming Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Maximum Marks: 100
Contact Hrs. /Week: 04 Total Hrs.: 60
Course Objectives: The course will enable the students to
1. Practically implement concepts of OOPS.
2. Develop logic and C++ programs as solution to specific problems.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 403
Object
Oriented Programm
ing Lab (Practical)
The students will be able to – CO45. Create Object oriented
programs using C++ structure.
CO46. Apply concept of Array, function overloading in C++ programs.
CO47. Apply concept of inheritance in C++ programs and devise
application programs.
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments, Demonstrations,
Team teaching
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects and peer review.
CONTENTS
practical exercises covering theory paper CAI 401.
PAPER CODE- CAI 501
Database Management Systems (Theory)
Credits: 03 Maximum Marks: 100
Contact Hrs. /Week: 03
Total Hrs.: 45
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Get knowledge about the fundamentals of database management.
2. Understand core concepts for managing databases.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 501
Database
Management Systems
(Theory)
The students will be able to – CO48. Understand the fundamental
concepts of a database system
CO49. Analyze database requirements and determine the entities involved in the system, model ER diagrams
CO50. Map ER diagrams Concepts to Relations
CO51. Manipulate a database using gSQL.
CO52. Apply normalization
concepts in database
design
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching using
advanced IT audio
Class test, Semester end
examinations, Quiz,
Solving problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation
CONTENTS
UNIT – I 8 hrs
Introduction: Database definition, History of Database Systems, Database System Applications, Database Systems versus conventional File Systems, View of Data, Data Abstraction, Data Independence.
Introduction to Data Models (Network, Hierarchical, Relational), Database Languages, Database Users and Administrators.
UNIT – II 8 hrs Entity-Relationship Model: E-R diagram, Constraints, Keys (Candidate key, Alternate key, Primary Key,
Foreign Keys), Weak Entity Sets. Relational Algebra: Basics of relational algebra [Select, Project, Union, Set Difference, Cartesian-Product,
Natural join]
UNIT – III 11 hrs
Relational-Database Design: Normalization, Functional Dependencies, Normalized forms [1NF, 2NF, 3NF]. ORACLE: Introduction, Oracle Server and Oracle Database, Two and Three-tier architecture, Login Screen,
Entering Name and Password.
UNIT – IV 10 hrs
Data Types, Null values, comments, SQL command syntax. SQL SELECT Statement: Selecting All the Columns, Reordering columns in Query Results, Selecting Specific
Column, Duplicate rows and their elimination (DISTINCT keyword).SQL: Displaying Table Structure (DESC command), Limiting Rows during selection (using WHERE clause), concatenating strings.
Operators: Relational operators, Logical operators. Condition based on a range (BETWEEN Operator), Condition based on a list (IN Operator), Condition based on pattern match (LIKE Operator). Searching and
Sorting: Searching for NULL (IS NULL), Sorting results (ORDER BY Clause). Making simple queries based
on these operations.
UNIT – V 8 hrs SQL Functions and Grouping: Types of SQL Function (Single Row/Multiple Row).
Character Functions - Case Conversion, Character Manipulation.
Numeric Functions, Date Functions. Grouping result – GROUP BY command, placing conditions on groups – HAVING CLAUSE. Simple Queries
based on these operations.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED A. Silberschatz & H. F. Korth, “Database System Concepts”, Fourth edition, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 2002.
A. Leon & Leon, “SQL”, Tata McGraw Hill.
1. R. Ramakrishnan and J. Gharke, “Database Management System”, Tata McGraw Hill.
C. J. Date, “Database Management System”, Pearson Education Asia.
Sumita Arora,“Informatics Practices”, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
PAPER CODE- CAI 502
Front End Design Tools (Theory)
Credits: 03
Contact Hrs. /Week: 03 Maximum Marks: 100
Total Hrs.: 45
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Learn GUI programming language concepts.
2. Work in Visual Basic IDE.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 502
Front End Design
Tools
(Theory)
The students will be able to – CO53. Understand the concepts of Event
driven programming. CO54.Analyze the use of various form design controls. CO55. Design comprehensive forms with proper event handling.
CO56.Understand the database
connectivity concepts with
visual basic forms.
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT audio
Class test, Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation
CONTENTS
UNIT-I 9 hrs
Programming Language Concepts (Procedural, Object Oriented, Event Driven),
Introduction to Visual Basic: Graphical User Interface (GUI), VB Integrated Development Environment,
Compilation and Debugging.
VB Controls and Their Properties: Command Button, Label, Text Box, Checkbox, Option button, Frame,
Listbox, Combobox, Scrollbars, Image Control, Pitcurebox, Shape and Line Control, Timer Control.
UNIT-II 9 hrs
Variables, Constants and Calculations: Public, Private & Static Variables, Constants, Data Types,
Naming Rules/Conventions, Declaring and Scope of Variables, Val Function, Arithmetic Operations,
Formatting Data.
Decision & Conditions: If Statement, If -Then-Else Statement, Comparing Strings, Compound Conditions
(And, Or, Not), Nested If Statements, Case Structure. Using If Statements with Option Buttons & Check
Boxes, Displaying Message in Message Box, Input Validation.
Menus: Defining / Creating and Modifying a Menu, Using Common Dialog Box (Open, Color, Font).
UNIT-III 9 hrs
Arrays: Single-Dimension Arrays, initializing an Array Using for Each, User-Defined Data Types, Accessing
Information with User-Defined Data Types, Using List Boxes with Array, Declaring Fixed Size Array, Setting
Its Lower Bound and Upper Bound, Two Dimensional Arrays.
Sub-Procedures and Sub-functions: Creating a New Sub-Procedure, Passing Variables to Procedures,
Argument Passing Mechanisms, Writing a Function Procedure.
UNIT-IV 9 hrs
List, Loops and Printing: List Boxes & Combo Boxes, Filling The List Using Property Window and Add
Item Method, Clear Method, List Box Properties, removing an Item from A List, List Box/ Combo Box,
Do/Loops, For/Next Loops.
Library Functions: String Functions, Numeric Functions, Date & Time Functions.
UNIT-V 9 hrs
Multiple Forms: Creating, Adding, Removing Forms in Project, Hide, Show Method, Load, Unload
Statement, Me Keyword, Referring to Objects On a Different Forms. MDI Forms
Databases & ADO, OLE DB & ODBC: Data Concepts, Data Access Mechanisms, VB Data Control, Intrinsic
Data Control, Bound Control, ADO and OLE DB, Database Access Using ADO DC, Extracting Select Data,
Navigating The Recordset, Modifying Database Through Recordset, Other Recordset Method, ADO and
ODBC.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Julia case Bradley, Anita C. Millspaugh, “Programming in VB 6”, TMH Edition, 2000.
Content Development Group, “Visual Basic 6.0 Programming”, TMH
Noel Jerke, “The Complete Reference Visual Basic 6”, TMH.
Siler & Spotts, “Using VB6.0”, Prentice Hall of India.
PAPER CODE- CAI 503
FRONT END DESIGN TOOLS & SQL LAB (Practical)
Credits: 02 Maximum Marks:100
Contact Hrs./week: 04
Total Hrs.: 60
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to 1. Learn the practical aspect of GUI programming language and the SQL environment
2. Develop Practical knowledge by working on exercises based on Visual Basic and PL/SQL
commands.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 503
Front End
Design
Tools & SQL Lab
(Practical)
The students will be able to – CO57. Designing the fully functional projects visual basic forms
CO58. Applying the properties and
methods of visual basic controls
CO59. Handling visual basic events
CO60. Develop SQL queries for
different applications
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team teaching, Teaching
using advanced IT
audio
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
List of practical in VB:
1. Use of different controls used in VB.
2. Use of different message boxes and statements used in VB 3. Menus, Sub-Procedures and Sub-functions
4. Multiple Forms
5. Use of List Boxes & Combo Boxes, Filling the List using Property window/ 6. Add Item Method, Clear Method, List box Properties, Removing an item from a list
7. List Box/ Combo Box, Using String Function, Printing to printer using Print Method 8. Use and working of Data Files
9. Accessing Database File
10. Advanced data handling List of practical in DBMS:
Practical exercise on Every SQL command and function covered in DBMS syllabus will be done in lab session.
Programs using PL/SQL commands will also be given and done in practical.
PAPER CODE- CAI 601
CAD (Theory)
Credits: 03 Maximum Marks: 100
Contact Hrs. /week: 03
Total Hrs.: 45
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Understand the utility of CAD software by taking AUTOCAD as an example.
2. Understand the basic concepts required for drawing 2D and 3D objects.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper
Title
CAI 601
CAD (Theory)
The students will be able to – CO61. Know the features, components
of workspace & co-ordinate system of AutoCAD.
CO62. Apply 2D drawing commands, cursor modes & grips.
CO63. Apply modify commands for 2D,
hatching/pattern/color filling, creating
& inserting blocks. CO64. Apply dimensioning, text commands,
layer attributes.
CO65. Design and develop3D objects, perform operations
& viewports.
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching using advanced IT audio
Class test,
Semester end examinations,
Quiz, Solving
problems in tutorials,
Assignments, Presentation,
Individual and group projects
and peer
review.
CONTENTS
UNIT – I 8 hrs
Origin: Introduction to Computer Aided Designing.
Introduction: Introduction to Autocad and its features, applications, advantages etc. Autocad Window, Pull-
Down Menus, Toolbars (Draw and Modify), Opening and closing of files.
Autocad Coordinate System: Polar and Relative Cartesian Coordinates, Autocad Drawing units and limits,
setting up Drawing, Creating first drawing.
UNIT – II 8 hrs
Cursor modes, understanding prompts, choosing command options, selecting objects, editing with grips.
Autocad Modes: Grid Mode, Snap Modes, Polar Tracking.
Draw ToolBar: Mostly used 2D Drawing commands like Line, circle, polygon, Arc, rectangle ellipse, donut,
Xline, Mline, Pline etc.
UNIT – III 12 hrs
Modify ToolBar: Mostly used Drawing Editing Commands like Erase, Copy, Mirror, Offset, Move, Rotate
Scale, Stretch, Lengthen, Trim, Extend, Break, Chamfer, Fillet etc. Array of Objects.
Hatching, filling up patterns and colors etc, Blocks, Insert Block, Make Block, Explode etc.
UNIT – IV 10 hrs
Automated Dimensions and customization, Dimension styles, Multi-line and single line Text and Text styles,
Layers, Creation and its usage, Different types of Views, View-ports, Creating and editing attributes.
UNIT – V 10 hrs
Introduction to 3 Dimensional Drawing: Creating a 3D drawing object, changing 2D into 3D, viewing 3D
drawings, Cube, Torus, wedge, cone, cylinder, pyramid, mesh, Dish, Dome etc.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
George Omura, “Mastering AutoCAD”, BPB Publications, 2002.
J. T. Roberts, “Introduction to AutoCAD”, BPB Publications.
PAPER CODE-: CAI 602
Multimedia Tools (Theory)
Credits: 03 Maximum Marks: 100
Contact Hrs. /Week: 03
Total Hrs.: 45
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. To understand the skills and techniques needed to master graphics design.
2. Explore the fundamentals of designing and multimedia by taking Photoshop as an example.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 602
Multimedia
Tools (Theory)
The students will be able to –
CO66. Design raster graphics for real life
applications using drawing tools
CO67. Apply editing, selection, measuring, retouching tools and layer options
for image manipulation. CO68. Apply tools for
basic/elementary video editing and animation.
CO69. Understand the concepts of 3Dtools.
CO70. Apply multimedia concepts
to different application.
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstrations, Team
teaching, Teaching using advanced IT
audio
Class test, Semester
end examinations, Quiz, Solving
problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects and peer review.
CONTENTS
UNIT – I 9 hrs
Image Fundamentals, Basic Concepts of Images: Digital Images and digital image representation format-
TIFF, BMP, JPG/JPEG, GIF, PNG, PDF, PSD. Importance of file formats. Bitmap Images and Vector Graphics,
Image Size and Resolution, Creating new Images, Scanning, Import & Export, Setting up resolution, size.
File formats of images: - image preview, Bitmap, Gray Scale and color options.
UNIT – II 9 hrs
Introduction to image editing software: Creating, Opening, Saving files. Presets for a new file, Workspace
Overview, Layers: Create Layers, Adding a name to the layers, Dragging and Pasting selections on the
layers, Dragging layers between files, Viewing and Hiding layers, Editing layers, Copying, Duplicating and
Moving layers, Deleting layers, Merging layers, Preserving layers' transparency, Layer modes, Blending
options, Using adjustment layers. Masks: Creating a quick mask, editing masks using quick mask mode.
UNIT – III 9 hrs
Toolbox: Selection Tools, Crop Tool, Slice Tool, Slice Select, Measuring Tools: Eyedropper, Color Sampler,
Ruler, Note and Count. Retouching Tools, Brush Tools, Gradient and Paint Bucket. Palettes: History Palette,
Action Palettes, Color, Swatches, Style, Adjustment Palette.
UNIT – IV 9 hrs
Drawing and Type Tools, Custom Shape, Using Filters, Lens Correction, Liquify, Vanishing Point, Printing:
Printing with Color Management in Photoshop. Web Graphics: Slicing web pages, Modifying slice layout,
HTML options for slices, Save for Web & Devices.
UNIT – V 9 hrs
Video and Animation: Overview, Creating images for video, Importing video files and image sequences,
Painting frames in video layers, Editing videos and animation layers, Creating frame animations with
timeline, Previewing, Saving and exporting video and animation. Navigation and 3D Tools: 3D Object
Rotate, 3D Object Roll, 3D Object Pan, 3D Object Slide, 3D Object Scale. 3D Rotate Camera, 3D Roll
Camera, 3D Pan Camera, 3D Walk Camera, 3D Zoom Camera. Hand, Rotate View and Zoom.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Kevin L. Moss’ “Camera Raw with Photoshop® for Dummies”, Wiley Publishing, Inc., Indianapolis,
Indiana.
Martin Evening’ “Adobe Photoshop CC for Photographers: A professional image editor's guide to the
creative use of Photoshop for the Macintosh and PC”, Focal Press, First published 2014. Elaine Weinmann, Peter Lourekas’, “Photoshop CS6: Visual Quick Start Guide”, Kindle Edition,
Peachpit Press, June 15, 2012.
Adobe Creative Team’ “Adobe Photoshop CS6 Classroom in a Book”, Kindle Edition, Adobe Press,
May 31, 2012.
PAPER CODE- CAI 603
Multimedia & CAD Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Maximum Marks: 100 Contact Hrs. /Week: 04
Total Hrs.: 60
Course Objectives:
The course will enable the students to
1. Get practical exposure to CAD and multimedia tools.
2. Work on exercises of CAD & Multimedia tools covering the practical aspects of both.
Course Outcomes (COs):
Course Learning Outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
CAI 603
Multimedia
& CAD Lab (Practical)
The students will be able to –
CO71. Apply 2D Features and design
layouts of CAD drawing
CO72. Design 3D objects & drawings CO73. Design graphics for magazine covers,
flyers, pamphlets & logos. CO74. Design matte painting, digital painting
& mock ups
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading
assignments, Demonstrations,
Team teaching, Video presentations
Class test, Semester end
examinations,
Quiz, Solving problems in
tutorials, Assignments,
Presentation, Individual and
group projects
CONTENTS
1. Simple to complex exercises based on 2D & 3D drawing tools covering CAD syllabi.
2. Exercises based on tools and effects covering Multimedia syllabi.
A combined exercise on CAD & Multimedia tools will be given to the students that will cover all the
aspects of both the papers.
Department- Computer Science & IT Programme- M.C.A
OUTCOMES - Academic Year- 2020-21
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (PO)
PO1:
Apply knowledge of Enabling Disciplines: To apply knowledge of design, mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals appropriate to the Computer Applications field.
PO2:
Critical Thinking, Analysis, and Problem Solving: To analyze a problem, and identify and formulate the computing necessities suitable for its solution.
PO3:
Design and Development of Solutions: To develop competencies in programming, qualitative techniques, and to design, device, and decipher a computer based solution that meets the specified requirements and quality criteria.
PO4:
Acquire Domain Knowledge: To acquire knowledge about domains where specialized computerized solutions may be required, to analyze and interpret domain specific data, and design and conduct experiments and projects to gain deeper insights about different domains.
PO5:
Acquire Knowledge about the Environment: To keep abreast with current techniques, skills, and latest tools for application development, and to analyze their local and global impact on individuals, organizations, and society. To be aware of the changing and evolving paradigms in the IT industry.
PO6:
Effective Communication: To develop effective oral and written communication skills, and apply various forms of technical communication, using appropriate technology and logical reasoning for effective articulation of ideas.
PO7:
Soft Skills: To develop local, global and cross-cultural understanding, interpersonal skills and social responsiveness, and to inculcate leadership & team skills and professional ethics
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES
PSO 1
Proficiency in knowledge of fundamental computer science concepts and techniques to aid swift adaption to emerging and evolving technologies.
PSO 2
Possess knowledge and skills for analyzing, designing and implementing solutions with innovative approaches.
PSO 3
Possess understanding of emerging technologies in Information Technologies domains in which these can be applied.
PSO 4
Apply standard Software Development practices, algorithmic principles and computer science theories and strategies in software development to deliver quality product for organizational and/or societal good.
PSO 5
Continue the process of life-long learning through professional activities; adapt themselves with ease to new technologies, while exhibiting ethical and professional standards and develop ability to work collaboratively as a member or leader in multidisciplinary teams.
PSO 6
Possess leadership and managerial skills with best professional ethical practices and social concern and ability to communicate technical information effectively, both orally and in writing.
COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX: (MAPPING OF COS WITH POS)
Course Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
MCA(B) 120A
CO1. x
CO2. x
CO3. x
CO4. x
CO5. x x
CO6. x
MCA(B)
120B
CO7. x
CO8. x
CO9. x x
CO10. x
CO11. x
CO12. x
MCA 121
CO13. x
CO14. x
CO15. x
CO16. x
CO17. x
CO18. x
MCA 122
CO19. x
CO20. x
CO21. x
CO22. x
CO23. x
CO24.
MCA 123
CO25. x
CO26. x
CO27. x
CO28. x
CO29. x
CO30.
MCA 124
CO31. x
CO32. x
CO33. x
CO34. x
CO35. x
CO36.
MCA 125
CO37. x
CO38. x
CO39. x
CO40. x
CO41. x
CO42. x
MCA 126
CO43. x
CO44. x
CO45. x
CO46. x
CO47. x
CO48. x
MCA 127
CO49. x
CO50. x
CO51. x
CO52. x
CO53. x
MCA 128
CO54. x
CO55. x
CO56. x
CO57. x
CO58. x
CO59. x
MCA 129
CO60. x
CO61. x
CO62. x
CO63. x x
CO64. x
CO65. x
MCA 221
CO66. x
CO67. x
CO68. x
CO69. x
CO70. x
CO71. x
MCA 222
CO72. x
CO73. x
CO74. x
CO75. x
CO76. x
x
CO77. x
MCA 223
CO78. x
CO79. x
CO80. x
CO81. x
CO82. x
CO83. x
MCA 224
CO84. x
CO85. X
CO86. X
CO87. X
CO88. X
MCA 225
CO89. x
CO90. x
CO91. x
CO92. x
CO93. x
CO94. x
MCA 226
CO95. x
CO96. x
CO97. x
CO98. x
CO99. x
CO100. x x
MCA 227
CO101. x
CO102. x
CO103. x
CO104. x
CO105. x
CO106. x
MCA 228
CO107. x
CO108. x x x
CO109. x x
CO110. x x x
CO111. x x x
CO112. x
MCA 229
CO113. x x
CO114. x
CO115. x
CO116. x
CO117. x
CO118. x
MCA 321
CO119 x
x
CO120 x
x
CO121
x
CO122
x x
CO123 x
MCA 322
CO124 x x
CO125 x
CO126 x
CO127 x
CO128
x
CO129 x
x
MCA 323
CO130 x
CO131 x
CO132
x
CO133
x
CO134 x
CO135 x
MCA 324A
CO136 x
CO137 x
CO138 x
CO139 x
CO140 x
CO141 x
MCA 324B
CO142 x x
CO143
x
CO144
x
CO145 x
CO146 x
MCA 324C
CO147 x
CO148 x
CO149 x
CO150 x
CO151 x
CO152 x
MCA 324D
CO153 x x x
CO154
x x x
CO155 x
CO156 x x
CO157 x
CO158
x
CO159
x
MCA 325A
CO160 x
CO161 x
CO162 x
CO163 x
CO164 x
CO165 x
MCA 325B
CO166 x
CO167 x
CO168 x
CO169
x
CO170
x
MCA 325C CO171
x x
CO172 x
x
CO173 x x
CO174 x
CO175 x
CO176 x
CO177 x
MCA 325D
CO178 x
CO179 x
CO180 x
CO181 x
CO182 x
MCA 326
CO183 x
CO184 x
CO185 x
CO186 x
CO187 x
CO188 x
MCA 327
CO189 x
CO190 x
CO191 x
CO192
x
CO193
x
CO194
x
MCA 328
CO195 x
CO196
x x
CO197 x x
CO198 x x
CO199
x
CO200 x
x
MCA 329
CO201 x x
CO202 x
CO203 x
CO204 x x
CO205 x
CO206
x x
MCA 421A
CO207 x
CO208 x
CO209 x
CO210 x
CO211 x
CO212 x
CO213 x
MCA 421B
CO214 x
CO215 x
CO216 x
CO217 x
CO218 x
MCA 421C
CO219
x
CO220
x x
CO221 x
x
CO222 x
CO223 x
CO224 x
CO225 x
CO226 x
CO227 x
MCA 421D
CO228 x
CO229 x
x
CO230 x
x
CO231
x x
CO232 x
MCA 422A
CO233 x
CO234 x
CO235
x
CO236
x
CO237 x
CO238 x
MCA 422B
CO239 x
CO240 x
CO241 x
CO242 x
CO243 x
CO244 x
MCA 422C
CO245 x
CO246 x
CO247 x x
CO248 x
CO249 x
MCA 422D
CO250 x
CO251 x
CO252 x
x
CO253 x
x
CO254 x
MCA 423A
CO255 x
CO256 x
CO257
x
CO258 x
x
CO259
x
MCA 423B
CO260
x
CO261 x
CO262 x
CO263
x
CO264
x
MCA 423C
CO265 x
CO266 x
CO267 x
CO268 x
CO269
x
CO270
x
MCA 424
CO271 x
CO272
x x
CO273 x x
CO274 x x
CO275
x
CO276 x
x
M.C.A. (2020-2021)
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester I
PAPER CODE- MCA(B) 120A
Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C
(Theory) Credits: 00
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 01
Total Hrs: 15
Course Objectives
The course enables the students to 1. Recall basic concepts of computer and its organization.
2. Describe the notion of computer’s memory and Programming. 3. Discuss the basics of C Programming
4. Develop programming skills in C
5. Support concept of linear data structures like array, structures and Union in C 6. Build foundation for understanding further computer application concepts
7. Create perception of designing, and developing small applications in C
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning Outcome (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper Code Paper Title
MCA(B) 120A
Computer
Fundamental
s and Programmin
g in C (Theory)
CO1. Understand basic
concepts of Computer
and its organization.
CO2. Study essentials of computer’s memory
and Programming
CO3. Understand basic C
programming concepts
CO4. Develop programs in C
CO5. Understand the
applications of linear
data structures like array, structures and
Union in C
CO6. Design and develop
small applications in C
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Reading assignments,
Demonstration, Team teaching
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments, Effective
questions, Simulation, Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks, Field
practical
Assignment
Written test in classroom
Classroom activity
Multiple choice questions
Continuous Assessment
Semester End
Examination
Contents:
Unit I: Introduction to Computers 4 hrs
Introducing and Interacting with Computers, Computer Organization, Number System, and Computer codes, Computer Arithmetic, Boolean Algebra, and IO Devices.
Unit II: Introduction to Memory and Languages 4 hrs Processor And Memory, Types of Storage Devices, Computer Software and types, Basics of
Programming, Programming Languages. Language Elements, Algorithms and Flowcharts.
Unit III: Problem Solving with C Programming 4 hrs History, Execution of C Program, Constants, Variables and Keywords, Data types, Expressions,
constants, variables, Operators, Operator Precedence and associativity, data input and output,
Formatted Console I/O Functions, Conversion Specifications, assignment statements, conditional statements, Looping Statements, Storage Classes
Unit IV: Array and Modular Programming 4 hrs
Introduction to Function, Functions with Simple Output Parameters, Passing Values between
Functions, Multiple Calls to a Function, Introduction to Pointers, Parameter Passing by Value v/s Parameter Passing by Reference, Recursion and stack
Arrays: Declaring and Referencing Arrays, Array Subscripts, Using for Loops for Sequential Access, Multidimensional Arrays, Passing arrays as arguments
Unit V: Structures, Unions and Strings 4 hrs
Structures & Unions- definition, Processing structures – Passing structures to a function. Pointers:
Operations on Pointers – Pointers to Functions, Functions Returning Pointers, Arrays of pointers. String handling
PAPER CODE - MCA(B) 120B C Programming Lab
(Practical)
Credits: 00
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
This course enable student to 1. Implement programming concepts in C language
2. Experiment various functionalities through C programming. 3. Identify solution of given problem
4. Apply modular programming approach in designing solution 5. Evaluate & choose efficient solution
6. Construct small application like calculator etc. using C
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA(B) 120B
C Programming
Lab (Practical)
CO7. Understand basic
concepts of
Computer and its organization.
CO8. Study essentials
of computer’s memory and
Programming
CO9. Understand basic
C programming concepts
CO10. Develop programs
in C
CO11. Understand the
applications of
linear data structures like
array, structures
and Union in C
CO12. Design and
develop small
applications in C
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments,
Demonstration, Team teaching
Learning activities for
the students:
Self-learning
assignments, Effective
questions, Simulation,
Seminar presentation,
Giving tasks, Field
practical
Through
Practical test. Through Quiz
Continuous
Assessment Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS
Simple C Programs to Learn Data types & Expressions, Constants & Variables
Operators, Operator Precedence and associativity
Keywords & Identifiers
Storage Classes
Conditional statements
Looping Statements
Array and Modular Programming
Basic Array programs using for loop
User defined functions
Recursion
Programs on Two dimensional Arrays , Passing arrays as arguments
String handling Programs based on String Functions and Character Operation
Programs based on an array of Pointers to Strings
Structure and Pointers
Programs based on Structures & Unions
Programs based on pointers (arithmetic operations on Pointer, arrays with pointers).
Programs of Pointers to structures and Array of structures
PAPER CODE MCA 121
Object Oriented Programming Through C++ / Java (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
The course enables the students to 1. Define the concepts of object oriented Programming.
2. Understand the concept of classes, Inheritance, Polymorphism and conditional statements.
3. Demonstrate the understanding of concepts by implementing them to practical problems. 4. Differentiate between structured programming and object oriented programming.
5. Evaluate the understanding of the concepts by applying them to problems in different domains. 6. Construct cases and new ideas where the knowledge of object oriented programming can be
implemented.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning Outcome (at
course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies
Paper
Code
Paper
Title
MCA
121
Object
Oriented Program
ming
Through C++ /
Java (Theory)
CO13. Define the concepts
of object oriented programming
language
CO14. Understand the basic features of
object oriented
programming and apply them through
C++/Java language.
CO15. Implement
knowledge of object oriented
programming
solution of practical problems.
CO16. Compare and
contrast the object oriented &
non object oriented approaches to
obtain solutions
CO17. Evaluate the pros
and cons of using oops and apply it to
problems in different domains.
CO18. Develop computer
application based project using oops.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Tutorials,
Demonstration, Team teaching, Quiz
Learning activities for
the students:
Self-learning assignments, Effective
questions, Giving tasks, Field practical
Assignment
Written test in classroom
Classroom activity
Multiple choice questions
Semester End Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: 12 hrs.
Evolution of OOP, OOP Paradigm, advantages of OOP, Comparison between functional programming and OOP Approach, characteristics of object oriented language. Introduction to
C++, Identifier and keywords, constants, C++ operators, type conversion, Variable declaration, statements, expressions, input and output.
Unit II: 12 hrs.
Conditional expression loop statements, breaking control statements,
Classes and objects, constructors and destructors, operator overloading, inheritance, Virtual Function, friend function, Static function, Assignment and copy initialization, this pointer,
dynamic type information and polymorphism
Unit III: 10 hrs.
C++ streams, console stream classes, formatted and unformatted console I/O operations, manipulators, File streams, classes file modes file pointers and manipulations file I/O, Exception
handling, Defining function, types of functions templates, function templates, dynamic memory
allocation.
Unit IV: 14 hrs.
OOP in Java – Characteristics of Java – The Java Environment – Java Source File -Structure – Compilation. Fundamental Programming Structures in Java – Defining classes in Java –
constructors, methods -access specifiers – static members -Comments, Data Types, Variables, Operators, Control Flow, Arrays , Packages – JavaDoc comments.
Unit V: 12 hrs.
Inheritance – Super classes- sub classes, abstract classes and methods- final methods and classes – Interfaces, Exception Handling- Types of Exceptions, try-catch block, multiple catch-
block, nested try blocks, nested try block, throw, throws, finally keywords, Custom exceptions, Threads, Thread Life-Cycle, Thread Priority, Garbage Collection, Basics of event handling- AWT
Basics, Java Event Classes and Listener Classes, Types of Components, Adapter Classes.
Books Recommended:
K.R. Venugopal, Raj Kumar Buyya, “Mastering C++", McGraw-Hill, 2017.
Rajaram R, Object Oriented Programming and C++”, 2nd Edition, New Age International, 2013.
Herbert Schildt, “Java: The Complete Reference”, 11th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2019.
E. Balagurusamy, “Programming with Java: A Primer”, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2019.
John R. Hubbard, Atul Kahate , “Programming with C++”, TMH, 2017.
Sourav Sahay, “Object Oriented Programming with C++”, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press,
2012
PAPER CODE - MCA 122
Database Management Systems (Theory)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives This Course enables the students to
1. Observe that how the real world data is stored, retrieved, and communicate under the DBMS environment
2. Design a logical model which having the unique relation between the Data.
3. Apply the query for the modification of the system. 4. Develop a conceptual design which allows as to avoid anomalies in superior’s data.
5. Discuss a system which allows restricting the uncontrolled exaction and providing rigorous variation of the task
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 122
Database
Management System
(Theory)
CO19. Describe various data
models and schemas
used in database management
systems.
CO20. Explain the fundamental
concepts, data
definitions and query processing tasks in
relational query languages.
CO21. Recognize database
design theory, and
evaluate functional dependencies and
normal forms in databases.
CO22. Formulate the
operations of transaction and
concurrent query
processing tasks to obtain the correct
results even under strict time
constraints.
CO23. Interpret the
foundational concepts
of distributed
databases.
CO24. Illustrate several
techniques related to
transaction management and
query processing in distributed database
management
systems.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Tutorials,
Demonstrations, Flipped classes.
Learning activities
for the students:
Self-learning assignments, Quizzes,
Presentations, Discussions
Assignments
Written tests in classroom
Classroom
Activity Objective Quiz
Semester End
Exam
CONTENTS
Unit I: 10 hrs
Introduction: Overview of DBMS, Advantages of DBMS, Basic DBMS terminology, Database System v/s File System, Data Independence, Architecture of DBMS, Introduction to data models: Relational Model,
Network Model, Hierarchical Model, Entity-Relationship Model, Comparison of network, hierarchical and relational models.
Unit II: Data modeling using the Entity Relationship Model 12 hrs
ER model concepts, Types of Relationships, notation for ER diagram, Reduction of ER-Diagrams to
Relational Model, mapping constraints, Generalization, Aggregation, Specialization, Extended ER model, relationships of higher degree.
Unit III: Relational model 10 hrs Storage Organizations for Relations, Relational Algebra, Set Operations, Relational Calculus, Concepts of
Alternate key, Candidate key, Primary key, Foreign key, Integrity Rules, Data Dictionary.
Unit IV: Normalization 10 hrs Functional dependencies, normal forms, first, second, third normal forms, BCNF, inclusion dependencies,
loss less join decompositions, normalization using FD, MVD, and JDs, alternative approaches to database
design. Transactions: Transaction Concept, State, ACID properties, basic understanding of Concurrency &
Recovery.
Unit V: Introduction to SQL 16 hrs
Characteristics of SQL, Advantages of SQL, SQL data types and literals, Types of SQL commands: DDL, DML, TCL, DCL, SQL operators, Tables, Views and Indexes, Constraints, Group By and Having Clause,
Order By Clause, Queries and sub queries, Aggregate Functions, Numeric Functions, String Functions,
Date & Time Functions, Insert, Update and Delete operations, Unions, Intersection, Minus, Joins: Equi-Join, Natural Join, Self Join, Inner Join, Outer Join.
Books Recommended: Elmasri, Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Addison Wesley, 7th Edition, 2016.
Korth, Silberschatz, Sudarshan, “Database Concepts”, McGraw Hill, 6th Edition, 2010.
Thomas Connolly and Carolyn Begg, “Database Systems: A Practical Approach to Design,
Implementation, and Management, Addison Wesley, 6th Edition, 2014.
Ramakrishnan, Gehrke, “Database Management System”, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, Jan 2007
Date C J, “An Introduction to Database System”, Addision Wesley, 8th Edition 2003
Bipin C. Desai, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, Galgotia Publication, Revised Edition, 2010
Majumdar & Bhattacharya, “Database Management System”, TMH, 2005.
Paul Beynon Davies, “Database Systems”, Palgrave Macmillan, 3rd Edition, 2003
PAPER CODE - MCA 123
Web Application Development (Theory)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
This course enables the students to
1. Recall the understanding of WWW and database storage. 2. Identify the tools needed to create web pages and dynamic client‐side & server‐side web applications.
3. Demonstrate the use of web development techniques on client-side and server-side.
4. Examine and develop user interfaces to collect and present data and information 5. Test and implement software for a client-server environment
6. Formulate the design and development of web pages for a typical web application.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 123
Web
Application Development
(Theory)
CO25. Define the architecture
of Worldwide Web.
CO26. Classify and
understand the development of a
client-side browser based web application
including its
capabilities and limitations.
CO27. Implement a design
and create web application.
CO28. Compare client side
scripting and server side scripting
languages
CO29. Evaluate the development of a
client-side browser
based web application including its
capabilities and limitations.
CO30. Construct, designing
and develop a web application.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion,
Demonstration, Role plays
Learning activities
for the students: Self-learning
assignments, Quiz
activity, Effective questions,
presentation, flip classroom, project
development
Assignments.
Written test in classroom
Classroom
activity Semester
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction to WWW 12 hrs
Internet standards, WWW Architecture, Generation of dynamic web pages, Generation of static web pages using HTML, Elements of HTML syntax, Head and Body sections, Building HTML documents,
Inserting text, images, hyperlinks, Backgrounds and Color Control, meta tags, ordered and unordered lists, Table Handling: Table layout & presentation, constructing tables in a web page, Frames: Developing
Web pages using frames, IFrames. Forms and its elements, special tags, HTML5 Specific Elements:
Header & Footer, Navigation, Section, Article & Aside, The Meter Element, Video, Audio.
Unit II: Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) 12 hrs The need for CSS, Introduction to CSS, Basic syntax and structure, Inline Styles, Embedding Style Sheets,
Linking External Style Sheets, Backgrounds, Manipulating text, Margins and Padding, Border, Positioning
using CSS, Selectors, Tag selectors, class selectors, ID Selector, Styling Groups within tags, Formatting Tables and Forms, CSS3 Specific Properties: Alpha Color Space, Opacity, Box Shadow & Border Radius.
Unit III: JavaScript 12 hrs
JavaScript Variables and Data Types, Statement and Operators, Control Structure, Functions, Executing deferred scripts, Objects, Messaging in a JavaScript, Dialog Boxes, Alert Boxes, Confirm Boxes, Prompt
Boxes, JavaScript with HTML, Events, Events Handlers, Forms, Forms array, Forms Handling and Validations.
Unit IV: Ajax and jQuery 12 hrs
Introduction to Ajax, Cross-Browser DOM, Advantages and Disadvantages, Ajax the jQuery way: using load, post, get functions, jQuery: jQuery Basics, Selecting Element with jQuery, Managing Events, Hiding
and Showing Elements, Toggling visibility using jQuery.
Unit V: PHP 12 hrs
Introduction, How web works, setting up the environment (XAMPP Server), Programming Basics, Print/echo, Variables and Constants, Strings and Arrays, Operators, Control Structures and Looping
Structures, Functions, Embedding PHP with HTML, Establishing connectivity with MySQL database, WordPress: Introduction & Installations
Books Recommended:
Harvey & Paul Deitel & Associates, Harvey Deitel and Abbey Deitel, “Internet and World Wide Web -
How To Program”, Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
Achyut S Godbole and Atul Kahate, “Web Technologies”, Second Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
PHP and MySQL Web Development (Developer's Library) 5th Edition, Luke Welling Laura
Thomson,2016 Anthony T. Holdener III, Ajax: The Definitive Guide, O’Reilly Media, First edition, 2008.
Mike McGrath, “PHP & MySQL in easy Steps”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
Thomas A Powell, Fritz Schneider, “JavaScript: The Complete Reference”, Third Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2013. David Flanagan, “JavaScript: The Definitive Guide, Sixth Edition”, O'Reilly Media, 2011
Steven Holzner, “The Complete Reference - PHP”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008
David Sawyer McFarland, CSS3- The Missing Manual, O'Reilly Media, Third Edition, 2013
David Sklar and Adam Trachtenberg, PHP Cookbook, Third Edition, O’Reilly Media, 2014.
PAPER CODE - MCA 124
Principles of Software Development (Theory)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives: This course enables the students to
1. Obtain knowledge of software engineering discipline. 2. Learn various modeling techniques for different perspectives of object-oriented software
design
3. (UML) 4. Interpret analysis, design and testing principles for software project development.
5. Demonstrate and evaluate real time projects with respect to software engineering principles. 6. Select appropriate software design & development processes and for software
development.
7. Develop skills to construct software of high quality that is reliable and reasonably easy to understand,
8. Modify and maintain
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 124
Principles of Software
Development (Theory)
CO31. Learn need for
software specifications
also will be
able to classify different types
of software requirements
and their
gathering techniques.
CO32. Convert the
requirements model into the
design model and
demonstrate
use of software and
user interface design
principles.
CO33. Understand Software
Design
Process, Advanced
modeling in UML and
different
Software testing
techniques.
CO34. Design &
develop the
software
Approach in
teaching: Interactive
Lectures, Discussion,
Demonstration, Role plays
Learning activities for the
students: Self-learning
assignments,
Effective questions,
presentation, flip classroom
Assignments
Written test in classroom
Classroom activity Written test in
classroom Semester End
Examination
projects using
techniques learnt.
CO35. Identify risks
and manage change to
assure quality
in software projects.
CO36. Apply testing
principles on software
projects and understand
maintenance
concepts.
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction to Software and Software Engineering 13 hrs
The Evolving Role of Software, Software: A Crisis on the Horizon and Software Myths, Software
Engineering: A Layered Technology, Software Process Models, The Linear Sequential Model, The Prototyping Model, The RAD Model, Evolutionary Process Models, Agile Process Model,
Component-Based Development, Process, Product and Process, SDLC Agility and Agile Process model, Extreme Programming, Other process models of Agile
Development and Tools.
Unit II: Software Project Requirement Analysis and Specification 13 hrs Software Metrics (Process, Product and Project Metrics), Software Project Estimations, Software
Project Planning (MS Project Tool), Project Scheduling & Tracking, Basic idea of behavioral
modeling in UML. State diagrams, Interaction diagrams, Use case diagrams, Risk Analysis & Management (Risk Identification, Risk Projection, Risk Refinement , Risk Mitigation).
Understanding the Requirement, Requirement Modeling, Requirement Specification (SRS), Requirement Analysis and Requirement Elicitation, Requirement Engineering.
Unit III: Project Planning & Scheduling 12 hrs
Size Estimation, Cost Estimation, Models, Static, single variable models, Static, Multivariable Models, COCOMO, The Putnam Resource Allocation Model, Risk Identification and Projection:
RMMM, Project scheduling and Tracking. Object- oriented concepts and principles. software risks,
Risk identification, Risk projection, risk refinement, risk mitigation, monitoring and management, the RMMM plan
Unit IV: Software Design & Quality Management 12 hrs
Design Concepts and Design Principal, Design Documentation, Design Methods: Data Design, Architectural Design, Interface Design, Component Level Design (Function Oriented Design,
Object Oriented Design) (MS Visio Tool ),User Interface Design, Web Application Design, Advanced structured modeling in UML
Quality Planning: Quality Concepts, Procedural Approach to Quality Management, Software
Quality assurances, software reviews, formal technical reviews, Formal approaches to SQA, Statistical Software Quality assurances, Change Management: software Configuration
Management, The SCM repository, SCM Process, Configuration Management for Web Engineering.
Unit V: Software Testing 10 hrs Fundamentals, White Box Testing, Black Box Testing, software testing strategies, verification
and Validation, System Testing, Unit testing, Integration testing and Debugging. Software Maintenance and Configuration Management: Types of Software Maintenance,
Re-Engineering, Reverse Engineering, Forward Engineering, The SCM Process, Identification of
Objects in the Software Configuration, Risk-Related Monitoring. Emerging Trends in software Engineering.
Books Recommended:
Roger S Pressman, Bruce R Maxim, “Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach”, 8th
edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2014. Ian Sommerville, “Software engineering”, 9th edition, Addison Wesley Longman, 2014.
James Rumbaugh. Micheal Blaha, “Object oriented Modeling and Design with UML”, 2nd Edition,
2007.
Simon Bennett, Steve McRobb and Ray Farmer, “ Object-Oriented Systems Analysis and Design
Using UML” 4th Edition,McGraw Hill Education, 2010
Charles Ritcher, “Designing Flexible Object Oriented systems with UML”, Tech Media, 2008.
Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson., “The Unified Modeling Language User Guide”,
2nd Edition, Pearson, 2007.
PAPER CODE - MCA 125
Mathematical Foundations in Computer Science (Theory)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
The Course enables the students to 1. Define the concepts and operations of matrix algebra.
2. Understand the concepts of probability, Bayes’ theorem and independence problems.
3. Illustrate the basic concepts of statistics and graphs. 4. Differentiate between Propositional Calculus and Predicate Calculus
5. Evaluate the understanding of the concepts by applying them in different domains. 6. Develop the skills to solve the problem using mathematical ability.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies Paper
Code Paper Title
MCA 125
Mathematical
Foundations in Computer
Science
(Theory)
CO37. Define the concepts
and operations of matrix algebra.
CO38. Understand the
basic concepts of probability, statistics
and graphs.
CO39. Demonstrate their
understanding of
concepts and apply
methods in algorithmic design
and analysis.
CO40. Examine the use of
logical operators,
propositions in different fields of
computer science.
CO41. Evaluate and analyze the problem
statistically.
CO42. Formulate the
problem mathematically and
design the solution.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials, Demonstration
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments, Effective
questions, Quizzes,
Presentations, Discussions
Assignments Written test in
classroom Classroom
activity
Written test in classroom
Semester End Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: 12 hrs Matrices, Rank of Matrix, Solving System of Equations, Inverse of a Matrix, Set theory, Principle of
inclusion and exclusion, partitions, Permutation and Combination, Relations, Properties of relations, Matrices of relations, Closure operations on relations, Functions- injective, subjective and objective
functions.
Unit II: 12 hrs Probability Classical, relative frequency and axiomatic definitions of probability, addition rule and conditional
probability, multiplication rule, total probability, Bayes’ Theorem and independence problems.
Unit III: 12 hrs
Introduction to Statistics- Population, Sample, Variable, Descriptive Statistics-Mean, Mode, Median, Measures of Spread- Range, Inter Quartile Range, Variance, Standard Deviation
Unit IV: 12 hrs
Propositions and logical operators, Truth table, Propositions generated by a set, Equivalence and implication, Basic laws, Functionally complete set of connectives, Normal forms, Proofs in Propositional
calculus, Predicate calculus.
Unit V: 12 hrs Basic Concepts of Graphs, Sub graphs, Matrix Representation of Graphs: Adjacency Matrices, Incidence
Matrices, Isomorphic Graphs, Paths and Circuits, Eulerian and Hamiltonian Graphs, Multigraphs, Planar Graphs, Euler‘s Formula, Spanning Trees.
Books Recommended: Kenneth H.Rosen, “Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications”, Tata McGraw Hill, Seventh
Edition, 2017.
Seymour Lipschutz, Marc Laras Lipson, Varsha H. Patil, “ Discrete Mathematics (Schaum's
Outlines) (SIE)”, Revised 3rd Edition, 2017 Murray Spiegel John Schiller, R. Alu Srinivasan, Debasree Goswami, “ Probability and Statistics”,
3rd Edition, 2017
Hopcroft John E. ET. AL., “Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation”,
Pearson Education; 3rd edition, 2011.
A.Tamilarasi & A.M.Natarajan, “Theory of Automata and Formal Languages”, New Age
International Pvt Ltd Publishers, 2008. Juraj Hromkovic, “Theoretical Computer Science”, Springer Indian Reprint, 2010.
David Makinson, “Sets, Logic and Maths for Computing”, Springer Indian Reprint, 2011.
PAPER CODE - MCA 126
OOPS Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
The course enables the students to 1. Define how C++ improves C with object-oriented features.
2. Understand the syntax and semantics of the C++ programming language. 3. Implement the concept of data abstraction and encapsulation and various concepts of object oriented
programming. 4. Evaluate the understanding of the concepts by applying them to problems in different domains.
5. Analyze Java language components and how they work together in applications.
6. Creating stand-alone Java applications.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 126
OOPS Lab (Practical)
CO43. Define the concepts of object oriented
programming
language.
CO44. Understand the basic
features of object
oriented programming and
apply them through C++/Java language.
CO45. Implement the
practical knowledge
of various features of object oriented
programming.
CO46. Compare and
contrast the object
oriented & non object oriented approaches
to obtain solutions.
CO47. Evaluate the pros and
cons of using oops and apply it to
problems in different domains.
CO48. Develop computer
application based project using oops.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Tutorials, Demonstration,
Practical Quiz, Team teaching
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments, Effective
questions, giving tasks,
Field practical, Error Solving Quiz
Practical Exam Practical
Record Viva Voce
Semester End Practical Exam
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
C++: 1. Program using functions
• functions with default arguments
• implementation of call by value, address, reference 2. Simple classes for understanding objects, member functions & constructors
• classes with primitive data members, • classes with arrays as data members
• classes with pointers as data members
• classes with constant data members • classes with static member functions
3. Compile time polymorphism • operator overloading
• function overloading 4. Run time polymorphism
• inheritance • virtual functions
• virtual base classes • templates 5. File handling
• sequential access • random access
JAVA:
6. Simple Java Applications • for understanding references to an instant of a class • handling strings in JAVA
7. Simple Package Creation • developing user defined packages in java
8. Interfaces • developing user defined interfaces • use predefined interfaces
9. Threading • creation of threading in java applications • multi threading
10. Exception Handling Mechanism in Java • handling predefined exceptions
• handling user defined exceptions
PAPER CODE - MCA 127
DBMS Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
This course enables the students to
1. Observe that how the real world data is stored, retrieved, and communicate under the DBMS environment
2. Design a logical model which having the unique relation between the Data.
3. Apply the query for the modification of the system. 4. Develop a conceptual design which allows as to avoid anomalies in superior’s data.
5. Discuss a system which allows restricting the uncontrolled exaction and providing rigorous variation of the task.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 127
DBMS Lab
(Practical)
CO49. Describe various data
models and schemas used in database
management systems.
CO50. Explain the
fundamental concepts, data definitions and
query processing tasks in relational query
languages.
CO51. Recognize database design theory, and
evaluate functional
dependencies and normal forms in
databases.
CO52. Formulate the
operations of
transaction and concurrent query
processing tasks to
obtain the correct results even under
strict time constraints.
CO53. Interpret the
foundational concepts
of distributed databases. Illustrate
several techniques
related to transaction management and
query processing in distributed database
management systems.
Approach in teaching:
Demonstrations, implementing enquiry
based learning, Application based
examples
Learning activities for
the students: Discussions, Lab
Assignments, Exercises based on real world
problems.
Practical Exam
Practical Record
Viva Voce Semester End
Practical Exam
Contents
1. SQL data types, Operators, Literals, Constraints
2. DDL Commands: Create Tables/Create Synonym /Create index /Views / Alter /
Drop/Truncate/Comment/Rename/DBCC (Database Console Commands)
3. DML Commands: Insert / Update / Delete / Merge/Lock Table
4. TCL Commands: Commit / Rollback / Save-Points /Set Transaction
5. DCL Commands: Grant / Revoke/Deny
6. Simple Queries: Select / From / Where
7. Group By/Having Clause
8. Order By clause
9. SQL Operators: Arithmetic / Logical /In / Like / Between
10. Functions: Aggregate / Numeric / String / Date & Time / Logical
11. Joins: Equi-Join / Natural Join / Self Join / Inner Join / Outer Join
12. Unions / Intersection / Minus
13. Subqueries or Nested Queries
PAPER CODE - MCA 128
Mini Project in Web Design (Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives This course enables the students to
1. List the principles of Web page designing concept. 2. Explain the basics in web design covering HTML & CSS.
3. Implement a web application using web programming to enhance front end user experience. 4. Evaluate and validate web applications for conformance to the latest W3C markup standards
5. Debug interactive client‐side and server‐side web applications.
6. Formulate the appropriate programming environment for developing dynamic client‐side and server‐ side web applications.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 128
Mini Project In Web
Design (Practical)
CO54. State a scripting
problem & formulate its code.
CO55. Learn the designing
concept of PHP, AJAX.
CO56. Select and use
appropriate technology
tools to efficiently and
effectively complete a task or project.
CO57. Test and implement
software for a client-server environment.
CO58. Develop a general
website and blog website using
WordPress.
CO59. Create a functioning
web application
Approach in teaching: Project Designing using
Modular Approach, Form
Design, Database Design, Presentation,
Project Report, student centered approach
Learning activities for
the students: Self-Learning
Assignments, Experimental learning,
Converting specifications
to Code, Innovative Solutions
Class Activity Assignments
Semester End
Examination
Project Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Evaluation for Mini Project:
Regularity
Software Design Specification
Midterm Assessment Presentation (to be filled in by the Project Guide)
Semester End Evaluation for the Mini Project:
Project Demo
Project Presentation
Project Report
Viva-voce
Adherence to Specifications
System Knowledge and Understanding
Innovation and Originality
General instructions for preparation of project report 1. Introduction
1.1 Cover Page
1.2 Title Page 1.3 Certificate
1.4 Acknowledgement 1.5 Table of Contents
2. Project Specifications
2.1 Project Overview 2.2 Project Need
3. Specific Requirements 3.1 External Interface Requirements
3.2 Hardware Interfaces 3.3 Software Interfaces
3.4 Communications Protocols
3.5 Security / Maintainability / Performance 4. Software Product Features
4.1 System Architecture 4.2 Database Requirements
4.3 ER Diagram
4.4 Data Flow Diagram 4.5 User Interfaces
4.6 Report Formats 5. Drawbacks and Limitations
6. Proposed Enhancements 7. Conclusion
8. Bibliography
9. Annexure: 9.1 User Interface Screens (Optional)
9.2 Output Reports with Data (if any) 9.3 Program Code
PAPER CODE - MCA 129
Communication and Soft Skills Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives
This course enables students to
1. Build capacities for self-criticism and facilitate growth
2. Lead students to effective performances in communication 3. Develop local, global and cross-cultural understanding,
4. Build up interpersonal skills and social responsiveness 5. Inculcate leadership, team skills and professional ethics.
6. Sensitize the students communicative skills
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 129
Communicat
ion and Soft
Skills Lab (Practical)
CO60. Learn Listening and
Speaking Skills, Writing
and Presentation Skills
CO61. Inculcates leadership &
team skills and
professional ethics.
CO62. Efficiently participate in
GD/PI
CO63. Develop effective oral and
written communication skills.
CO64. Develop global and cross-
cultural understanding
with interpersonal skills and social responsiveness.
CO65. Apply various forms of
technical communication.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
Demonstration, Role
plays
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Simulation,
presentation, flip roles
Assignments
Classroom Activity
Presentations
Semester End Examination
Contents
Verbal & Non-verbal Communication
Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing. Verbal and Non-verbal Communication. Intra, inter-personal and group communication skills. Gestures, postures, Proxemics, Kinesics. Listening to Lectures, Discussions, Talk
Shows, News Programs.
Writing Skills Formal & Informal writings, report writing, creative writing. Composition, Resume Writing, Cover letters,
Business Letter Writing, Persuasive Letters, Job Applications and Official Correspondence, E-Mail etiquette, Precise writing.
Presentation Skills
Elements of effective presentation, structure of presentation, external factors and content.Debates, Seminar, Speeches, Lectures, Interviews, Mock Interviews, Commonly asked questions in interviews.
Group Discussion Structure of GD, Moderator led and other GDs, Strategies in GD, Team work body language, Mock GD,
Problem solving, Reflective thinking, Critical thinking, Negotiation skills. Career Skills
SWOT Analysis, IQ, EQ and SQ, Art of giving feedback, Decision making, Time Management, Team
Management and Leadership Skills, 8 habits of successful people.
M.C.A. (2020-2021)
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester II
PAPER CODE - MCA 221 Advanced Java Programming
(Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
The course enables the students to 1. Define advanced features of Java
2. Understand the concepts of JDBC and Servlets. 3. Demonstrate the concepts of JSP used in creating web applications.
4. Differentiate between JSP and Spring Framework.
5. Evaluate the Web applications using Spring MVC 6. Construct cases and new ideas where the knowledge of advanced features of Java can be implemented.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 221
Advanced Java
Programming (Theory)
CO66. Define advanced
concepts of Java.
CO67. Describe the basic
concepts of JDBC,
Sessions tracking and Servlets.
CO68. Illustrate how to use
JSP, JDBC and Servlets to create
web applications.
CO69. Compare between
JSP web applications and Spring Web
Applications
CO70. Evaluate the pros and
cons of using JSP,
Servlet and Spring MVC in different
applications.
CO71. Develop Web applications using
advanced Java
features.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Modelling, Discussions, implementing practical
based learning, Student
centered approach
Learning activities for the students:
Experiential Learning,
Self- learning such as use of NPTEL materials
and internets, Presentations,
Discussions, Quizzes and
Assignments
Assignments Classroom
Activity Presentations
Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: J2EE Overview 12 hrs Need of J2EE, J2EE Architecture, J2EE APIs, J2EE Containers. Web Appl ication Basics, Architecture
and Challenges of Web Application, Servlet Life Cycle, Developing and Deploying Servlets, Exploring Deployment Descriptor (web.xml), Handling Request and Response, Inter Servlet Communication
Unit II: JDBC 12 hrs
The JDBC Connectivity Model, Types of JDBC Drivers., Basic steps to JDBC, setting up a connection to database, Creating and executing SQL statements, ResultSet and ResultSet Metadata Object.
Accessing Database, Servlet Chaining, Session Tracking and Management
Unit III: Java Server Pages 12 hrs Basic JSP Architecture, Life Cycle of JSP, JSP Tags & Expressions, JSP Implicit Objects, JSP
Directives, Tag Libraries, Using JDBC with JSP, Accessing a Database, Adding a Form, Updating the
Database.
Unit IV: 12 hrs Overview of the Spring Framework, Spring Philosophies, Spring Containers, Spring
Configuration File, Spring Beans, The BeanFactory Interface, Singleton vs. Prototype, Bean Naming, Dependency injection with Spring.
Unit V: Building Web Applications Using Spring MVC 12 hrs
Spring Web MVC, The DispatcherServlet, A Simple View Page, Adding a View Resolver, Adding a Message Bundle, Adding Business Classes, Adding Test Data.
Books Recommended: Herbert Schildt, “Java: The Complete Reference”, 10th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2017.
E. Balagurusamy, “Programming with Java: A Primer”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2019.
Bryan Basham, Kathy Sierra & Bert Bates, “Head First Servlets and JSP” Paperback – 2011
Mert Caliskan, Kenan Sevindik, Rod Johnson, Jurgen Holler, “Beginning Spring”, Wrox publication,
Feb 2015.
Marty Hall and Larry Brown, “Core Servlets and Java Server Pages”, 2nd Edition, 2007.
Do Bruce Eckel, “Thinking in Java”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.
Cay S. Horstmann, “Core Java, Volume I: Fundamentals”, 9th edition, Pearson Education, 2014.
Santosh Kumar K, “JDBC, Servlet, and JSP: Black Book”, Kogent Solutions Inc., 2008.
Madhusudhan Konda, “Just Spring”, 1st edition, O’Reilly, 2011. Donald E. Knuth, “The Art of
Computer Programming”, Volumes 1 & 3 Pearson Education,2009. Steven S. Skiena, “The Algorithm Design Manual”, Second Edition, Springer, 2008.
PAPER CODE - MCA 222
Operating Systems (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
The course enables the students to 1. Define operating system, processes and their communication.
2. Describe & discuss various operating system workings like process management, memory management, concepts of concurrency control and disk management.
3. Employ necessary skills to work with UNIX/LINUX operating system environment.
4. Compare fundamental concepts between Linux and other popularly used operating systems 5. Gain the skills necessary for developing shell script and programming
6. Construct simple OS mechanisms through shell programming
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 222
Operating
Systems (Theory)
CO72. Understand the
concept of operating
system, processes and
their communication.
CO73. Understand the
mechanisms of OS to
manage processes, memory, disk and
concurrent processes.
CO74. Work with
UNIX/LINUX operating
system environment.
CO75. Evaluate the distinct
features of Linux in
comparison to other
popularly used operating systems.
CO76. Develop shell scripts
CO77. Expand simple OS
mechanisms through shell programming
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Modeling, Discussions, implementing enquiry
based learning, student centered approach
Learning activities for the students:
Experiential Learning, Presentations,
Discussions, Quizzes and Assignments
Assignments
Written test in
classroom Classroom
activity Continuous
Assessment
Semester Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction to Operating System & Process Management 12 hrs Definition and types of operating systems, OST Concepts, Operating system components and
services, System calls. Process and Thread Management: Process concept, Process scheduling, operations on processes,
Threads, Inter-process communication, CPU scheduling criteria, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple-processor scheduling, Real-time scheduling and evaluation.
Unit II: Memory Management: 12 hrs
Swapping, Contiguous Allocation, Paging, Segmentation with paging virtual Memory, Demand
paging , Page replacement algorithms, Allocation of frames, Thrashing, Page Size and other considerations, Demand segmentation, File systems, secondary Storage Structure, File concept,
access methods, directory implementation, Efficiency and performance, recovery.
Unit III: Concurrency Control 12 hrs The Critical-Section problem, Semaphores, Classical problems of synchronization, Critical regions,
Monitors, Dining philosopher and producer consumer problem using semaphores or monitors. Deadlocks-System model, Characterization, Deadlock prevention, Avoidance and Detection,
Banker’s Algorithm.
Unit IV: Disk Management 12 hrs Disk structure, Disk scheduling methods, Disk management, Recovery, Disk structure, Disk
scheduling methods, Disk management, Swap-Space management. Protection and Security-
Goals of protection. UNIX/LINUX Operating System: Introduction, Features of UNIX/LINUX operating system,
Structure: Kernel and Shell, Basic commands, Accessing help options, Filenames and using wild cards, Types of files, File systems: four block of file systems, directory hierarchy, Operations and
utilities for directory and files. User & Group file access permissions.
Unit V: Shell Programming 12 hrs Introduction to vi and Emacs editor. Basic of shell programming, meta characters, shell variable:
predefined variables and user defined variable, storing value in variable and accessing it,
unsetting variables, storing filenames, content and command in variable, Input: reading word by word, line by line and from file, Expression, Decisions and repetition, Special parameters and
variables, shell programming in bash, read command, conditional and looping statements, case statements, changing positional parameters and argument validation, string manipulation.
Simple filter commands – pr, head, tail, cut, paste, sort, uniq, tr, Regular expressions: atoms
and operators, grep.
Books Recommended: Silberschatz and Galvin, “Operating System Concepts”, 10th Edition, Wiley India, 2018.
Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Albert S. Woodhull, “Operating Systems Design & implementation”,
3rd edition, Pearson Education, 2006.
Sumitabha Das, “UNIX – Concepts & Applications”, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 4th
Edition, 2006.
Graham Glass & King Ables, “Linux for programmers and users”, Pearson Education India, 3rd edition, 2006.
William Stallings, “Operating Systems Internals and Design Principles”, 5th Edition, Prentice
Hall, 2000.
Fadi P. Deek, James A. M. McHugh, “Open Source Technology and Policy”, Cambridge
University Press, 1st edition, 2008. Forouzan B. A., Gilberg R. R., “UNIX and Shell Programming”, TMH, 2nd Edition, 2008.
PAPER CODE - MCA 223
Data Structures and Algorithm Design (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives This course enables the students to
1. Understand basic data structures, and algorithms for manipulating them 2. Learn to design algorithms and apply the algorithm analysis techniques.
3. Differentiate between different types of data structures, their significance and their applications. 4. Implementation of basic data structures and algorithms.
5. Evaluate the complexity of algorithms when applied to specific problems.
6. Develop skills to solve the problems using different techniques.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 223
Data Structures
And
Algorithm Design
(Theory)
CO78. Define the basic types
for data structures like
stacks, queues, linked lists along with their
strengths and
weaknesses
CO79. Examine the use of
different data
structures and apply methods in algorithm
design and analysis.
CO80. Apply the appropriate
data structure in
context of solution of given problem.
CO81. Develop programming
skills which require to
solve given problem
CO82. Formulate the problem
statement and apply
appropriate algorithm to it.
CO83. Analyze the complexity
of algorithms when applied to specific
problems.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials, ,
Demonstration
Learning activities for
the students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective
questions, Quizzes, Presentations,
Discussions
Assignments
Written test in classroom
Classroom
activity Written test in
classroom Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction 10 hrs Algorithm definition and specification – Design of Algorithms, and Analysis of Algorithms, Asymptotic
Notations, Growth of function: Asymptotic notations Linked lists – Searching, Insertion, Deletion, Sorted Linked List, Circular List, Two way List.
Unit II: Stacks 13 hrs
Array representation & Implementation, Operations on Stacks: Push & Pop, Linked representation of stack, Conversion of infix to prefix and postfix expressions, Evaluation of postfix expression using stack,
Queues - Array and linked representation and implementation, Operations on Queue: Create, Add,
Delete, Full and Empty, Circular queues, Searching: Linear and Binary Search Methods
Sorting: Bubble Sort, Selection Sort, Insertion Sort
Unit III: Tree 12 hrs Binary tree, Terminology & Representation, Binary Search Trees (BST)- Insertion and Deletion
Graphs: Terminology & Representations, Graphs & Multi-graphs, Directed Graphs, Elementary Graph algorithms, Representation of Graphs, BFS, DFS.
Divide and Conquer Method: Merge Sort, Quick Sort
Unit IV: The Greedy Method 12 hrs Knapsack Problem, Minimum Cost Spanning Tree, Single Source Shortest Path
Dynamic Programming: Multistage Graphs, All Pair Shortest Path, Optimal Binary Search Trees , 0/1
Knapsack Problem, Traveling Salesman Problem
Unit V: Backtracking 13 hrs General method – 8-Queens Problem, Sum of Subsets, Hamiltonian Cycles
Branch and Bound :- The Method– Knapsack Problem
Books Recommended: Anany Levitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, Third Edition, Pearson
Education, 2012.
Thomas H.Cormen, Charles E.Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein, “Introduction to
Algorithms”, Third Edition, PHI Course Private Limited, 2012.
Thomas H Coremen, Charles E Leiserson, Ronald L Rivest, Clifford Stein, “Introduction to
Algorithms”, Mc-Graw Hill, 2006 D.S Malik, “Data Structures using C++”, Cengage Learning, 2nd edition, 2009
A. Tannenbaum, “Data Structure Using C”, Pearson Education, 2019.
Donald E. Knuth, “The Art of Computer Programming”, Volumes 1& 3 Pearson Education,2009.
Steven S. Skiena, “The Algorithm Design Manual”, Second Edition, Springer, 2008.
E. Horowitz & Sahni, “Fundamental Data Structure”, Galgotia Book Source, 1983.
PAPER CODE - MCA 224
Cloud Computing (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
The course enables the students to
1. Define the broad perceptive of cloud architecture, cloud models and service models. 2. Describe the data center design and architectural design of cloud computing.
3. Demonstrate the types of virtualization software with the help of various examples.
4. Differentiate between the leading players in cloud computing and services provided by them. 5. Evaluate the security services provided in cloud computing in different domains.
6. Formulate applications of cloud computing for various fields.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 224
Cloud Computing
(Theory)
CO84. Define the basics of
cloud computing and
know the use of cloud computing models in
various domains.
CO85. Describe the data center design and how
data storage is done at
cloud.
CO86. Demonstrate various
types of virtualization
techniques and hypervisor software for
virtualization.
CO87. Evaluate the data security techniques and
Service Level
Agreement implementation.
CO88. Formulate cloud
computing solutions.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading assignments,
Demonstration, Team teaching, Research
Papers
Learning activities for
the students: Self-learning
assignments, Effective questions, Seminar
presentation, Giving
tasks
Assignment
Written test in classroom
Classroom
activity Multiple choice
questions Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction of Cloud Computing 14 hrs
Nutshell of cloud computing, Enabling Technology, Vision, feature Characteristics and components of Cloud Computing. Challenges, Risks and Approaches of Migration into Cloud. , Layer and Types of Clouds,
Services models, Cloud Reference Model.
Unit II: Cloud Computing Architecture 12 hrs Data center Design and interconnection Network, Architectural design of Compute and Storage Clouds.
Cloud Programming and Software: Features of cloud programming, Parallel and distributed programming
paradigms-MapReduce, Hadoop , High level Language for Cloud. Service Oriented Architecture – REST and Systems of Systems – Web Services – Publish Subscribe Model
Unit III: Virtualization Technology 14 hrs
Definition, Understanding and Benefits of Virtualization. Implementation Level of Virtualization, Virtualization Structure/Tools and Mechanisms, Hypervisor VMware, KVM, Xen. Virtualization: of CPU,
Memory, I/O Devices, Virtual Cluster and Resources Management, Virtualization of Server , Desktop, Network, and Virtualization of data-center.
Unit IV: Securing the Cloud 10 hrs
Cloud Information security fundamentals, Cloud security services, Design principles, Policy Implementation,
Cloud Computing Security Challenges, Cloud Computing Security Architecture. Legal issues in cloud Computing. Data Security in Cloud: Risk Mitigation , Understanding and Identification of Threats in Cloud,
SLA-Service Level Agreements, Trust Management
Unit V: Cloud Platforms in Industry 10 hrs Amazon web services, Google AppEngine, Microsoft Azure Design, Aneka: Cloud Application Platform -
Integration of Private and Public Clouds Cloud applications: Protein structure prediction, Data Analysis, Satellite Image Processing, CRM and ERP, Social networking. Cloud Application- Scientific Application,
Business Application.
Books Recommended:
Cloud Computing ,Principle and Paradigms, Edited By Rajkumar Buyya, Jemes Broberg, A. Goscinski,
Pub.- Wiley-2016 Kumar Saurabh, “Cloud Computing” , Wiley Pub 2016
Distributed and Cloud Computing, Kai Hawang , Geofrey C. Fox, Jack J. Dongarra Pub: Elservier, 2013
Krutz , Vines, “Cloud Security “ , Wiley Pub,2010
Velte, “Cloud Computing- A Practical Approach” ,TMH Pub,2009
Katarina Stanoevska-Slabeva, Thomas Wozniak, SantiRistol, “Grid and Cloud Computing – A Business
Perspective on Technology and Applications”, Springer,2010
PAPER CODE - MCA 225
Data Warehousing and Data Mining (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives This course enables the students to
1. Define the scope and essentiality of Data Warehousing and Mining.
2. Understand the need of Data warehouses over databases. 3. Describe data; choose relevant models and algorithms for respective applications.
4. Analyze data, identify problems, and choose relevant models and algorithms to apply. 5. Investigate research interest towards advances in data mining.
6. Relate a clear idea of data mining techniques, their need, scenarios and scope of their applicability to
real world problems.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 225
Data Warehousing
and Data Mining (Theory)
CO89. State the Data
Warehouse
fundamentals, Data Mining Principles.
CO90. Describe data
warehouse with
dimensional modeling and apply OLAP
operations.
CO91. Apply data mining
algorithms to solve
real world problems.
CO92. Compare and evaluate
different data mining
techniques like
classification, prediction, clustering
and association rule mining.
CO93. Apply Data mining
techniques on real world problems using
tool.
CO94. Benefit user experiences towards
research innovation
and integration.
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion,
Demonstration with real world examples,
Role plays, tool based experiment
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments, Quiz
activity, Effective
questions, case study based learning
approach, presentation, flip
classroom
Class Activity
Semester
Examination Assignments
CONTENTS
Unit I: Data Warehousing 10 hrs Basic Concepts, Architecture of Data Warehouse, OLAP and Data Cubes, Dim ensional Data Modeling-
star, snowflake schemas , Data Preprocessing – Need, Data Cleaning, Data Integration & Transformation, Data Reduction
Unit II: Introduction to Data Mining 10 hrs
Basic Data Mining Tasks, Data Mining versus Knowledge Discovery process , Data Mining Issues, Data
Mining Metrics, Social Implications of Data Mining, Overview of Applications of Data Mining
Unit III: Data Mining Techniques 12 hrs
Frequent item-sets and Association rule mining: Apriori algorithm, Use of sampling for frequent item-set,
FP tree algorithm Mining Various Kinds of Association Rules – Association Mining to Correlation Analysis – Constraint-Based
Association Mining.
Unit IV: Classification & Prediction 13 hrs Decision tree learning: Construction, performance, attribute selection Issues: Over-fitting, tree pruning
methods, missing values, continuous classes Classification and Regression Trees (CART) , Bayesian Classification: Bayes Theorem, Naïve Bayes classifier, Bayesian Networks Inference , Parameter and
structure learning: Linear classifiers, Least squares, logistic, perceptron and SVM classifiers, KNN
classifiers, Prediction: Linear regression, Non-linear regression
Unit V: Accuracy Measures 15 hrs Precision, recall, F-measure, confusion matrix, cross-validation, bootstrap, Clustering: k-means, k-
medoids, Expectation Maximization (M) algorithm, Hierarchical clustering, Correlation clustering. Brief overview of advanced techniques: Active learning, Reinforcement learning, Text mining, Graphical models,
Web Mining , Basics of Data Mining Tools
Books Recommended:
Jiawei Han & Micheline Kamber, “Data Mining: Concepts & Techniques”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,3rd Edition, 2011
Mohanty, Soumendra, “Data Warehousing: Design, Development and Best Practices”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2006
W. H. Inmon, “Building the Data Warehouse”, Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd., 4th Edition, 2005
Pieter Adriaans & Dolf Zentinge, “Data Mining”, Addison-Wesley, Pearson, 2000.
Daniel T. Larose, “Data Mining Methods & Models”, Wiley-India, 2007.
Vikram Pudi & P. Radha Krishnan, “Data Mining”, Oxford University Press, 2009.
Alex Berson & Stephen J. Smith, “Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP”, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2004.
Michael J. A. Berry & Gordon S. Linoff, “Data Mining Techniques”, Wiley-India, 2008.
Richard J. Roiger & Michael W. Geatz, “Data Mining – a Tutorial-based Primer”, Pearson Education,
2005.
Margaret H. Dunham & S. Sridhar, “Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics”, Pearson Education, 2008.
G. K. Gupta, “Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies”, EEE, PHI, 2006.
PAPER CODE - MCA 226
Mini Project Using Java (Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
The course enables the students to
1. Define the advanced concepts of Java. 2. Understand the syntax and semantics of JSP, JDBC and Servlets.
3. Implement the concepts to find the solution of real world problems.
4. Evaluate the understanding of the concepts by applying them to problems in different domains. 5. Analyze the advanced features of Java and improve team building, communication and management
skills. 6. Create and develop Software project.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 226
Mini Project
Using Java (Practical)
CO95. Define how the
advanced concepts of Java help in making
project.
CO96. Understand the basic
features of advanced
Java programming and
apply them in web applications.
CO97. Implement the
practical knowledge of various features of
object oriented programming.
CO98. Compare and contrast
the JSP web applications and
Spring Web
Applications
CO99. Evaluate the pros and
cons of using JSP,
Servlet and Spring MVC in different
applications.
CO100. Develop
software projects on
real world problems
using advanced features of Java.
Approach in teaching: Project Designing using
Modular Approach, Form Design, Database
Design, Presentation,
Project Report
Learning activities for the students:
Self-Learning
Assignments, Converting specifications to Code,
Innovative Solutions
Class Activity Assignments
Semester End Examination
Project Evaluation:
Continuous Assessment Evaluation for Mini Project: Regularity
Software Design Specification
Midterm Assessment Presentation (to be filled in by the Project Guide)
Semester End Evaluation for the Mini Project:
Project Demo
Project Presentation
Project Report
Viva-voce
Adherence to Specifications
System Knowledge and Understanding
Innovation and Originality
General instructions for preparation of project report 1. Introduction
1.1 Cover Page 1.2 Title Page
1.3 Certificate
1.4 Acknowledgement 1.5 Table of Contents
2. Project Specifications 2.1 Project Overview
2.2 Project Need
3. Specific Requirements 3.1 External Interface Requirements
3.2 Hardware Interfaces 3.3 Software Interfaces
3.4 Communications Protocols 3.5 Security / Maintainability / Performance
4. Software Product Features
4.1 System Architecture 4.2 Database Requirements
4.3 ER Diagram 4.4 Data Flow Diagram
4.5 User Interfaces
4.6 Report Formats 5. Drawbacks and Limitations
6. Proposed Enhancements 7. Conclusion
8. Bibliography
9. Annexure: 9.1 User Interface Screens (Optional)
9.2 Output Reports with Data (if any) 9.3 Program Code
PAPER CODE - MCA 227
Linux Programming Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives The course enables the students to
1. Recall major functions of OS and get familiar with the Linux Environment
2. Work with basic commands of Linux 3. Compile and execute C programs in Linux/UNIX environment
4. Implement various functionalities through shell scripting 5. Apply basics of Linux administration
6. Construct basic OS mechanisms with shell programming
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 227
Linux Programming
Lab (Practical)
CO101. Understan
d installation &
configuration of Linux operating
system
CO102. Understan
d interaction with
Linux Operating
System using CUI.
CO103. Compilatio
n and execution of C Programs on
Linux Platform.
CO104. Develop
shell scripts
CO105. Understan
d system administration
CO106. Construct
basic OS mechanisms with
shell
programming
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lab Sessions, Modeling, Discussions,
implementing enquiry based learning, student
centred approach
Learning activities for
the students: Experiential Learning,
Discussions, Lab
Assignments
Lab Assignment
Programming test in Lab
Sessions Continuous
Assessment
Semester end practical exam
Viva-voce
Contents
List of Experiments:
1. Basic Shell Commands 2. Study of Unix/Linux
General purpose utility command
File system navigation
File attributes
System’s environment
Simple and advanced filters
3. I/O Redirections 4. Working with vi editor
Compilation and Execution of C Programs through Linux/UNIX
Shell Programs:
1. Implementation of Shell Programming Concepts: Shell programming in bash
Shell Variables Input concepts
Expression
Decisions and repetition
Special parameters and variables
Command line arguments
Case statements
Changing positional parameters and argument validation
String manipulation
File Operations
Base conversion
2. User defined functions.
Administration:
1. Installing Linux through bootable media/ through NFS
2. Creating & Managing User Accounts 3. Creating & Managing Groups.
PAPER CODE -MCA 228
Data Structures and Algorithm Design Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
This course enables the students to 1. Familiarize with creation of Programs of different algorithm.
2. Introduce various storage mechanisms of data and techniques for representation of the data in the real
world. 3. Provide mathematical approach for Analysis of Algorithms.
4. Choose appropriate technique for a given problem. 5. Develop programming skills to convert Dynamic Programming, Greedy method and Backtracking.
6. Formulate problems using various strategies.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 228
Data
Structures and
Algorithm
Design Lab (Practical)
CO107. Implement
various linear and
nonlinear data structures.
CO108. Describe, apply
and analyze the complexity of divide
and conquer strategy,
greedy strategy and dynamic programming
strategy.
CO109. Apply the
learned concepts in
various domains like DBMS and Compiler
Construction.
CO110. Explain and
apply backtracking, branch and bound and
string matching techniques to deal
with some hard problems.
CO111. Select
appropriate data
structure for specified problem domain.
CO112. Analyze the
running time and space complexity of
algorithms.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lab Sessions, Modelling, Discussions,
implementing enquiry
based learning, student centred approach
Learning activities for
the students: Experiential Learning,
Discussions, Lab
Assignments
Lab Assignment
Programming test in Lab
Sessions
Continuous Assessment
Semester end practical exam
Viva-voce
Contents
1. Linear search & binary search, Sorting Techniques
2. Stacks and queues operations (with arrays and pointers)
3. Link List and Trees operations (with arrays and pointers)
4. graphs – basic traversal and search techniques
5. Greedy method: -knapsack problem
6. Greedy method minimum cost spanning tree
7. Dynamic Programming – 0/1 Knapsack
8. Dynamic Programming – traveling salesman problem
9. Backtracking 8-Queens problem
10. Backtracking Sum of Subsets
11. Branch and Bound -0/1 Knapsack problem
12. Sequential and Dynamic Implementations
PAPER CODE - MCA 229
Term Paper Presentation I (Seminar)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives
This course enables the students to 1. Define and utilize various sources to gather data for a research paper.
2. Organize ideas; write annotated bibliographies, and thesis statements.
3. Understand how to develop outlines for research papers. 4. Complete a rough draft of a research paper by correcting punctuation, mechanics, and spelling.
5. Compile a final form of the research paper with a works cited page. 6. Write a research paper and present it in a National / international conference.
7. Prepare a presentation on the research topic.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 229
Term Paper Presentation I
(Seminar)
CO113. Develop
understanding on various kinds of
research, objectives of
doing research,
research process, research designs
and sampling
CO114. Demonstr
ate basic
awareness of
data analysis and hypothesis of
testing procedures
CO115. Gain
adequate knowledge on
measurement &
scaling techniques as
well as the quantitative data
analysis
CO116. Implemen
t the testing
procedures on
different problem domains and
evaluate its performance
CO117. Compare
the proposed technique with
the existing
techniques and analyze the
Approach in teaching: Research Paper Design:
Introduction, Literature
Review, Experimental Set up, Comparative
Analysis, Methodology for conducting the
research work, Conclusion, writing
References
Learning activities for
the students: Self-Learning on subject
matter, Presentation,
Seminar Report
Research Paper Presentation
Viva Voce
results
CO118. Report
and present the findings of the
study conducted in the preferred
domain
Contents
Discovering, Narrowing, and Focusing a Researchable Topic Try to find a topic that is of interest
Try writing your way to a topic
Talk with your course instructor and classmates about the topic
Pose your topic as a question to be answered or a problem to be solved
Finding, Selecting, and Reading Sources
The following types of sources may be consulted:
library catalog, periodical indexes, bibliographies, suggestions from your instructor
primary vs. secondary sources
journals, books, other documents
Grouping, Sequencing, and Documenting Information The following system aid should be organized for:
Noting sources on bibliography cards
Organizing material according to its relative importance
Taking notes
Writing an Outline and a Prospectus for Yourself Consider the following questions:
What is the topic?
Why is it significant?
What background material is relevant?
What is my thesis or purpose statement?
What organizational plan will best support my purpose?
Writing the Introduction
In the introduction one will need to do the following things:
Present relevant background or contextual material
Define terms or concepts when necessary
Explain the focus of the paper and your specific purpose
Reveal your plan of organization
Writing the Conclusion If the argument or point of the paper is complex, then summarize the argument for the reader.
If significance of the research findings are not explained prior to conclusion then use the end of the paper
to add up points or to explain their significance.
Move from a detailed to a general level of consideration that returns the topic to the context provided by
the introduction. Perhaps suggest what about this topic needs further research.
Revising the Final Draft
Check overall organization: logical flow of introduction, coherence and depth of discussion in body,
effectiveness of conclusion.
Paragraph level concerns: topic sentences, sequence of ideas within paragraphs, use of details to
support generalizations, summary sentences where necessary, use of transitions within and between paragraphs.
Sentence level concerns: sentence structure, word choices, punctuation, and spelling.
Documentation: consistent use of one system, citation of all material not considered common knowledge,
appropriate use of endnotes or footnotes, accuracy of list of works cited and Plagiarism Check
M.C.A. (2020-2021)
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester III
PAPER CODE - MCA 321 Cryptography and Network Security
(Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to 1. Understand the fundamentals of Cryptography
2. Understand how to deploy encryption techniques to secure data in transit across data 3. Acquire knowledge on standard algorithms used to provide confidentiality, integrity and Authenticity
4. Analyze and use methods for cryptography
5. Reflect about limits and applicability of methods
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 321
Cryptography and Network
Security (Theory)
CO119. Classify the
various classical encryption techniques
CO120. Illustrate
various Public key cryptographic
techniques
CO121. Discuss key
exchange and authentication
applications
CO122. Evaluate the
authentication and
hash algorithms
CO123. Summarize
the intrusion
detection and its solutions to overcome
the attacks.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Modelling, Discussions,
using research papers, student centred
approach, Through Video Tutorials
Learning activities for
the students:
Experiential Learning, Presentations, case
based learning, Discussions, Quizzes and
Assignments
Assignments Written test in
classroom
Classroom activity
Continues Assessment
Semester End Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: 14 hrs
Introduction to security attacks: services and mechanism, classical encryption techniques-
substitution ciphers and transposition ciphers, cryptanalysis, stream and block ciphers. Modern Block
Ciphers: Block ciphers principals, Shannon’s theory of confusion and diffusion, fiestal structure, data
encryption standard (DES), differential and linear cryptanalysis of DES, block cipher modes of operations,
triple DES.
Unit II: Encryption Technique 12 hrs
AES, RC6, random number generation. S-box theory: Boolean Function, S-box design criteria, Bent
functions, Propagation and nonlinearity, construction of balanced functions, S-box design.
Unit III: Public Key Cryptosystems 14 hrs
Principles of Public Key Cryptosystems, RSA Algorithm, security analysis of RSA, Exponentiation in Modular
Arithmetic. Key Management in Public Key Cryptosystems: Distribution of Public Keys, Distribution of
Secret keys using Public Key Cryptosystems. X.509 Discrete Logarithms, Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange
Unit IV: Message Authentication and Hash Function 10 hrs
Authentication requirements, authentication functions, message authentication code, hash functions,
birthday attacks, security of hash functions and MAC, MD5 message digest algorithm, Secure hash
algorithm(SHA). Digital Signatures: Digital Signatures, authentication protocols, digital signature standards
(DSS), proof of digital signature algorithm. Remote user Authentication using symmetric and Asymmetric
Authentication
Unit V: Pretty Good Privacy 10 hrs
IP Security: Overview, IP Security Architecture, Authentication Header, Encapsulation Security Payload in
Transport and Tunnel mode with multiple security associations (Key Management not Included). Strong
Password Protocols: Lamport’s Hash, Encrypted Key Exchange.
Books Recommended:
Stalling Williams: Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practices, 4th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2006
Kaufman Charlie et.al; Network Security: Private Communication in a Public World, 2nd Ed.,
PHI/Pearson, 2002
Pieprzyk Josef and et.al; Fundamentals of Computer Security, Springer-Verlag, 2008
Trappe & Washington, Introduction to Cryptography, 2nd Ed. Pearson, 2006
PAPER CODE - MCA 322
Big Data Technologies (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
This Course enables the students to 1. Define the basic concepts of big data.
2. Understand the concepts of big data technologies.
3. Introduce the tools required to manage and analyze big data 4. Relate data management by RDBMS & NOSQL.
5. Generate applications using map reduce. 6. Develop skills to solve complex real world problems.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 322
Big Data Technologies
(Theory)
CO124. Define the
basic concepts of
big data.
CO125. Describe
the concepts of
big data technologies.
CO126. Illustrate
how to use tools
to manage big data.
CO127. Compare
different tools used in Big Data
Analytics.
CO128. Experimen
t with data
management using NOSQL.
CO129. Develop
new applications
using map reduce.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Tutorials,
Demonstrations, Flipped
classes.
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments, Quizzes,
Presentations,
Discussions
Assignment
Written test in classroom
Classroom
activity Multiple choice
questions Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Understanding Big Data 10 hrs
Introduction, Need, convergence of key trends, structured data Vs. unstructured data , industry examples of big data, web analytics – big data and marketing, fraud and big data, risk and big data,
credit risk management, big data and algorithmic trading, big data and its applications in healthcare,
medicine, advertising etc.
Unit II: Big Data Technologies: Hadoop 14 hrs
Open source technologies, cloud and big data, Crowd Sourcing Analytics, inter and trans firewall
analytics Introduction to Hadoop, Data format, analyzing data with Hadoop, scaling out, Hadoop streaming,
Hadoop pipes. Design of Hadoop distributed file system (HDFS), HDFS concepts – Java interface, data
flow, Data Ingest with Flume and Sqoop. Hadoop I/O – data integrity, compression, serialization, Avro –
file-based data structures.
Unit III: Hadoop Related Tools 14 hrs Introduction to Hbase: The Dawn of Big Data, the Problem with Relational Database Systems.
Introduction to Cassandra: Introduction to Pig, Hive – data types and file formats – HiveQL data definition – HiveQL data manipulation – HiveQL queries.
Unit IV: NOSQL Data Management 10 hrs
Introduction to NoSQL, aggregate data models, key-value and document data models, relationships, graph databases, schemaless databases, materialized views, distribution models, sharding, master-slave
replication, peer-peer replication Consistency: relaxing consistency, version stamps
Unit V: Map Reduce Applications 12 hrs MapReduce workflows, unit tests with MRUnit, test data and local tests, anatomy of MapReduce job
run, classic Map-reduce – YARN, failures in classic Map-reduce and YARN – job scheduling, shuffle and
sort, task execution, MapReduce types – input formats – output formats, MapReduce – partitioning and combining, Composing MapReduce Calculations.
Books Recommended:
Big Data, Black Book, DT Editorial Services, DreamTech Press 2015
Professional NOSQL, Shashank Tiwari, Wrox, September 2011
Hadoop in Practice, Alex Homes, Dreamtech Press, 2015
HBase: The Definitive Guide, Lars George, O'Reilley, 2011.
Cassandra: The Definitive Guide, Eben Hewitt, O'Reilley, 2010.
Programming Pig, Alan Gates, O'Reilley, 2011.
NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot Persistence, P. J. Sadalage and M. Fowler, Pearson Education, Inc. 2012.
Programming Hive, E. Capriolo, D. Wampler, and J. Rutherglen, O'Reilley, 2012
PAPER CODE - MCA 323
Programming Through Python (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives
This course enables the students to 1. Define the basic concepts of Python programming.
2. Understand the concepts of Python functions and its uses.
3. Demonstrate the Modules and packages used in Python Programming. 4. Differentiate different modules and packages used in Python.
5. Evaluate using different functions, packages in applications.
6. Construct new ideas where the knowledge of Python can be implemented.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 323
Programming
Through
Python (Theory)
CO130. Define basic
concepts of Python programming.
CO131. Describe
basic Python file operations.
CO132. Illustrate
how to use Oops concepts using
Python.
CO133. Compare and analyze
different packages
used in Python.
CO134. Evaluate,
analyze and handle
the exceptions in Python
programming.
CO135. Create new
ideas where the
knowledge of
Python can be implemented.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Modeling, Discussions, implementing enquiry
based learning, Student
centered approach, Through audio-visual
aids
Learning activities for the students:
Experiential Learning,
Presentations, Case based learning,
Discussions, Quizzes and Assignments
Assignments Written tests in
classroom Classroom
Activity
Objective Quiz Semester End
Exam
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction and overview 12 hrs Introduction, What is Python, Origin, Comparison, Comments, Variables and Assignment, Identifiers, Basic
Style Guidelines, Python Objects, Standard Types, Other Built-in Types, Internal Types, Operators, Built-in Functions, Numbers and Strings. Introduction to Numbers, Integers, Floating Point Real Numbers,
Complex Numbers, Sequences: Strings, Sequences, Strings, String-only Operators, Built-in Functions,
String Built-in Methods, Special Features of Strings, , Memory Management, Python Application Examples
Unit II: Lists and Dictionaries 12 hrs
Built-in Functions, List type built in Methods, Special Features of Lists, Tuples, Tuple Operators and Built-
in Functions, Special Features of Tuples, Introduction to Dictionaries, Built-in Functions, Built-in Methods, Dictionary Keys,
Conditionals and Loops: if statement, else Statement, elif Statement, while Statement, for Statement,
break Statement, continue Statement, pass Statement, else Statement
Unit III: Object, Classes and Files 12 hrs
Classes in Python, Principles of Object Orientation, Creating Classes, Instance Methods, Class variables, Inheritance, Polymorphism, Type Identification, File Objects, File Built-in Function, File Built-in Methods,
File Built-in Attributes, Standard Files, Command-line Arguments, File System, File Execution, Persistent Storage Modules.
Unit IV: Regular Expression and Exception Handling 12 hrs
Regular Expression: Introduction/Motivation, Special Symbols and Characters for REs, REs and Python. What Are Exceptions? Exceptions in Python, Detecting and Handling Exceptions, Exceptions as Strings,
Raising Exceptions, Assertions, Standard Exceptions
Unit V: Database Interaction 12 hrs SQL Database connection using python, creating and searching tables, Reading and storing config
information on database, Programming using database connections, Python Multithreading:
Understanding threads, Forking threads, synchronizing the threads, Programming using multithreading
Books Recommended: Core Python Programming, R. Nageswara Rao, Dreamtech Press, Second Edition, 2018
Python Programming, Dr. M. Suresh Anand, Dr. R. Jothikumar, Dr. N. Vadivelan, Notion Press, First
Edition, 2020
The Complete Reference Python, Martin C. Brown, McGraw Hill Education, Fourth Edition, 2018
Think Python, Allen B. Downey, O’Reilly Media, 2016
Programming and Problem Solving with Python, Amit Ashok Kamthane, Ashok Namdev Kamthane,
McGraw Hill HED, First Edition, 2017
Advanced Python Programming, Sakis Kasampalis, Quan Nguyen, Dr Gabriele Lanaro, Ingram short
title, 2019
PAPER CODE - MCA 324A
Introduction to Data Science (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to
1. Define the concepts of data science. 2. Understand the concepts of big data in data science.
3. Demonstrate the data science process.
4. Differentiate between business intelligence and data science. 5. Evaluate using different statistical methods.
6. Construct cases and new ideas where the knowledge of data science can be implemented.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 324A
Introduction
To Data Science
(Theory)
CO136. Define basic concepts of
Python
programming.
CO137. Describe
basic Python file
operations.
CO138. Illustrate
how to use Oops
concepts using Python.
CO139. Compare
and analyze
different packages used in
Python.
CO140. Evaluate,
analyze and
handle the exceptions in
Python
programming.
CO141. Create
new ideas where
the knowledge of Python can be
implemented.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Modeling, Discussions, implementing enquiry
based learning, Student centered approach,
Through audio-visual
aids
Learning activities for the students:
Experiential Learning,
Presentations, Case based learning,
Discussions, Quizzes and Assignments
Assignments Written tests in
classroom Classroom
Activity Objective Quiz
Semester End
Exam
CONTENTS Unit I: Introduction 12 hrs
What is Data Science, Need for Data Science, Components of Data Science, Big data, Facets of data: Structured data, Unstructured data, Natural Language, Machine-generated data, Graph-based or network
data, Audio, image and video, Streaming data, The need for Business Analytics, Data Science Life Cycle,
Applications of data science
Unit II: Introduction to Big Data 12 hrs
Classification of Digital Data, Big Data and its importance, Four Vs, Drivers for Big data, Big data analytics, Classification of Analytics , Top Challenges Facing Big Data, Responsibilities of data scientists,
Big data applications in healthcare, medicine, advertising
Unit III: Data Science Process 12 hrs Overview of data science process, setting the research goal, Retrieving data , Cleansing, integrating and
transforming data, Exploratory data analysis, Data Modeling, Presentation and automation, Types of Analytics: Descriptive analytics, Diagnostic analytics, Predictive analytics, Prescriptive analytics
Unit IV: Statistics 12 hrs
Basic terminologies, Population, Sample, Parameter, Estimate, Estimator, Sampling distribution, Standard
Error, Properties of Good Estimator, Measures of Centers, Measures of Spread, Probability, Normal Distribution, Binary Distribution, Hypothesis Testing ,Chi-Square Test , ANOVA
Unit V: Data Science Tools and Algorithms 12 hrs
Basic Data Science languages- R, Python, Knowledge of Excel, SQL Database, Introduction to Weka, Regression Algorithms: How Regression Algorithm Work, Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, K-
Nearest Neighbors Algorithm, K-means algorithm.
Books Recommended:
Samuel Burns, “Fundamentals of Data Science: Take the first Step to Become a Data Scientist” ,
Amazon KDP Printing and Publishing, First Edition, 2019 Davy Cielen, Arno D.B. Meysman, Mohamed Ali, “Introducing Data Science”, Manning Publications, 2016
Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt, “Doing Data Science, Straight Talk From The Frontline”, O’Reilly. 2014.
PAPER CODE - MCA 324B
WIRELESS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to
1. Understand advanced multiple access techniques. 2. Understand diversity reception techniques.
3. Analyze wireless and mobile cellular communication systems.
4. Identify with digital cellular systems (GSM, cdmaOne, GPRS, EDGE, cdma2000, W-CDMA, and LTE). 5. The student will have the ability to work in advanced research wireless and mobile cellular programs.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 324B
Wireless And Mobile
Communicat
ion
(Theory)
CO142. Explain the
basic concepts of wireless network and
data broadcasting.
CO143. Demonstrate
the different wireless and mobile
technologies such as CDMA, GSM, GPRS,
RFID.
CO144. Elucidate the mobile technologies.
CO145. Explain the
measures taken for
handling data management issues.
CO146. Appraise the
importance of Adhoc networks such as
DSDV, AODV and Wireless Sensor
networks
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Modeling, Discussions,
implementing enquiry based learning.
Learning activities for
the students:
Experiential Learning, Presentations, Case
based learning, Discussions, Quizzes and
Assignments
Assignments
Written test in classroom
Classroom activity
Continues Assessment
Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Wireless Networking, Wireless LAN Overview 10 hrs
MAC issues, IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth, Wireless multiple access protocols, TCP over wireless, Wireless applications, data broadcasting, Mobile IP, WAP: Architecture, protocol stack, application
environment.
Unit II: Introduction to Mobile Communication 14 hrs Introduction, wireless transmission - frequencies for radio transmission - signals - antennas - signal
propagation - multiplexing - modulation - spread spectrum - cellular systems - medium access control - specialized MAC - SDMA - FDMA - TDMA - aloha - CSMA - collision avoidance - polling -
CDMA - comparison of S/T/F/CDMA Telecommunication systems - mobile services - system
architecture - radio interface - protocols - localization and calling - handover - security - new data services - satellite systems- broadcast systems - digital audio broadcasting - digital video
broadcasting, WDM Optical networks.
Unit III: Mobile Technologies: 14 hrs
Bluetooth, Radio Frequency Identification(RFID),Wireless Broadband, Mobile IP: Introduction,
Advertisement, Registration, TCP connections, two level addressing, abstract mobility management model, performance issue, routing in mobile host, Adhoc networks, Mobile transport layer: Indirect
TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Time out freezing, Selective retransmission, transaction oriented TCP.
Unit IV: Data Management Issues 10 hrs
Data Replication for mobile computers, Adaptive Clustering for mobile wireless networks, File system, Disconnected operations, Mobile Agents Computing, Security and Fault Tolerance,
Transaction processing in mobile computing environment.
Unit V: Adhoc Networks 12 hrs Adhoc Networks, Localization, MAC issues, Routing protocols, global state routing (GSR),
Destination sequenced distance vector routing (DSDV), Dynamic Source Routing (DSR), Ad Hoc on
demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV), Temporary ordered routing algorithm (TORA), QoS in Ad Hoc Networks, applications.
Pervasive Computing: Principles, Characteristics, interaction transparency, context aware, automated experience capture. Architecture for pervasive computing, Pervasive devices, embedded
controls, smart sensors and actuators, Context communication and access services.
Books Recommended:
J. Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Addison Wesley, 2nd edition, 2010.
Theodore S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice”, Pearson
Education, 2nd Edition, 2010. Jochen Burkhardt, Stefan Hepper, Klaus Rindtorff, Thomas Schaeck, “Pervasive Computing-
Technology and Architecture of Mobile Internet Application”, Pearson Education, 6th edition,
2009. Hansmann, Merk, Nicklous and Stober, “Principles of Mobile Computing”, Wiley India, 2nd
Edition, 2003.
Charles Perkins, “Adhoc Networks”, Addison Wesley, 1st Edition, 2008.
PAPER CODE - MCA 324C
Artificial Intelligence (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
The course enables the students to 1. Define general artificial intelligence Techniques.
2. Understand the specific ideas about modeling and analytical skills (e.g., search, logic, and probability)
knowledge of many of the most important knowledge representation, reasoning, and machine learning schemes, and a general understanding of AI principles and practice.
3. Understand the role of semantics of sentences and pragmatics. 4. Demonstrate work involving the design of computer programs for various application domains.
5. Compare different search strategies in AI.
6. Evaluate how AI can be applied to different problems and how Expert system helps in real life. Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 324C
Artificial
Intelligence (Theory)
CO147. Define various
problem solving
technique and various control strategies.
CO148. Classify various
search algorithms and also explains their
applications for real
world problems.
CO149. Demonstrate use
of knowledge
representation technique like semantic networks,
Frame system, Script etc.
CO150. Discuss various
AI Fields like Natural
Language Processing, Probability, Expert
System.
CO151. Evaluate expert
system and use of
expert system application in the real
world.
CO152. Develop an idea about various
Applications of AI.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Modeling, Discussions,
Using research papers,
student centered approach, Through
Video Tutorials
Learning activities for the students:
Experiential Learning,
Presentations, case based learning,
Discussions, Quizzes and Assignments
Assignments
Assignments Written test in
classroom
Classroom activity
Continues Assessment
Semester End Examination
CONTENTS Unit I: General Issues and overview of AI 12 hrs
The AI problems: what is an AI technique, Characteristics of AI applications Problem Solving, Search and Control Strategies General Problem solving, Production systems, Control strategies, forward and backward
chaining Exhaustive searches: Depth first Breadth first search.
Unit II: Heuristic Search Techniques 12 hrs
Hill climbing, Branch and Bound technique, Best first search and A* algorithm, AND/OR Graphs, Problem reduction and AO* algorithm, Constraint Satisfaction problems Game Playing Min Max Search procedure,
Alpha-Beta cutoff, Additional Refinements.
Unit III: Knowledge Representation 12 hrs First Order Predicate Calculus, Resolution Principle and Unification, Inference Mechanisms Horn’s Clauses,
Semantic Networks, Frame Systems and Value Inheritance, Scripts, Conceptual Dependency AI Programming Languages Introduction to LISP, Introduction to PROLOG.
Unit IV: Natural Language Processing 12 hrs
Origins and challenges of NLP – Language Modeling: Grammar-based LM, Statistical LM – Regular
Expressions, Finite-State Automata – English Morphology, Tokenization, Unsmoothed N-grams, Evaluating N-grams, Smoothing, Part-of-Speech Tagging, Issues in Part-of-Speech tagging.
Semantics and pragmatics-Requirements for representation, Syntax-Driven Semantic analysis, Semantic attachment-Word Senses, Relations between Senses.
Syntactic analysis: Context-Free Grammars, Grammar rules for English, Normal Forms for grammar – Dependency Grammar – Syntactic Parsing, and Ambiguity.
Unit V: Probability and Expert Systems 12 hrs
Probabilistic Reasoning and Uncertainty, Probability theory, Bayes Theorem and Bayesian networks,
Certainty Factor. Introduction to Expert Systems, Architecture of Expert Systems, Expert System Shells, Knowledge
Acquisition, Case Studies, MYCIN, Learning, Rote Learning, Learning by Induction, explanation based learning.
Books Recommended:
Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd edition, 2009.
Dan W. Patterson, “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems”, Prentice Hall of India, 1st
edition, 1997.
Winston, Patrick, Henry, “Artificial Intelligence”, Pearson Education, 3rd edition, 2004
Subhasree Bhattacharjee, “Artificial Intelligence for Student” Shroff Publishers and Distributors Pvt.LTD.,
1st Edition, 2016
Daniel Jurafsky, James H. Martin Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction to Natural Language
Processing, Computational Linguistics and Speech, Pearson Publication, 2014.
Steven Bird, Ewan Klein and Edward Loper, Natural Language Processing with Pythonll, First Edition,
OReilly Media, 2009. Nils J. Nilsson, “Principles of Artificial Intelligence (Symbolic Computation / Artificial Intelligence)”, reprint
edition, 2014.
Stuart Russell, Peter Norving, “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach”, Pearson Education, 3rd edition,
2010.
PAPER CODE - MCA 324D
e-Commerce (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to
1. Understand the scope of e-commerce in the realm of modern business. 2. Comprehend different types of E-Commerce models and electronic payment system
3. Be aware of the technologies used to develop and deliver e-commerce applications.
4. Identify various security risks and their handling related to E-Commerce 5. Apply E-commerce in different fields of business
6. Create an E-commerce application
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 324D
e-Commerce
(Theory)
CO153. Define the
concepts and traditional commerce
and e-commerce and
learn basic aspects of e-commerce
CO154. Learn various
e-commerce models along with their
differences
CO155. Understand variety of electronic
payment systems used
in e-commerce
CO156. Classify
different security risks
and their handling related to e-Commerce
CO157. Explore
applications of E-commerce in different
fields of business
CO158. Be aware of global perspectives
(needs,
rules/regulations, and specifications)
CO159. Construct an E-
commerce application for a real world
business scenario
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Modeling, Discussions,
Using research papers, student centered
approach, Through Video Tutorials
Learning activities for the students:
Experiential Learning, Presentations, case
based learning,
Discussions, Quizzes and Assignments
Assignments
Assignments Written test in
classroom Classroom
activity Continues
Assessment
Semester End Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction to e-Commerce 12 hrs
Definition, Activities, Objectives, Components, Functions, Advantages and disadvantages, Scope, Forces driving E-Commerce, Traditional commerce Vs. E-Commerce, E-Commerce opportunities for industries,
Growth of E-Commerce, e-Commerce Applications.
Unit II: E-Commerce Models 12 hrs
Business to consumer, Business to Business, Consumer to Consumer, Government to Citizen, Features
and Benefits, Portal Vs. Website. Other Models: Brokerage Model, Aggregator Model, Info-Mediary Model, Community Model and value
chain Model.
Unit III: Electronic Payment Systems 12 hrs Introductions, Special features, Types of E-Payment Systems (EFT, E-Cash, E-Cheque, Credit/Debit Card,
Smart Card, Digital Tokens and Electronic Purses), Traditional Payments Vs E-Payment Systems, The SET
protocol, SET vs. SSL, Payment Gateway, Certificate Issuance, Certificate Trust Chain.
Unit IV: Security Issues in E-Commerce 12 hrs Security risk of E-Commerce, Types of threats, Security Tools, Cyber Laws, Business Ethics, EDI
Architecture, EDI Standards, EDI Application in business.
Unit V: Applications of E-Commerce 12 hrs
E-Marketing, E-Customer Relationship Management, E-Supply Chain Management, E-Governance, E-
Buying, E-Selling, e-Banking, E-Retailing Creation of An E-Commerce Application and Project Report based on any of the above models/modules
Books Recommended: Ravi Kalakota, “Electronic Commerce: A Manager's Guide”, Addison-Wesley Professional, Edition 2012.
Ian Daniel, “E-Commerce get it Right”, Neuro Digital Publication, 2011.
Dr. K Abirami Devi & Dr. M Alagammai, “E-Commerce Essentials”, Margham Publication, 2012.
Kenneth C. Loudon, Carol Guercio Traver, “E-Commerce 2017”, Prentice Hall Publication, 2017
PAPER CODE - MCA 325A
Business Intelligence and Statistics (Theory)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives This course enables the students to
1. Define the concepts of business intelligence and statistics. 2. Understand the concepts of knowledge delivery in business intelligence.
3. Demonstrate the concept of peer groups and cross efficiency analysis.
4. Differentiate between business intelligence and business statistics. 5. Evaluate using different distributions and testing techniques.
6. Create new ideas where the knowledge of business intelligence and statistics can be implemented.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 325A
Business Intelligence
And Statistics (Theory)
CO160. Define the
concepts of business intelligence and
statistics.
CO161. Describe the
concepts of knowledge delivery and
interactive reports
CO162. Demonstrate
the concept of pattern
matching and cluster analysis
CO163. Differentiate
using different
distributions and testing techniques.
CO164. Evaluate using
different testing techniques.
CO165. Construct new
ideas where the knowledge of business
intelligence and statistics can be
implemented.
Approach in
teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Modeling, Discussions,
implementing enquiry based learning.
Learning activities for the students:
Experiential Learning, Presentations, Case
based learning,
Discussions, Quizzes and Assignments
Assignments
Written test in classroom
Classroom activity
Continues Assessment
Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Business intelligence 12 hrs
Effective and timely decisions, Data, information and knowledge, Role of mathematical models, Business intelligence architectures: Cycle of a business intelligence analysis, Enabling factors in business
intelligence projects – Development of a business intelligence system, Ethics and business intelligence. Data Science Vs. business intelligence
Unit II: Knowledge delivery 12 hrs
The business intelligence user types, Standard reports, Interactive Analysis and Ad Hoc Querying, Parameterized Reports and Self-Service Reporting, dimensional analysis, Alerts/Notifications,
Visualization: Charts, Graphs, Widgets, Scorecards and Dashboards, Geographic Visualization, Integrated
Analytics, Considerations: Optimizing the Presentation for the Right Message.
Unit III: Efficiency 12 hrs
Efficiency measures – The CCR model: Definition of target objectives- Peer groups – Identification of
good operating practices; cross efficiency analysis – virtual inputs and outputs – Other models. Pattern matching – cluster analysis, outlier analysis, Business Intelligence Applications.
Unit IV: Distributions 12 hrs
Introduction to Population, Sample, Variable, Continuous Distribution, Discrete Distribution, Normal Distribution, Standard Deviation, Skewness, Mean, Mode, Median, Sampling Distribution, Central Limit
Theorem, Z-Score.
Unit V: Hypothesis Testing 12 hrs Steps for Hypothesis Testing, Statistical Significance, Hypothesis Testing Assumptions, Proportion
Testing, Null Hypothesis, t-Distribution, t-tests, one-tailed and two-tailed t tests, Significance of p-values. Pareto Principle, Trends in analytics.
Books Recommended: Larissa T. Moss, S. Atre, “Business Intelligence Roadmap: The Complete Project Lifecycle of Decision
Making”, Addison Wesley, 2003.
Carlo Vercellis, “Business Intelligence: Data Mining and Optimization for Decision Making”, Wiley
Publications, 2009. David Loshin Morgan, Kaufman, “Business Intelligence: The Savvy Manager’s Guide”, Second Edition,
2012.
David Loshin, “Business Intelligence”, Second Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012
Cindi Howson, “Successful Business Intelligence: Secrets to Making BI a Killer App”, McGraw-Hill,
2007.
Ralph Kimball , Margy Ross , Warren Thornthwaite, Joy Mundy, Bob Becker, “The Data Warehouse
Lifecycle Toolkit”, Wiley Publication Inc.,2007.
PAPER CODE - MCA 325B
Mobile Operating Systems (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to 1. Learn the fundamentals of Mobile Operating Systems
2. Gain knowledge on Distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture 3. Know the components and management aspects of Real time, Mobile operating systems
4. Identify methods for installing application and content sources on mobile devices: Pull, Push
5. Gain insight on securing mobile application development
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 325B
Mobile Operating
Systems
(Theory)
CO166. Understand the
basics of Mobile operating system
CO167. Differentiate
between Microsoft Windows Phone, Apple
iOS and Android mobile operating systems
CO168. Identify
different interface
CO169. Assess and
incorporate contemporary tools and
resources
CO170. Manage iOS and
Android’s Apps,
Widgets, and Folders
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Modeling, Discussions, using research papers,
student centered
approach, Through Video Tutorials
Learning activities for
the students:
Experiential Learning, Presentations, case
based learning, Discussions, Quizzes and
Assignments
Assignments Written test in
classroom Classroom
activity
Continues Assessment
Semester End Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Fundamentals of Operating System 12 hrs
Overview, Synchronization Mechanisms, Processes and Threads, Process Scheduling, Deadlocks:
Detection, Prevention and Recovery – Models of Resources – Memory Management Techniques
Unit II: Type of Mobile Operating Systems 12 hrs
Introduction, Type of Mobile OS Android OS (Google Inc.), Bada (Samsung Electronics),BlackBerry OS
(Research In Motion), iPhone OS / iOS (Apple), MeeGo OS (Nokia and Intel) Palm OS (Garnet
OS),Windows Mobile (Windows Phone 7)
Unit III: Real Time and Mobile Operating Systems 12 hrs
Basic Model of Real Time Systems - Characteristics- Applications of Real Time Systems – Real Time Task
Scheduling - Handling Resource Sharing - Mobile Operating Systems –Micro Kernel Design - Client Server
Resource Access – Processes and Threads - Memory Management - File system
Unit IV: Mobile Issues and Development Strategies 12 hrs
Issues facing Mobile devices, Securing mobile application development, Android Securable IPC
Mechanism, Android Security Model, Intents, Activities, Services, Android Security tools
Unit V: CASE STUDIES 12 hrs
Case studies of Android as Mobile OS
Books Recommended:
Mukesh Singhal and Niranjan G. Shivaratri, “Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems –
Distributed, Database, and Multiprocessor Operating Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2001
Abraham Silberschatz; Peter Baer Galvin; Greg Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, Seventh
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
Daniel P Bovet and Marco Cesati, “Understanding the Linux kernel”, 3rd edition, O’Reilly, 2005.
Mobile Application Security, Himanshu Dwivedi, Chris Clark, David Thiel, Tata McGraw Hill, 1st
Edition, 2010.
PAPER CODE - MCA 325C
Soft Computing Techniques (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to 1. Understand the basic principles, techniques, and applications of soft computing.
2. Understand basic concepts of Soft Computing including Artificial Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and
Genetic Algorithms. 3. Gain the mathematical background for carrying out the optimization associated with neural network
learning. 4. Develop acquaintance with current research problems and research methods in Soft Computing
5. Apply the concept of hybrid system
6. Extend the basic skills necessary to pursue research in Soft Computing
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 325C
Soft
Computing
Techniques (Theory)
CO171. Understand
different types of soft
computing techniques and its applications
CO172. Thorough
exploration of
concept related to Fuzzy Logic and its
different popular models
CO173. Gain deeper
knowledge of Artificial Neural Networks.
CO174. Study genetic
algorithms and its
applicability in research oriented
problems
CO175. Pertain the
concept and
applicability of hybrid systems
CO176. Understand
current research problems and
research methods in
soft computing
CO177. Create skills
necessary to follow
research in soft computing
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Modeling, Discussions, implementing enquiry
based learning, student centered approach,
Through audio-visual aids
Learning activities for the students:
Experiential Learning, Presentations,
Discussions, Quizzes and
Assignments
Assignments
Written test in
classroom Classroom
Activity Continuous
Assessment SemesterEnd
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction to Soft Computing 12 hrs
Introduction of Hard and Soft Computing, Unique features of Soft computing, Components of Soft
computing, Fuzzy Computing, Evolutionary Computation, Genetic Algorithm, Swarm Intelligence, Ant
Colony Optimizations, Neural Network, Machine Learning , Associative Memory, Adaptive Resonance
Theory, Introduction to Deep Learning
Unit II: Fuzzy Logic 14 hrs
Basic concepts of fuzzy logic, Fuzzy sets and Crisp sets, Fuzzy set theory and operations, Properties of
fuzzy sets, Fuzzy and Crisp relations, Fuzzy to Crisp conversion, Membership functions, interference in
fuzzy logic, fuzzy if-then rules, Fuzzy implications and Fuzzy algorithms, Fuzzyfications & Defuzzificataions,
Fuzzy Inference Systems, Mamdani Fuzzy Model, Sugeno Fuzzy Model, Fuzzy Controller, applications.
Unit III: Neural Networks 14 hrs
Introduction and Architecture: Neuron, Nerve structure and synapse, Artificial Neuron and its model,
Neural network architecture: single layer and multilayer feed forward networks, recurrent networks. Back
propagation networks architecture: perceptron model, solution, single layer artificial neural network,
multilayer perception model; back propagation learning methods, back propagation algorithm,
applications.
Unit IV: Genetic Algorithms 10 hrs
Basic concepts of GA, working principle, procedures of GA, flow chart of GA, Genetic representations,
(encoding) Initialization and selection, Genetic operators, Mutation, Generational Cycle, applications.
Unit V: Hybrid Systems 10 hrs
Integration of neural networks, fuzzy logic and genetic algorithms. GA Based Back Propagation Networks,
Fuzzy Back Propagation Networks, Fuzzy Associative Memories, Simplified Fuzzy ARTMAP
Books Recommended:
S. Rajasekaran and G.A. Vijaylakshmi Pai, “Neural Networks Fuzzy Logic, and Genetic Algorithms”,
Prentice Hall of India 2004.
K.H. Lee. First Course on Fuzzy Theory and Applications, Springer-Verlag, 2005
PAPER CODE - MCA 325D
Web Mining and Analytics (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to
1. Introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Information Retrieval, Web Search,
Data Mining, and Machine Learning for extracting knowledge from the web. 2. Describe complex data types with respect to spatial and web mining
3. Appreciate the use of machine learning approaches for Web Content Mining 4. Describe the various aspects of web usage mining
5. Develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems of Web Mining
6. Interpret emergent features such as the structure and evolution of the Web graph, its traffic patterns, and the spread of information
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 325D
Web Mining
And Analytics
(Theory)
CO178. Familiar with
classic and recent
developments in Web search and
web mining.
CO179. Identify the
different components of a web page that
can be used for mining.
CO180. Learn basic
concepts to web content mining.
CO181. Implement
Page Ranking
algorithm and modify the algorithm for
mining information
CO182. Modify an
existing search engine
to make it personalized using
web analytics
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Demonstration,
Experiment
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning
assignments, Quiz activity, presentation,
flip classroom,
Assignments
Written test in
classroom Classroom
activity Continues
Assessment Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction 12 hrs
Introduction – Web Mining – Theoretical background –Algorithms and techniques – Association rule mining – Sequential Pattern Mining -Information retrieval and Web search –
Information retrieval Models-Relevance Feedback- Text and Web page Pre-processing
Unit II: Web Content Mining 14 hrs Web Content Mining – Supervised Learning – Decision tree - Naive Bayesian Text
Classification -Support Vector Machines - Ensemble of Classifiers. Unsupervised Learning - K-means
Clustering -Hierarchical Clustering –Partially Supervised Learning
Unit III: Web Structure and Web Usage Mining 14 hrs Hyperlink based Ranking – Introduction -Social Networks Analysis- Co-Citation and Bibliographic
Coupling - Page Rank -Authorities -Enhanced Techniques for Page Ranking - Community Discovery – Web Crawling -A Basic Crawler Algorithm- Implementation Issues
Web Usage Mining – sources of data- Applications -Click stream Analysis -Web Server Log Files - Data
Collection and Pre Processing- Cleaning and Filtering- Data Modeling for Web Usage Mining – Issues- Discovery and Analysis of Web Usage Patterns – Used tools in Web Usage mining.
Unit IV: Introduction to web analytics 10 hrs Motivation and historical perspective on the development of web analytics, Display and search
advertising , Knowledge discovery from web data, Major computing paradigms, Typical problem formulations
Unit V: Web analytics at e-Business scale 10 hrs
Framework for mapping business needs to web analytics tasks, Data collection architecture, Introduction to OLAP, Web data exploration and reporting, Introduction to Splunk
Books Recommended: Bing Liu, “ Web Data Mining: Exploring Hyperlinks, Contents, and Usage Data (Data-Centric
Systems and Applications)”, Springer; 2nd Edition 2009
Guandong Xu ,Yanchun Zhang, Lin Li, “Web Mining and Social Networking: Techniques and
Applications”, Springer; 1st Edition.2010
Zdravko Markov, Daniel T. Larose, “Data Mining the Web: Uncovering Patterns in Web Content,
Structure, and Usage”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
PAPER CODE - MCA 326
Big Data Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives: This course enables the students to
1. Define Hadoop and how can it help process large data sets.
2. Understand how to write MapReduce programs using Hadoop API. 3. How to use HDFS (the Hadoop Distributed Filesytem), from the command line and API, for effectively
loading and processing data in Hadoop. 4. Ingest data from a RDBMS or a data warehouse to Hadoop.
5. Inculcate best practices for building, debugging and optimizing Hadoop solutions.
6. Get acquainted with tools like Pig, Hive, HBase, Elastic MapReduce etc. and understand how they can help in BigData projects.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 326
Big Data Lab (Practical)
CO183. Understand Sqoop architecture
and uses Able to load
real-time data from an RDBMS table/Query on
to HDFS Able to write sqoop scripts for
exporting data from
HDFS onto RDMS tables.
CO184. Understand
Apache PIG, PIG Data Flow Engine
Understand data types, data model, and
modes of execution.
CO185. Store the data
from a Pig relation on to HDFS.
CO186. Load data into
Pig Relation with or without schema.
CO187. Split, join,
filter, and transform the data using pig
operators Able to write pig scripts and work
with UDFs.
CO188. Understand the
importance of Hive, Hive Architecture Able
to create Managed, External, Partitioned
and Bucketed Tables
Able to Query the
Approach in teaching: Demonstrations,
implementing enquiry based learning,
Application based examples
Learning activities for the students:
Discussions, Lab Assignments, Exercises
based on real world
problems.
Lab Assignments
Practical Record
Continues Assessment
Semester End
Examination
data, perform joins
between tables Understand storage
formats of Hive
Understand Vectorization in Hive
Contents
1. Implementation of aggregate data model using NOSQL
2. Implementation of File System for performing data analytics using Hadoop/ Cassandra
3. Implementation of data model and clients using Hbase
4. Application Development using Hive
5. Manipulating files in HDFS pragmatically using the File System API.
6. Inverted Index MapReduce Application with custom Partitioner and Combiner Custom types and Composite
Keys Custom Comparators InputFormats and OutputFormats Distributed Cache MapReduce Design Patterns
Sorting Joins.
7. MapReduce job in YARN and Hadoop
8. Importing data from an RDBMS to HDFS using Sqoop.
9. Exporting data from HDFS to an Other data integration tools: Flume, Kafka, Informatica, Talend etc.
PAPER CODE - MCA 327
Python Programming Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enable student to
1. Implement programming concepts in Python. 2. Experiment various functionalities
3. Demonstrate the Modules and packages used in Python Programming.
4. Differentiate different modules and packages used in Python. 5. Evaluate using different functions, packages in applications.
6. Construct new ideas where the knowledge of Python can be implemented.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 327
Python
Programming Lab
(Practical)
CO189. Define
basic concepts of
Python programming.
CO190. Describe
basic Python file operations.
CO191. Illustrate
how to use Oops concepts using
Python.
CO192. Compare
and analyze different
packages used in Python.
CO193. Evaluate
and analyze the cases using
Python
programming.
CO194. Create
new ideas where
the knowledge of Python can be
implemented.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lab Sessions, Modeling, Discussions,
implementing enquiry based learning, student
centered approach
Learning activities for
the students: Experiential Learning,
Discussions, Lab
Assignments, Learning through Real life data
centric problems
Lab
Assignments Practical
Record Continues
Assessment
Semester End Examination
Contents
Implement a sequential search
Create a calculator program
Explore String Functions
Implement Selection Sort
Implement Stack
Read and Write into a file
Demonstrate usage of basic regular expression
Demonstrate use of advanced regular expressions for data validation
Demonstrate use of List
Demonstrate use of Dictionaries
Create Comma separate files(CSV), Load CSV files into internal data structure
Write script to work like a SQL SELECT statement for internal data structure
Develop web applications using python programming
Develop and use Web services using python
PAPER CODE - MCA 328
Summer Project / Internship (Project)
Credits: 08
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to 1. Get in-depth knowledge of developing customized software in a business environment.
2. Expose the technicalities of management processes to the students and give them hands on
experience for the same. 3. Offer students a glimpse into real world problems and challenges that need IT based solutions.
4. Enable students to create solutions with precise specifications of the underlying problem. 5. Enable students to use all concepts of IT in creating a solution for a problem.
6. Code and develop the software / project. 7. Improve the team building, communication and management skills of the students.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code Paper Title
MCA 328
Summer Project /
Internship (Project)
CO195. Identify skills and capabilities that
intersect effectively
with the needs of industry.
CO196. Apply and
practice good communication skills in
the workplace setting.
CO197. Align the project to the organization's
strategic plans and
business justification throughout its lifecycle.
CO198. Utilize
technology tools for communication,
collaboration, information
management, and
decision support
CO199. Adapt project
management practices
to meet the needs of stakeholders from
multiple sectors of the economy (i.e.
consulting,
government, arts, media, and charity
organizations)
CO200. Reflect and
evaluate on
experiences that might
lead to future
Approach in teaching: Project Designing using
Modular Approach, Form Design, Database
Design, Presentation, Project Report
Learning activities for the students:
Self-Learning Assignments, Converting
specifications to Code,
Innovative Solutions
Continuous Assessment
Evaluation: Synopsis
Software Requirement
and Design
Specifications
Mid Term Assessment
Report
Project Presentation
Project Report
Semester
End Evaluation:
Execution of Software
Originality of Concept
Project
Presentation Project
Report Viva
employment
Contents
Summer Project / Internship is designed to minimize the gap in requirements of Industry. The basic objective is to prepare the students with the necessary knowledge, skills and foundation required for
Application development in tune with recent technology advancements. The objective is to emphasize more
on application development using latest programming languages, platforms and tools using integrated approach.
Project Report Formulation:
The project report should contain the following: 1. Original copy of the Approved Performa and Project Proposal.
2. Bio-data of the guide with her/his signature and date. 3. Certificate of Originality
4. Project documentation. 5. A CD consisting of the executable file(s) of the complete project should be attached on the last
page of the project report.
In no case, it should be sent separately. The student needs to retain the identical copy of the CD that should be carried while appearing for the viva-voce along with the project report.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPRATION OF SUMMER PROJECT/ INTERNSHIP REPORT
1. Introduction
1.1 Cover Page 1.2 Title Page
1.3 Certificate (from the Company) 1.4 Acknowledgement
1.5 Table of Contents
2. Project Specifications
2.1 Project Overview 2.2 Project Need
3. Specific Requirements 3.1 External Interface Requirements
3.2 Hardware Interfaces (Tools) 3.3 Software Interfaces (Platforms)
3.4 Communications Protocols (Networking Protocols)
3.5 Security / Maintainability / Performance
4. Software Product Features 4.1 System Architecture
4.2 Database Requirements 4.3 ER Diagram
4.4 Data Flow Diagram
4.5 Use Case Diagrams 4.6 User Interfaces (Input Forms / Processing Forms/ Search Forms/ Output Forms)
4.7 Report Formats
5. Drawbacks and Limitations
6. Proposed Enhancements
7. Conclusion
8. Bibliography
9. Annexure:
9.1 User Interface Screens (Optional) 9.2 Output Reports with Data (if any)
9.3 Sample Program Code
PAPER CODE - MCA 329
Term Paper Presentation-II (Seminar)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives: This course enables the students to
1. Gain in-depth knowledge of the upcoming trends and techniques and research in the field of
Computer Science and to carry out a substantial research-based project 2. Define and utilize various sources to gather data for a research paper.
3. Organize ideas; write annotated bibliographies, and thesis statements. 4. Report research findings in written and verbal forms
5. Understand how to develop outlines for research papers.
6. Complete a rough draft of a research paper by correcting punctuation, mechanics, and spelling. 7. Compile a final form of the research paper with a works cited page.
8. Write a research paper and present it in a National / international conference.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 329
Term Paper Presentation-II
(Seminar)
CO201. Develop
understanding on
various kinds of research, objectives of
doing research, research process,
research designs and
sampling.
CO202. Gain adequate
knowledge on
measurement & scaling techniques as
well as the quantitative data
analysis.
CO203. Demonstrate
basic awareness of data analysis and
hypothesis of testing procedures.
CO204. Implement the
testing procedures on different problem
domains and evaluate
its performance
CO205. Compare the
proposed technique
with the existing techniques and
analyze the results.
CO206. Report and
present the findings of
the study conducted in
the preferred domain.
Approach in
teaching: Research Paper
Design: Introduction,
Literature Review,
Experimental Set up, Comparative
Analysis, Methodology for
conducting the
research work, Conclusion,
writing References
Learning activities for
the students: Self-Learning on
subject matter, Presentation,
Seminar Report
Internal
Assessment: Presentation
Subject matter Report
Regularity
Interaction Semester End
Assessment: Research Paper
Presentation
Viva Voce
Contents
Introduction
1.1 Cover Page 1.2 Title Page
1.3 Acknowledgement
1.4 Table of Contents
Main Sections of a Research Paper
Title page: It includes the title of your essay, as well as your name and institutional affiliation. (You can use our title page generator for it)
Abstract: This is a broad overview of a paper. It takes from 200 to 300 words, so short
assignments don’t require abstracts. Introduction: State the thesis statement and explains why the issue is important.
Literature
Review:
Describe the previous researches related to your topic.
Materials and Methods:
This part explains the research methodology. In particular, you’re to write how you collected data and what methods you used.
Results &
Discussions
Present the results of your research.
Conclusion: Analyze the results and discuss how they relate to the previous researches.
References: Provide an alphabetized list of all the sources you were using. Among other things you should include in a research paper are: graphs and tables depicting experimental results
and statistics-in order to ensure better readability, you might want to include them in the appendices section.
Presentation Presentation and print out of the Presentation slides of the Research Paper
M.C.A. (2020-2021)
COURSE OUTCOMES - Semester IV
PAPER CODE - MCA 421A
Data Analytics and Data Visualization
(Theory)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to 1. Define the concepts of data analytics.
2. Understand the concepts of inferential statistics and descriptive analytics 3. Demonstrate the concept of predictive analytics and data visualization.
4. Differentiate between business intelligence and data analytics. 5. Evaluate using different predictive and prescriptive methods
6. Construct cases and new ideas where the knowledge of data analytics and visualization can be
implemented.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 421A
Data Analytics And Data
Visualization (Theory)
CO207. Define the
concepts of data
analytics.
CO208. Describe the
concepts of inferential statistics
and descriptive analytics.
CO209. Execute
different predictive and prescriptive
methods used in
data analytics
CO210. Demonstrate
the concept of data
visualization.
CO211. Evaluate
using different
directory of visualizations.
CO212. Differentiate
between data analytics, data
science and business
intelligence.
CO213. Construct
cases and new ideas
where the knowledge of data
analytics and visualization can be
implemented.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Modeling, Discussions, implementing enquiry
based learning, Student centered approach,
Through audio-visual
aids
Learning activities for the students:
Experiential Learning,
Presentations, Discussions, Quizzes and
Assignments
Assignments
Written test in
classroom Classroom
activity Continues
Assessment
Semester End Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction 12 hrs Introduction to Big Data Platform – Challenges of conventional systems - Web data , Evolution of Analytic
scalability, Analytic approaches, Business Approaches, Analytic Innovation, Traditional approaches- iterative, Analysis vs. reporting, Pattern Recognition, Types of data analytics, Introduction to data
visualization.
Unit II: Inferential Statistics And Descriptive Analysis 8 hrs Statistical concepts, Descriptive Analysis, Sampling distributions, resembling, statistical inference,
prediction error. Regression modeling, Multivariate analysis, Bayesian modeling, inference and Bayesian
networks, Support vector and kernel methods, Analysis of time series, linear systems analysis, nonlinear dynamics, Rule induction.
Unit III: Predictive & Prescriptive Analytics 14 hrs
Predictive Analytics, Supervised, Unsupervised learning , Neural networks, Kohonen models, Normal, Deviations from normal patterns, Normal behaviors, Expert options, Variable entry, Mining Frequent item
sets, Market based model, Apriori Algorithm, Handling large data sets in Main memory, Limited Pass algorithm, Clustering Techniques, Hierarchical , K- Means, Clustering high dimensional data Prescriptive
Analytics: Basics of Prescriptive Analytics, Optimization models, Decision Trees
Unit IV: Introduction to Data Visualization 14 hrs
Data visualization, Need for Visualization, Introduction to tools need for data visualization, Mapping Data onto Aesthetic, Aesthetics and types of data, Scales maps data values onto Aesthetics, Coordinate Systems
and Axes, Cartesian Coordinates, Nonlinear Axes, Coordinate Systems with Curved Axes, Color Scales, Color as a tool to distinguish, Color to represent data values, Color as a tool to Highlight
Unit V: Directory of Visualizations 12 hrs
Directory of Visualizations: Amounts, Distributions, Proportions, x-y relationships, Geospatial Data, Visualizing Amounts: Bar Plots, Grouped and Stacked Bars, Dot Plots and Heat Maps. Visualizing
Distributions: Histograms and Density Plots, Visualizing a Single Distribution, Visualizing Multiple
Distributions at the same time
Books Recommended: Seema Acharya, Subhashini Chellappan, “Big Data and Analytics (WIND)”, Wiley, ISBN: 8126554789,
2015.
Claus O. Wilke, ”Fundamentals of Data Visualization” , O’ Reilly, , 2019
Boris Lublinsky, Kevin t. Smith, Alexey Yakubovich, “Professional Hadoop Solutions”, Wiley, ISBN: 9788126551071, 2015.
Chris Eaton, Dirk deroos et al., “Understanding Big Data”, McGraw Hill, 2012.
Alberto Cordoba, “Understanding the Predictive Analytics Lifecycle”, Wiley, 2014.
References: Tom White, “HADOOP: The definitive Guide”, O Reilly IT 2015 SRM (E&T), 2012 Vignesh Prajapati, “Big Data Analytics with R and Haoop”, Packet Publishing, 2013. Tom Plunkett, Brian Macdonald et al, “Oracle Big Data Handbook”, Oracle Press, 2014. Jay Liebowitz, “Big Data and Business Analytics”, CRC press, 2013.
PAPER CODE - MCA 421B Mobile Application Development
(Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives: This course enables the students to
1. List system requirements for mobile applications
2. Classify different Mobile Platforms 3. Differentiate different mobile UI design constraints
4. Evaluate mobile application design and development platform 5. Develop mobile application for Android and IOS
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 421B
Mobile Application
Development
(Theory)
CO214. Develop
understanding of
various mobile platform
CO215. Evaluate and
appraise mobile app development
platforms and
describe design issues related to
mobile UI.
CO216. Construct
and design basic
mobile app for Android platform
CO217. Learn to
integrate mobile
sensors in Android Application
CO218. Construct
and design mobile app for IOS
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Demonstration, Team
teaching
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments, Effective
questions, Simulation,
Giving tasks
Assignment
Written test in classroom
Classroom
activity Multiple choice
questions Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: INTRODUCTION 12 hrs
Introduction to mobile applications – Market and business drivers for mobile applications – Difficulties in
Mobile Development- Mobile Myths- When to Create an App– Types of Mobile App. Design Constraints for
mobile applications, both and software related, Architecting mobile applications, user interfaces for
mobile applications, touch events and gestures.
Unit II: ADVANCED DESIGN 8 hrs
Designing applications with multimedia and web access capabilities Integration with GPS and social media
networking applications – Accessing applications hosted in a cloud computing environment – Design
patterns for mobile applications – Understanding Application users, Information Design, Achieving quality
constraints.
Unit III: TECHNOLOGY I ANDROID 14 hrs
Establishing the development environment Android architecture Android Application Structure, Emulator-
Android virtual device, UI design, Fragments, Activity, Services, broadcast receiver, Intents/Filters,
Content provider-SQLite Programming, SQLITE open, Helper, SQlite Database, Interaction with server
side application
Unit IV: Advanced Android 14 hrs
Using Google Maps, GPS and Wi-Fi Integration, Android Notification, Audio Manager, Bluetooth, Camera
and Sensor Integration, Sending SMS, Phone Calls, Publishing Android Application
Unit V: TECHNOLOGY II IOS 12 hrs
Introduction to Objective C iOS features UI implementation Touch frameworks Data persistence using
Core Data and SQLite, Action and Outlets, Delegates and Storyboard, Location aware applications using
Core Location and Map Kit, Integrating calendar and address book with social media application Using
Wifi iPhone marketplace.
Books Recommended: Jeff McWherter and Scott Gowell, "Professional Mobile Application Development", Wrox, 2012
Charlie Collins, Michael Galpin and Matthias Kappler, “Android in Practice”, DreamTech, 2012
David Mark, Jack Nutting, Jeff LaMarche and Frederic Olsson, “Beginning iOS 6 Development: Exploring
the iOS SDK”, Apress, 2013.
James Dovey and Ash Furrow, “Beginning Objective C”, Apress, 2012
Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, Abbey Deitel and Michel Morgano, “Android for Programmers an App-Driven
Approach”, Pearson, 2012
Neil Smyth “Android studio 2.2 Development Essentials 7th Edition” Payload Media 2017 Jerome Dimarzio “Beginning Android Programming with Android Studio” Wiley Publication, 2016
PAPER CODE - MCA 421C
Machine Learning (Theory)
Credits: 04 Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04
Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives This course enables the students to
1. Understand the basic concepts, approaches and techniques in Machine Learning 2. Comprehend concept of supervised and unsupervised learning & other advanced learning models.
3. Understand modern notions in data analysis oriented computing
4. Learn to evaluate machine learning models 5. Relate and apply the learned algorithms to a real-world problem, optimize the models learned and
report on the expected accuracy that can be achieved by applying the models. 6. Develop the basic skills necessary to pursue research in Machine Learning.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching
strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 421C
Machine
Learning (Theory)
CO219. To acquaint with
the foundations of machine learning
CO220. Understand
working concept of different types of
supervised models.
CO221. Explore
Unsupervised learning technique based
machine learning
CO222. Study different
probabilistic graph
based models and their applications
CO223. Learn advanced
machine learning techniques and the
problem domain where
these can be applied
CO224. Understand how
to evaluate models
generated from data
CO225. Apply the
algorithms to real-world
problems
CO226. Interpret &
evaluate the results of
models learned
CO227. Apply gained knowledge to research
in Machine Learning
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Modeling, Discussions,
implementing enquiry based
learning, student centered approach,
Research problem
based discussions
Learning activities for the students:
Experiential
Learning, Presentations,
Discussions, Quizzes and Assignments
Assignments Written test in
classroom
Classroom Activity
Continuous Assessment
Semester End Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction 12 hrs
Machine Learning, Machine Learning Foundations-Overview, Applications, Types of Machine Learning, Basic Concepts in Machine Learning – Examples of Machine Learning,
Perspectives/Issues in Machine Learning, AI vs. Machine Learning, Introduction to Python.
Unit II: Supervised Learning 12 hrs Introduction, Linear Models of Classification – Decision Trees, Naïve Bayes Classification, Linear
Regression – Logistic Regression – Bayesian Logistic Regression – Probabilistic Models Neural Network-Feed Forward Network Functions – Error Back Propagation – Regularization - Bayesian
Neural Networks – Radial Basis Function Networks, Ensemble Methods – Random Forest –
Bagging – Boosting.
Unit III: Unsupervised Learning 12 hrs Clustering, K-Means Clustering, EM (Expectation Maximization), Mixtures of Gaussians, EM
algorithm in General, The Curse of Dimensionality, Dimensionality Reduction, Factor Analysis, Principal Component Analysis, Probabilistic PCA, Independent Component Analysis. Challenges for
Big Data Analytics.
Unit IV: Probabilistic Graphical Models 12 hrs Directed Graphical Models, Bayesian Networks, Exploiting Independence Properties, From
Distributions to Graphs, Examples – Markov Random Fields – Inference In Graphical Models –
Learning - Naïve Bayes Classifiers – Markov Models – Hidden Markov Models. Undirected graphical Models – Markov Random Fields – Conditional Independence Properties.
Unit V: Advanced Learning 12 hrs
Sampling – Basic Sampling Method – Monte Carlo, Reinforcement Learning-Introduction-The Learning Task, Instance based Learning-Nearest neighbor classification, k-nearest neighbor,
nearest neighbor error probability, Elements of Reinforcement Learning, Difference between Reinforcement Learning and Supervised Learning, Applications of Reinforcement Learning, Model
based learning, Semi-Supervised Learning, Computational Learning Theory.
Books Recommended:
Christopher Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer 2006
Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005
Joel Grus, “Data Science from Scratch- First Principles with Python”, O’Reilly, 2015
Tom Mitchell, “ Machine Learning”, McGraw-Hill, 1997
Stephen MarsLand, “Machine Learning-An Algorithmic Perspective”, CRC Press, 2009
Kevin P. Murphy, “Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective”, MIT Press, 2012
M. Gopal, “Applied MACHINE LEARNING”, McGraw-Hill, 2018
Mark Summerfield, “Programming in Python 3: A Complete Introduction to the Python Language”,
Addison Wesley, 2010
PAPER CODE - MCA 421D
Digital Marketing (Theory)
Credits: 04
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to
1. Understand Digital Marketing SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Related) objectives
2. Explain the role and importance of digital marketing in a rapidly changing business landscape
3. Learn important concepts like SEO (Search engine Optimization, what is On page optimization, Off page optimization, and you also learn how to prepare a reports
4. Evaluate and apply key concepts related to digital marketing including consumer behavior, online marketing communications, and social media marketing
5. Comprehend the importance of conversion and working with digital relationship marketing.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 421D
Digital Marketing
(Theory)
CO228. Demonstrate
cognitive knowledge of
the skills required in conducting online
research and research
on online markets, as well as in identifying,
assessing and selecting digital market
opportunities.
CO229. Understand the significance of SEO,
Analytics for Website
Planning and Promotion.
CO230. Design & Create
Email Campaigns and
Apply Email Marketing strategies for Lead
Generation.
CO231. Promote Posts,
videos and Ad on
various Social Media
Platforms and analyze the impact of Social
Media Marketing in real-time.
CO232. Gain expertise on
Google Adwords, understanding its Pricing
Models and Bid Strategy,
designing Ad Campaigns and promoting it.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading Assignments,
Demonstration, Presentations, Team
Teaching
Learning activities for
the students: Self-learning
assignments, activities, Effective questions,
Simulation, Giving tasks
Assignments
Written test in classroom
Classroom
Activity Continuous
Assessment Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Digital Marketing Fundamentals 12 hrs Marketing v/s Sales, Marketing Mix and 4 Ps, What is Digital Marketing, Inbound vs Outbound
Marketing, Content Marketing, Understanding Traffic, Understanding Leads, Strategic Flow for Marketing
Activities
Unit II: Website Planning and Structure 12 hrs
WWW, Domains, Buying a Domain, Website Language & Technology, Core Objective of Website and Flow, One Page Website, Google Analytics, Tracking Code, Website Auditing
Search Engine Optimization: Overview, how Search Engine works, Keywords, Keywords, titles, meta tags, On page optimization techniques, Off page Optimization techniques, SEO Audit & Future of SEO
Unit III: Email Marketing 12 hrs Content Writing, Email Machine – The Strategy, Email Frequency, Triggers in Email using 4Ps, Sequence
of Email Triggers, Email Software and Tools, Importing Email Lists, Planning Email Campaign, Email
Templates and Designs, Sending HTML Email Campaigns, WebForms Lead Importing, Integrating Landing Page Forms Campaign Reports and Insights, Segmentation Strategy Segmentation, Lists Auto-
Responder Series Triggering Auto – Responder Emails
Unit IV: Social Media Optimization (SMO) 12 hrs
Introduction , Advanced Facebook Marketing, Word Press Blog Creation, Twitter Marketing, LinkedIn Marketing, Google Plus Marketing, Instagram, Social Media Analytical Tools, Scheduling Posts, Social
media Events, Reply and Message. Social media Ad Campaigns: Organic v/s Paid, Ad Objective Performance Matrix , Ad Components, YouTube Marketing: Channel Links, Channel Keywords, Branding
Watermark, Uploading Videos, Featured Contents on Channel
Unit V: Google Adwords 12 hrs
Basics, Google Ad Types, Pricing Models, PPC Cost Formula, Ad Page Rank, Billing and Payments,
Adwords User Interface, Keyword Planning, Keywords Control, Creating Ad Campaigns, Creating Text Ads, Creating Ad Groups, Bidding Strategy for CPC
Books Recommended: Ian Dodson, “The Art of Digital Marketing ”, Wiley, 2018
Seema Gupta, "Digital Marketing" Mc-Graw Hill, 1st Edition, 2017
Puneet Singh Bhatia, "Fundamentals of Digital Marketing", Pearson, 1st Edition, 2017
Vandana Ahuja, "Digital Marketing", Oxford University Press, 2015
Philip Kotler, "Marketing 4.0: – Moving from Traditional to Digital", Wiley, 2017
PAPER CODE - MCA 422A
R Programming Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to
1. Implement programming concepts in R language 2. Experiment various functionalities through R programming.
3. Identify solution of given problem
4. Apply packages in solving problems. 5. Evaluate & choose efficient solution
6. Construct small application using R
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 422A
R
Programming
Lab (Practical)
CO233. Understand
and apply various programming
concepts in R
language
CO234. Implement
various functions
using R
CO235. Analyze the
problem and find
right solution
CO236. Implement
packages to design
and program
testing.
CO237. Understand
data and file
management using R.
CO238. Develop and
analyze applications using R
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lab Sessions, Modeling, Discussions,
implementing enquiry based learning, student
centered approach
Learning activities for
the students: Experiential Learning,
Discussions, Lab Assignments, Learning
through Real life data
centric problems
Lab
Assignments Practical
Record Continues
Assessment Semester End
Examination
Contents
Fundamentals
About R tutorial
Introduction to R
About R, Do & Don't
Why R programming Language
Overview General Properties
First Program - Hello World
Core Characteristics
Data Types
Data types introduction
Data types Examples
Variable in R Language
Introduction to Variable
Operators
Operator Introduction
Arithmetic Operators
Relational Operators
Logical Operators
Assignment Operators
Miscellaneous Operators
Decision Making Decision Making Introduction
if statement
if...else statement
switch statement
if…else Ladder
ifelse() function
Loop control
Loop Introduction
for loop
while Loop
repeat Loop
Break Statement
Next Statement
Array Array Introduction
String
String Introduction
Function
Function Introduction
Your First Function
Built-in Function
Vector Vector Introduction
Lists
List Introduction
Matrices
Matrix Introduction
Matrix Construction
Addition & Subtraction
Multiplication & Division
Factors Factor Introduction
Data Frames
Data Frame Introduction
Data Frame details
Filtering and subsetting data
Aggregate function
Packages
Package Introduction
Data Reshaping Data Reshaping Introduction
Data and File Management Types of Input
CSV Files
Excel file
Reading and writing data
Charts & Graphs
Graphical Procedures Introduction
plot function
Plot using base graphics
Plot using ggplot2
Data Analytics Design and write efficient programs using R to perform routine and specialized data manipulation and analysis
PAPER CODE -MCA 422B
Mobile Application Development Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to
1. Develop understanding of various mobile platform 2. Describe design issues related to mobile UI design.
3. Sketch Mobile UI
4. Examine different technologies available for mobile development 5. Evaluate and appraise mobile app development platforms
6. Construct and design mobile app for IOS and Android platform
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 422B
Mobile Application Development Lab
(Practical)
CO239. Develop
understanding of various mobile
platform
CO240. Describe design issues
related to mobile
UI design.
CO241. Sketch
Mobile UI
CO242. Examine
different technologies
available for mobile
development
CO243. Evaluate
and appraise mobile app
development platforms
CO244. Construct
and design mobile app for IOS and
Android platform
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures,
Discussion, Tutorials,
Demonstration, Team teaching
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
Effective questions,
Simulation, Giving tasks
Lab Assignments
Practical
Record Continues
Assessment Semester End
Examination
Contents
Introduction to Android Studio and setting Emulator
Setting up development environment
Launching emulator, Editing emulator settings, Emulator shortcuts
Logcat usage
Application Structure Look at Basic Building blocks – Activities, Services, Broadcast, Receivers & Content ,UI Components-
Views & notifications
AndroidManifest.xml, Uses-permission & uses-sdk ,Android API levels (versions & version
names),Providers ,Components for communication -Intents & Intent Filters
Activity/services/receiver declarations, Resources & R.java, Assets, Layouts & Draw able Resources,
Activities and Activity lifecycle.
Introduction to DDMS, File explorer, Explicit Intents.
Basic UI design, Styles & Themes Form widgets, Text Fields, Layouts, styles.xml,
draw able resources for shapes, gradients(selectors), style attribute in layout file, Applying themes via
code and manifest file
Dialog boxes Alert Dialogs,
Toast, Time and Date
Images and media, Composite
ListView and ListActivity, Custom listview
GridView using adapters,
Gallery using adapters.
Menu
Option menu, Context menu,
Sub menu, menu from xml,
menu via code
Adapters ArrayAdapters
BaseAdapters
Receivers and services
Alarm Via services,
Broadcast Receiver
Content Providers SQLiteDatabase and SQLiteOpenHelper
DB programming using 2 and 3 tier architecture
Reading and updating Contacts, Reading bookmarks
PAPER CODE - MCA 422C
Machine Learning Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
The course enables the students to
1. Understand the implementation procedures for machine learning algorithms. 2. Design & develop Python/Java programs for various machine learning algorithms
3. Apply algorithms on appropriate data sets.
4. Compare performance of learning algorithms based on same techniques 5. Identify and apply machine learning algorithms to solve real world problems.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 422C
Machine
Learning Lab (Practical)
CO245. Implement
procedures for the machine learning
algorithms.
CO246. Develop &
design python programs for various
machine learning algorithms
CO247. Apply
algorithms on appropriate data sets.
CO248. Evaluate
performances of
different algorithms
CO249. Categorize and
apply machine
learning algorithms to solve real world
problems.
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lab Sessions, Modeling, Discussions,
implementing enquiry based learning, student
centered approach
Learning activities for
the students: Experiential Learning,
Discussions, Lab Assignments, Learning
through Real life data
centric problems
Lab
Assignments Practical
Record Continues
Assessment Semester End
Examination
Contents
1. Implement and demonstrate the FIND-S algorithm for finding the most specific hypothesis based on a
given set of training samples. Read the training data from a .csv file.
2. Implement working of the decision tree based ID3 algorithm using appropriate data set to classify it.
3. Develop an Artificial Neural Network by implementing the Back propagation algorithm and test the same
using appropriate data set. 4. Implement the naïve Bayesian classifier using appropriate data set and compute its accuracy, considering
few data sets. 5. Implement Bayesian network considering medical data. Use this model to demonstrate the diagnosis of
Heart Disease Data Set.
6. Implement EM algorithm to cluster a set of data stored in a .CSV file.
7. Implement k-means algorithm to cluster same set of data as in experiment 6 and compare the results of
these two algorithms and comment on the quality of clustering.
8. Implement k-Nearest Neighbor algorithm to classify the iris data set and display both correct and
incorrect predictions.
9. Implement the non-parametric Locally Weighted Regression algorithm in order to fit data points. Apply it
on an appropriate data set and draw graph.
PAPER CODE - MCA 422D
Digital Marketing Lab (Practical)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 04 Total Hrs: 60
Course Objectives:
1. This course enables the students to 2. Investigate the key issues and themes in the adoption and application of digital marketing to business;
3. Explore tactical and operational challenges facing firms in implementing digital marketing strategies;
4. Develop skills in digital marketing and social media marketing; 5. Demonstrate cognitive knowledge of the skills required in conducting online research and research on
online markets, as well as in identifying, assessing and selecting digital market opportunities.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 422D
Digital Marketing
Lab (Practical)
CO250. Develop
reflective skills on learning and
experiences from a
practical implementation of a
SEO on Web Application.
CO251. Evaluate and
apply key concepts
related to digital marketing including
consumer behavior, online marketing
communications, and social media
marketing.
CO252. Plan and
compose tactical marketing decisions as
a group considering effective product,
pricing, distribution and promotion
decisions as necessary
to meet the needs of a client brief.
CO253. Reflect on the
practical implementation of a Ad Campaigns
on various platforms of social media and to
critically analyze their
performance using different tools.
CO254. Compare the
impact of digital marketing strategies
and tactics over the
traditional marketing
Approach in teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Video Tutorials,
Demonstration, simulation assignments
Learning activities for
the students:
Self-learning lab assignments, practice
questions, field practical
Lab
Assignments Practical
Record Continues
Assessment Semester End
Examination
mix within the context
of changing technology scenarios.
Contents
Search Engine Optimization
Blogs Creation
Website Analytics and Auditing
Social media Ad Structure
FaceBook Campaigns
YouTube Marketing
Email Marketing
Google Adwords
PAPER CODE - MCA 423A
Robotic Process Automation (Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to
1. Evolution and future of Robotic Process Automation. You will also learn how Robotic Process Automation works and its components.
2. Learn about the basic concepts of User Interface via UiPath.
3. Understand the main components of a process namely variables, arguments and activities. 4. Perform activities related to UI Automation, System activities and various User Events.
5. Use and apply the REFramework template in UiPath for creating business processes and understand the various components involved in it.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 423A
Robotic
Process Automation
(Theory)
CO255. Recognize the
fundamentals of Robotic Process
Automation.
CO256. Understand the developmental
methodology of RPA
and how businesses are getting
transformed by its implementation.
CO257. Explore UiPath
platform and its
components for development of User
Interfaces for development of
Robotic Processes and develop applications
using RPA Tools.
CO258. Develop
solutions through the interpretation of data
using modern computational tools
CO259. Explore Robotic
Enterprise Framework for development of
applications.
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Discussion,
Presentations, Video Tutorials,
Demonstration.
Learning activities for
the students: Self-learning
Assignments, Effective questions, Simulation
Assignments Written test in
classroom
Classroom Activity
Continuous Assessment
Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Robotic Process Automation 12 hrs Introduction, Emergence of Robotic Process Automation (RPA), Evolution of RPA, need and benefits,
advantages and disadvantages, usage of RPA, Differentiating RPA from Automation, myths about RPA, Types of RPA - Attended, Unattended, Hybrid
Unit II: 12 hrs Lifecycle of RPA, RPA Tools, Categories and Types of RPA tools, Criterion and Parameters for selecting
Right Tool for RPA, RPA development methodology and key considerations, Industrial Applications of RPA like Banking, Insurance, Healthcare, Transportation and Food, Working of RPA, Self-learning Bots
Possible Activities of Self-Learning Bots
Unit III: Overview of UiPath 12 hrs
Introduction to UiPath platform and its components Installation details of UiPath’s Community, Types of Templates, User Interface Domains in Activities, Workflow Files in UiPath, UI Automation Activities,
System Activities, Variables Arguments Imports Panel User Events
Unit IV: Programming, Debugging and Logging 12 hrs
App Integration, Recording Scraping, Selector Workflow Activities, Programming, Debugging, Error Handling, Logging, Extensions Project Organization
Unit V: Robotic Enterprise Framework (REFramework) 12 hrs
Introduction, Purpose of REFramework, Introduction to State Machine Layout, States of the State
Machine, Workflows of the Framework, Exception Handling & Logging Rules of Developing a Process using REFramework
PAPER CODE - MCA 423B Internet of Things
(Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70) Contact Hrs/Week: 02
Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to
1. Assess the vision and introduction of IoT. 2. Understand IoT Market perspective.
3. Implement Data and Knowledge Management and use of Devices in IoT Technology. 4. Understand State of the Art - IoT Architecture.
5. Classify Real World IoT Design Constraints, Industrial Automation in IoT.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 423B
Internet Of
Things (Theory)
CO260. Understand the concepts of Internet of
Things and APIs
CO261. Analyze basic
application areas of IoT, Illustrate the
application of IoT in Industrial Automation
and identify Real
World Design Constraints
CO262. Comprehend
Wireless medium access issues and
Survey routing protocols
CO263. Discuss
applications and their challenges in different
domain and be able to
analyze their performance
CO264. Implement
basic IoT applications on embedded platform
Approach in teaching: Interactive Lectures,
Modeling, Discussions, using research papers,
student centered approach, Through
Video Tutorials
Learning activities for
the students: Experiential Learning,
Presentations, case
based learning, Discussions, Quizzes and
Assignments
Assignments Written test in
classroom Classroom
Activity Continuous
Assessment
Semester End Examination
CONTENTS
Unit I: Introduction to IoT 12 hrs
Defining IoT, Characteristics of IoT, Physical design of IoT, Logical design of IoT, Functional blocks of IoT, Communication models & APIs
Unit II: IoT & M2M 12 hrs
Machine to Machine, Difference between IoT and M2M, Software define Network
Domain specific applications of IoT
Home automation, Industry applications, Surveillance applications, Other IoT applications
Unit III: Network & Communication aspects 12 hrs Wireless medium access issues, MAC protocol survey, Survey routing protocols, Sensor deployment &
Node discovery, Data aggregation & dissemination
Unit IV: Challenges in IoT 10 hrs Design challenges, Development challenges, Security challenges, Other challenges
Unit V:Developing IoTs 14 hrs
Introduction to Python, Introduction to different IoT tools, Developing applications through IoT tools, Developing sensor based application through embedded system platform, Implementing IoT concepts with
python
Books Recommended:
Vijay Madisetti, Arshdeep Bahga, “Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach”, Arshdeep Bahga & Vijay
Madisetti, 2014 Waltenegus Dargie, Christian Poellabauer , “Fundamentals of Wireless Sensor Networks, Theory and
Practice”, Wiley Series on Wireless Communication and Mobile Computing, 2011
PAPER CODE -MCA 423C
Block Chain Technologies (Theory)
Credits: 02
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: 02 Total Hrs: 30
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to
1. Understand how blockchain systems (mainly Bitcoin and Ethereum) work 2. To securely interact with them
3. Design, build, and deploy smart contracts and distributed applications
4. Integrate ideas from blockchain technology into their own projects
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes
(at course level)
Learning and
teaching strategies
Assessment
Strategies Paper
Code
Paper Title
MCA 423C
Block Chain Technologies
(Theory)
CO265. Define the
basic concepts of
distributed databases
CO266. Describe the
concepts of blockchain
and its types.
CO267. Demonstrate Nakamoto consensus
and its uses.
CO268. Examine
different types of cryptocurrencies and
Bitcoin protocols.
CO269. Evaluate
security, privacy, and
efficiency of a given blockchain system.
CO270. Design, build,
and deploy a
distributed application.
Approach in
teaching:
Interactive Lectures, Discussion, Tutorials,
Reading Assignments,
Demonstration, Presentations
Learning activities for the students:
Self-learning assignments,
activities, Effective
questions, Quizzes and Assignments
Assignments
Written test in
classroom Classroom
Activity Continuous
Assessment Semester End
Examination
CONTENTS Unit I: Introduction 12 hrs
Distributed Database, Two General Problem, Byzantine General problem and Fault Tolerance, Hadoop
Distributed File System, Distributed Hash Table, ASIC resistance, Turing Complete. Cryptography: Hash function, Digital Signature - ECDSA, Memory Hard Algorithm, Zero Knowledge Proof
Unit II: Blockchain 12 hrs
Introduction, Advantage over conventional distributed database, Blockchain Network, Mining Mechanism, Distributed Consensus, Merkle Patricia Tree, Gas Limit, Transactions and Fee, Anonymity,
Reward, Chain Policy, Life of Blockchain application, Soft & Hard Fork, Private and Public blockchain
Unit III: Distributed Consensus 12 hrs Nakamoto consensus, Proof of Work, Proof of Stake, Proof of Burn, Difficulty Level, Sybil Attack,
Energy utilization and alternate.
Unit IV: Cryptocurrency 12 hrs History, Distributed Ledger, Bitcoin protocols - Mining strategy and rewards, Ethereum - Construction,
DAO, Smart Contract, GHOST, Vulnerability, Attacks, Sidechain, Namecoin
Unit V: Cryptocurrency Regulation 12 hrs Stakeholders, Roots of Bit coin, Legal Aspects-Crypto currency Exchange, Black Market and Global
Economy. Applications: Internet of Things, Medical Record Management System, Domain Name Service
and future of Blockchain
Books Recommended:
Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller and Steven Goldfeder, “Bitcoin
and Cryptocurrency Technologies: A Comprehensive Introduction”, Princeton University Press, 2016
Antonopoulos, Mastering Bitcoin: Unlocking Digital Cryptocurrencies, 2014
DR. Gavin Wood, “ETHEREUM: A Secure Decentralized Transaction Ledger,”Yellow paper.2014.
Nicola Atzei, Massimo Bartoletti, and Tiziana Cimoli, A survey of attacks on Ethereum smart
contracts, 2017
MCA 424
Major Project / Internship (45 Working Days) (Project)
Credits: 18
Max Marks: 100 (CA-30, SEE-70)
Contact Hrs/Week: NIL Total Hrs: NIL
Course Objectives:
This course enables the students to
1. Provide exposure of industrial atmosphere and subsequent placement in industries across the country.
2. Identify project goals, constraints, deliverables, performance criteria, control needs, and resource requirements in consultation with stakeholders.
3. Understanding different methods of project delivery and the roles and responsibilities of all constituencies involved in the design and construction process
4. Implement project management knowledge, processes, lifecycle and the embodied concepts, tools and
techniques in order to achieve project success. 5. Build skills in giving professional presentations, applying research to develop project outcomes, report
writing and reflecting on the development of employability skills.
Course Outcomes(COs):
Course Learning outcomes (at course level)
Learning and teaching
strategies
Assessment Strategies
Paper Code
Paper Title
MCA 424
Major
Project /
Internship (Project)
CO271. Identify skills and
capabilities that intersect effectively with the needs of
industry.
CO272. Apply and practice
good communication skills in the workplace setting.
CO273. Align the project to
the organization's strategic plans and business
justification throughout its lifecycle.
CO274. Utilize technology
tools for communication,
collaboration, information management, and decision
support
CO275. Adapt project
management practices to
meet the needs of stakeholders from multiple
sectors of the economy (i.e.
consulting, government, arts, media, and charity
organizations)
CO276. Reflect and evaluate
on experiences that might
lead to future employment.
Approach in
teaching: Project Designing
using Modular Approach, Form
Design, Database Design,
Presentation,
Project Report
Learning activities for the
students:
Self-Learning Assignments,
Converting specifications to
Code, Innovative
Solutions
Internal
Assessment Synopsis
Software Requirement &
Design
Specification Mid-Term
Assessment Report
Project
Presentation Project Report
Semester End
Assessment:
Project Demo Project
Presentation
Project Report Viva-voce
Adherence to Specifications
System Knowledge and
Understanding
Innovation and Originality
Contents
Project Report Formulation:
The project report should contain the following: Original copy of the Approved Performa and Project Proposal.
Bio-data of the guide with her/his signature and date.
Certificate of Originality (Format given).
Project documentation.
A CD consisting of the executable file(s) of the complete project should be attached on the last page of
the project report. In no case, it should be sent separately. The student needs to retain the identical
copy of the CD that should be carried while appearing for the viva-voce along with the project report. Project Documentation:
Project documentation may be about 100 to 125 pages (excluding coding).
The project documentation details should not be too generic in nature.
Appropriate project report documentation should be done, like, how you have done the analysis,
design, coding, use of testing techniques/strategies, etc., in respect of your project.
The project report should normally be printed with single line spacing on A4 paper (one side only). All
the pages, tables and figures must be numbered. Tables and figures should contain titles.
Two copies of the original project report in the bound form along with the CD (containing the
executable file(s) of the project should be enclosed in the last page) is to be prepared at the time of
final viva. One copy of the same Project Report and the CD containing the executable file(s) shall be
retained by the student, which should be produced before the examiner at the time of viva-voce
MANUAL FOR PREPARATION OF MCA Project (Prescribed Format and Specification)
Essential Components of Project Report
a. Title Page b. Certificate from Company c. Certificate from Guide
d. Acknowledgement e. Index with printed Page Numbers
CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION
1.1 Company/Educational Institute Profile 1.2 Existing System and Need for System 1.3 Scope of Work 1.4 Operating Environment – Hardware and Software
CHAPTER 2: PROPOSED SYSTEM
2.1 Proposed System 2.2 Objectives of System 2.3 User Requirements
CHAPTER 3: ANALYSIS & DESIGN 3.1 Entity Relationship Diagram (ERD) 3.2 System Architecture 3.3 Database Requirements & User Interfaces 3.4 Data Flow Diagram (DFD) 3.5 Data Dictionary 3.6 Table Design 3.7 Code Design 3.6 Menu Screens 3.7 Input Screens 3.8 Report Formats 3.9 Test Procedures and Implementation
CHAPTER 4: User Manual 4.1 User Manual 4.2 Operations Manual / Menu Explanation
4.3 Forms and Report Specifications
Drawbacks and Limitations Proposed Enhancements
Conclusions
Bibliography
Annexure: Annexure 1: Input Forms with data
Annexure 2: Output Reports with Data Annexure 3: Sample Code
Major Project / Internship MCA-424
UNIVERSITY LOGO
A Project Report on
Title of the Project
Submitted for partial fulfillment for award of the degree in Master of Computer Application (MCA)
BY STUDENT Under the Supervision Name- Name of the guide
Enrollment No.- Batch-
1
CERTIFICATE OF ORIGINALITY (on Letter Head of the Organization)
This is to certify that the project report entitled ______________________ submitted to IIS
(deemed to be University) in partial fulfillment of the requirement for the award of the degree of
MASTER OF COMPUTER APPLICATION (MCA), is an authentic and original work carried out by
Mr. / Ms.___________________________ with enrolment no. _______________________ Under my
guidance.
The matter embodied in this project is genuine work done by the student and has not been submitted
whether to this University or to any other University / Institute for the fulfillment of the requirements
of any course of study.
Signature of the Student: Signature of the Guide Date: ………………. Date: ………………
Name and Address Name, Designation
of the student and Address of the Guide:
……………………….. ……………………
……………………….. ……………………
……………………….. ……………………
2
Top Related